1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. 4 // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. 5 // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception 6 // 7 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 8 // 9 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 10 // 11 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 12 13 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 14 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 15 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/NonTrivialTypeVisitor.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 36 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 48 #include <algorithm> 49 #include <cstring> 50 #include <functional> 51 #include <unordered_map> 52 53 using namespace clang; 54 using namespace sema; 55 56 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 57 if (OwnedType) { 58 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 59 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 60 } 61 62 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 63 } 64 65 namespace { 66 67 class TypeNameValidatorCCC final : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 68 public: 69 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass = false, 70 bool AllowTemplates = false, 71 bool AllowNonTemplates = true) 72 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 73 AllowTemplates(AllowTemplates), AllowNonTemplates(AllowNonTemplates) { 74 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 75 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 76 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 77 } 78 79 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 80 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 81 if (!AllowInvalidDecl && ND->isInvalidDecl()) 82 return false; 83 84 if (getAsTypeTemplateDecl(ND)) 85 return AllowTemplates; 86 87 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 88 if (!IsType) 89 return false; 90 91 if (AllowNonTemplates) 92 return true; 93 94 // An injected-class-name of a class template (specialization) is valid 95 // as a template or as a non-template. 96 if (AllowTemplates) { 97 auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND); 98 if (!RD || !RD->isInjectedClassName()) 99 return false; 100 RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD->getDeclContext()); 101 return RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() || 102 isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD); 103 } 104 105 return false; 106 } 107 108 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 109 } 110 111 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> clone() override { 112 return std::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(*this); 113 } 114 115 private: 116 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 117 bool WantClassName; 118 bool AllowTemplates; 119 bool AllowNonTemplates; 120 }; 121 122 } // end anonymous namespace 123 124 /// Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 125 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 126 switch (Kind) { 127 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 128 // token kind is a valid type specifier 129 case tok::kw_short: 130 case tok::kw_long: 131 case tok::kw___int64: 132 case tok::kw___int128: 133 case tok::kw_signed: 134 case tok::kw_unsigned: 135 case tok::kw_void: 136 case tok::kw_char: 137 case tok::kw_int: 138 case tok::kw_half: 139 case tok::kw_float: 140 case tok::kw_double: 141 case tok::kw___bf16: 142 case tok::kw__Float16: 143 case tok::kw___float128: 144 case tok::kw___ibm128: 145 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 146 case tok::kw_bool: 147 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 148 case tok::kw___auto_type: 149 return true; 150 151 case tok::annot_typename: 152 case tok::kw_char16_t: 153 case tok::kw_char32_t: 154 case tok::kw_typeof: 155 case tok::annot_decltype: 156 case tok::kw_decltype: 157 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 158 159 case tok::kw_char8_t: 160 return getLangOpts().Char8; 161 162 default: 163 break; 164 } 165 166 return false; 167 } 168 169 namespace { 170 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 171 NotFound, 172 FoundNonType, 173 FoundType 174 }; 175 } // end anonymous namespace 176 177 /// Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 178 /// dependent class. 179 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 180 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 181 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 182 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 183 SourceLocation NameLoc, 184 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 185 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 186 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 187 // Look for type decls in base classes. 188 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 189 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 190 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 191 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 192 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 193 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 194 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 195 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 196 // templates. 197 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 198 continue; 199 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 200 if (!TD) 201 continue; 202 if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 203 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) { 204 if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 205 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 206 else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) { 207 if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS = 208 CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType())) 209 if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 210 BaseRD = PS; 211 } 212 } 213 } 214 if (BaseRD) { 215 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 216 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 217 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 218 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 219 } 220 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 221 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 222 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 223 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 224 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 225 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 226 break; 227 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 228 break; 229 } 230 } 231 } 232 } 233 234 return FoundTypeDecl; 235 } 236 237 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 238 const IdentifierInfo &II, 239 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 240 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 241 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 242 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 243 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 244 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 245 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 246 DC = DC->getParent()) { 247 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 248 // templates. 249 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 250 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 251 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 252 } 253 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 254 return nullptr; 255 256 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 257 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 258 // lookup during template instantiation. 259 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_in_dependent_base) << &II; 260 261 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 262 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 263 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 264 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 265 266 CXXScopeSpec SS; 267 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 268 269 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 270 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 271 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 272 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 273 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 274 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 275 } 276 277 /// If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 278 /// return the declaration of that type. 279 /// 280 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 281 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 282 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 283 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 284 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 285 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 286 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 287 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 288 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 289 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 290 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 291 bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext, 292 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 293 // FIXME: Consider allowing this outside C++1z mode as an extension. 294 bool AllowDeducedTemplate = IsClassTemplateDeductionContext && 295 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && !IsCtorOrDtorName && 296 !isClassName && !HasTrailingDot; 297 298 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 299 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 300 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 301 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 302 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 303 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 304 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 305 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 306 307 if (!LookupCtx) { 308 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 309 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 310 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 311 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 312 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 313 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 314 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 315 // 316 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 317 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 318 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 319 return nullptr; 320 321 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 322 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 323 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 324 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 325 326 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 327 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 328 II, NameLoc); 329 return ParsedType::make(T); 330 } 331 332 return nullptr; 333 } 334 335 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 336 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 337 return nullptr; 338 } 339 340 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 341 // lookup for class-names. 342 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 343 LookupOrdinaryName; 344 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 345 if (LookupCtx) { 346 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 347 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 348 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 349 // nested-name-specifier. 350 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 351 352 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 353 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 354 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 355 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 356 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 357 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 358 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 359 LookupName(Result, S); 360 } 361 } else { 362 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 363 LookupName(Result, S); 364 365 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 366 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 367 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 368 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 369 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 370 return TypeInBase; 371 } 372 } 373 374 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 375 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 376 case LookupResult::NotFound: 377 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 378 if (CorrectedII) { 379 TypeNameValidatorCCC CCC(/*AllowInvalid=*/true, isClassName, 380 AllowDeducedTemplate); 381 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, 382 S, SS, CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery); 383 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 384 TemplateTy Template; 385 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 386 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 387 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 388 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 389 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 390 if (SS && NNS) { 391 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 392 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 393 } 394 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 395 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 396 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 397 // is handled elsewhere). 398 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 399 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false, 400 Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 401 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 402 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 403 IsCtorOrDtorName, 404 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 405 IsClassTemplateDeductionContext); 406 if (Ty) { 407 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 408 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 409 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 410 if (SS && NNS) 411 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 412 *CorrectedII = NewII; 413 return Ty; 414 } 415 } 416 } 417 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 418 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; 419 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 420 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 421 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 422 return nullptr; 423 424 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 425 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 426 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 427 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 428 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 429 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 430 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 431 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 432 return nullptr; 433 } 434 435 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 436 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 437 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 438 NamedDecl *RealRes = (*Res)->getUnderlyingDecl(); 439 if (isa<TypeDecl, ObjCInterfaceDecl, UnresolvedUsingIfExistsDecl>( 440 RealRes) || 441 (AllowDeducedTemplate && getAsTypeTemplateDecl(RealRes))) { 442 if (!IIDecl || 443 // Make the selection of the recovery decl deterministic. 444 RealRes->getLocation() < IIDecl->getLocation()) 445 IIDecl = RealRes; 446 } 447 } 448 449 if (!IIDecl) { 450 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 451 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 452 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 453 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 454 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 455 // a type name. 456 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 457 return nullptr; 458 } 459 460 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 461 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 462 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 463 // perform the name lookup again. 464 break; 465 466 case LookupResult::Found: 467 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 468 break; 469 } 470 471 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 472 473 QualType T; 474 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 475 // C++ [class.qual]p2: A lookup that would find the injected-class-name 476 // instead names the constructors of the class, except when naming a class. 477 // This is ill-formed when we're not actually forming a ctor or dtor name. 478 auto *LookupRD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx); 479 auto *FoundRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TD); 480 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName && LookupRD && FoundRD && 481 FoundRD->isInjectedClassName() && 482 declaresSameEntity(LookupRD, cast<Decl>(FoundRD->getParent()))) 483 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_out_of_line_qualified_id_type_names_constructor) 484 << &II << /*Type*/1; 485 486 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 487 488 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 489 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 490 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 491 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 492 if (!HasTrailingDot) 493 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 494 } else if (auto *UD = dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingIfExistsDecl>(IIDecl)) { 495 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(UD, NameLoc); 496 // Recover with 'int' 497 T = Context.IntTy; 498 } else if (AllowDeducedTemplate) { 499 if (auto *TD = getAsTypeTemplateDecl(IIDecl)) 500 T = Context.getDeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName(TD), 501 QualType(), false); 502 } 503 504 if (T.isNull()) { 505 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 506 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 507 return nullptr; 508 } 509 510 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 511 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 512 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 513 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName && 514 !isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl, UnresolvedUsingIfExistsDecl>(IIDecl)) { 515 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 516 // Construct a type with type-source information. 517 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 518 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 519 520 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 521 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 522 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 523 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 524 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 525 } else { 526 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 527 } 528 } 529 530 return ParsedType::make(T); 531 } 532 533 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 534 static NestedNameSpecifier * 535 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 536 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 537 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 538 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 539 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 540 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 541 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 542 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 543 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 544 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 545 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 546 } 547 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 548 } 549 550 /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method 551 /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end 552 /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC 553 /// correctly rejects. 554 static const CXXRecordDecl * 555 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) { 556 for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 557 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 558 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) 559 if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases()) 560 return MD->getParent(); 561 } 562 return nullptr; 563 } 564 565 ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 566 SourceLocation NameLoc, 567 bool IsTemplateTypeArg) { 568 assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode"); 569 570 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr; 571 if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) { 572 // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup 573 // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We 574 // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and 575 // lookup is retried. 576 // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no 577 // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any 578 // name specifiers. 579 NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 580 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 581 } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = 582 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) { 583 // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at 584 // instantiation time. 585 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 586 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 587 588 // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during 589 // template instantiation. 590 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II 591 << RD; 592 } else { 593 // This is not a situation that we should recover from. 594 return ParsedType(); 595 } 596 597 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 598 599 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 600 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 601 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 602 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 603 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 604 605 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 606 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 607 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 608 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 609 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 610 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 611 } 612 613 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 614 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 615 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 616 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 617 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 618 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 619 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 620 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 621 LookupName(R, S, false); 622 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 623 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 624 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 625 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 626 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 627 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 628 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 629 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 630 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 631 } 632 } 633 634 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 635 } 636 637 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 638 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 639 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 640 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 641 /// @code 642 /// template<class T> class A { 643 /// public: 644 /// typedef int TYPE; 645 /// }; 646 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 647 /// public: 648 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 649 /// }; 650 /// @endcode 651 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 652 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 653 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 654 return true; 655 656 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 657 658 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 659 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 660 if (Ty && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 661 return true; 662 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 663 } 664 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 665 } 666 667 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 668 SourceLocation IILoc, 669 Scope *S, 670 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 671 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 672 bool IsTemplateName) { 673 // Don't report typename errors for editor placeholders. 674 if (II->isEditorPlaceholder()) 675 return; 676 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 677 SuggestedType = nullptr; 678 679 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 680 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 681 TypeNameValidatorCCC CCC(/*AllowInvalid=*/false, /*WantClass=*/false, 682 /*AllowTemplates=*/IsTemplateName, 683 /*AllowNonTemplates=*/!IsTemplateName); 684 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 685 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 686 CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 687 // FIXME: Support error recovery for the template-name case. 688 bool CanRecover = !IsTemplateName; 689 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 690 // We corrected to a keyword. 691 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 692 PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest 693 : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 694 << II); 695 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 696 } else { 697 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 698 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 699 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 700 PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest 701 : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 702 << II, CanRecover); 703 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 704 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 705 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 706 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 707 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 708 PDiag(IsTemplateName 709 ? diag::err_no_member_template_suggest 710 : diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 711 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange(), 712 CanRecover); 713 } else { 714 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 715 } 716 717 if (!CanRecover) 718 return; 719 720 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 721 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 722 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 723 SourceRange(IILoc)); 724 // FIXME: Support class template argument deduction here. 725 SuggestedType = 726 getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S, 727 tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr, 728 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 729 /*WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 730 } 731 return; 732 } 733 734 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsTemplateName) { 735 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 736 UnqualifiedId Name; 737 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 738 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 739 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 740 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 741 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 742 Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult, 743 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 744 diagnoseMissingTemplateArguments(TemplateResult.get(), IILoc); 745 return; 746 } 747 } 748 749 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 750 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 751 752 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 753 Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template 754 : diag::err_unknown_typename) 755 << II; 756 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 757 Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_member_template 758 : diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 759 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 760 else if (SS->isValid() && SS->getScopeRep()->containsErrors()) { 761 SuggestedType = 762 ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 763 } else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 764 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 765 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 766 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 767 768 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 769 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 770 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 771 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 772 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 773 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 774 } else { 775 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 776 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 777 } 778 } 779 780 /// Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 781 /// or 782 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 783 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 784 NextToken.is(tok::less); 785 786 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 787 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 788 return true; 789 790 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 791 return true; 792 } 793 794 return false; 795 } 796 797 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 798 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 799 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 800 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 801 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 802 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 803 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 804 StringRef FixItTagName; 805 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 806 case TTK_Class: 807 FixItTagName = "class "; 808 break; 809 810 case TTK_Enum: 811 FixItTagName = "enum "; 812 break; 813 814 case TTK_Struct: 815 FixItTagName = "struct "; 816 break; 817 818 case TTK_Interface: 819 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 820 break; 821 822 case TTK_Union: 823 FixItTagName = "union "; 824 break; 825 } 826 827 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 828 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 829 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 830 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 831 832 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 833 I != IEnd; ++I) 834 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 835 << Name << TagName; 836 837 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 838 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 839 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 840 return true; 841 } 842 843 return false; 844 } 845 846 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 847 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 848 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 849 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 850 851 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 852 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 853 854 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 855 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 856 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 857 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 858 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 859 } 860 861 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 862 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 863 SourceLocation NameLoc, 864 const Token &NextToken, 865 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { 866 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 867 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 868 869 assert(NextToken.isNot(tok::coloncolon) && 870 "parse nested name specifiers before calling ClassifyName"); 871 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && SS.isSet() && 872 isCurrentClassName(*Name, S, &SS)) { 873 // Per [class.qual]p2, this names the constructors of SS, not the 874 // injected-class-name. We don't have a classification for that. 875 // There's not much point caching this result, since the parser 876 // will reject it later. 877 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 878 } 879 880 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 881 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 882 883 if (SS.isInvalid()) 884 return NameClassification::Error(); 885 886 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 887 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 888 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 889 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 890 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 891 return TypeInBase; 892 } 893 894 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 895 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 896 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 897 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 898 if (SS.isEmpty() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 899 DeclResult Ivar = LookupIvarInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name); 900 if (Ivar.isInvalid()) 901 return NameClassification::Error(); 902 if (Ivar.isUsable()) 903 return NameClassification::NonType(cast<NamedDecl>(Ivar.get())); 904 905 // We defer builtin creation until after ivar lookup inside ObjC methods. 906 if (Result.empty()) 907 LookupBuiltin(Result); 908 } 909 910 bool SecondTry = false; 911 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 912 913 Corrected: 914 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 915 case LookupResult::NotFound: 916 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 917 // call. 918 if (SS.isEmpty() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 919 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 920 // FIXME: Reference? 921 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 922 return NameClassification::UndeclaredNonType(); 923 924 // C90 6.3.2.2: 925 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 926 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 927 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 928 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 929 // the function call, the declaration 930 // 931 // extern int identifier (); 932 // 933 // appeared. 934 // 935 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 936 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) 937 return NameClassification::NonType(D); 938 } 939 940 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && SS.isEmpty() && NextToken.is(tok::less)) { 941 // In C++20 onwards, this could be an ADL-only call to a function 942 // template, and we're required to assume that this is a template name. 943 // 944 // FIXME: Find a way to still do typo correction in this case. 945 TemplateName Template = 946 Context.getAssumedTemplateName(NameInfo.getName()); 947 return NameClassification::UndeclaredTemplate(Template); 948 } 949 950 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 951 // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum", 952 // "struct", or "union". 953 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 954 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 955 break; 956 } 957 958 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 959 // close to this name. 960 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 961 SecondTry = true; 962 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 963 CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Result.getLookupKind(), S, 964 &SS, *CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 965 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 966 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 967 968 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl(); 969 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 970 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 971 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 972 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 973 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 974 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 975 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 976 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 977 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 978 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 979 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 980 } 981 982 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 983 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 984 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 985 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 986 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 987 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 988 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 989 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 990 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 991 } 992 993 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 994 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 995 996 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 997 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 998 return Name; 999 1000 // Also update the LookupResult... 1001 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 1002 Result.clear(); 1003 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 1004 if (FirstDecl) 1005 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 1006 1007 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 1008 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 1009 // reference the ivar. 1010 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 1011 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 1012 DeclResult R = 1013 LookupIvarInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()); 1014 if (R.isInvalid()) 1015 return NameClassification::Error(); 1016 if (R.isUsable()) 1017 return NameClassification::NonType(Ivar); 1018 } 1019 1020 goto Corrected; 1021 } 1022 } 1023 1024 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 1025 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1026 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 1027 1028 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 1029 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 1030 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 1031 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 1032 1033 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 1034 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 1035 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 1036 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 1037 // qualified by the keyword typename. 1038 // 1039 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 1040 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 1041 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 1042 // keyword here. 1043 return NameClassification::DependentNonType(); 1044 } 1045 1046 case LookupResult::Found: 1047 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 1048 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 1049 break; 1050 1051 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 1052 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 1053 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result, /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true, 1054 /*AllowDependent=*/false)) { 1055 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 1056 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 1057 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 1058 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 1059 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 1060 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 1061 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 1062 // ambiguous. 1063 // 1064 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 1065 // so try again after filtering out template names. 1066 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 1067 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 1068 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 1069 break; 1070 } 1071 } 1072 1073 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 1074 return NameClassification::Error(); 1075 } 1076 1077 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 1078 (IsFilteredTemplateName || 1079 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames( 1080 Result, /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true, 1081 /*AllowDependent=*/false, 1082 /*AllowNonTemplateFunctions*/ SS.isEmpty() && 1083 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20))) { 1084 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 1085 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 1086 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 1087 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 1088 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 1089 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 1090 // C++2a [temp.names]p2: 1091 // A name is also considered to refer to a template if it is an 1092 // unqualified-id followed by a < and name lookup finds either one 1093 // or more functions or finds nothing. 1094 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 1095 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 1096 1097 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 1098 bool IsVarTemplate; 1099 TemplateName Template; 1100 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 1101 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 1102 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 1103 Result.end()); 1104 } else if (!Result.empty()) { 1105 auto *TD = cast<TemplateDecl>(getAsTemplateNameDecl( 1106 *Result.begin(), /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true, 1107 /*AllowDependent=*/false)); 1108 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 1109 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 1110 1111 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1112 Template = 1113 Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 1114 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, TD); 1115 else 1116 Template = TemplateName(TD); 1117 } else { 1118 // All results were non-template functions. This is a function template 1119 // name. 1120 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 1121 Template = Context.getAssumedTemplateName(NameInfo.getName()); 1122 } 1123 1124 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 1125 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 1126 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 1127 // to based on which function we selected. 1128 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1129 1130 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 1131 } 1132 1133 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 1134 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 1135 } 1136 1137 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1138 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 1139 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1140 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 1141 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1142 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1143 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1144 return ParsedType::make(T); 1145 } 1146 1147 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 1148 if (!Class) { 1149 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 1150 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 1151 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1152 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 1153 } 1154 1155 if (Class) { 1156 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 1157 1158 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 1159 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 1160 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 1161 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1162 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 1163 } 1164 1165 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1166 return ParsedType::make(T); 1167 } 1168 1169 if (isa<ConceptDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1170 return NameClassification::Concept( 1171 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1172 1173 if (auto *EmptyD = dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingIfExistsDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 1174 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(EmptyD, NameLoc); 1175 return NameClassification::Error(); 1176 } 1177 1178 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1179 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && 1180 !isa<VarTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1181 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1182 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1183 1184 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1185 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1186 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1187 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1188 (NextIsOp && 1189 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1190 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1191 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1192 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1193 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1194 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1195 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1196 return ParsedType::make(T); 1197 } 1198 1199 // If we already know which single declaration is referenced, just annotate 1200 // that declaration directly. Defer resolving even non-overloaded class 1201 // member accesses, as we need to defer certain access checks until we know 1202 // the context. 1203 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1204 if (Result.isSingleResult() && !ADL && !FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1205 return NameClassification::NonType(Result.getRepresentativeDecl()); 1206 1207 // Otherwise, this is an overload set that we will need to resolve later. 1208 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1209 return NameClassification::OverloadSet(UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create( 1210 Context, Result.getNamingClass(), SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), 1211 Result.getLookupNameInfo(), ADL, Result.isOverloadedResult(), 1212 Result.begin(), Result.end())); 1213 } 1214 1215 ExprResult 1216 Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsUndeclaredNonType(IdentifierInfo *Name, 1217 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 1218 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "ADL-only call in C?"); 1219 CXXScopeSpec SS; 1220 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1221 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 1222 } 1223 1224 ExprResult 1225 Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsDependentNonType(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1226 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1227 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1228 bool IsAddressOfOperand) { 1229 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 1230 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 1231 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 1232 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 1233 } 1234 1235 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsNonType(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1236 NamedDecl *Found, 1237 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1238 const Token &NextToken) { 1239 if (getCurMethodDecl() && SS.isEmpty()) 1240 if (auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl())) 1241 return BuildIvarRefExpr(S, NameLoc, Ivar); 1242 1243 // Reconstruct the lookup result. 1244 LookupResult Result(*this, Found->getDeclName(), NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1245 Result.addDecl(Found); 1246 Result.resolveKind(); 1247 1248 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1249 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1250 } 1251 1252 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsOverloadSet(Scope *S, Expr *E) { 1253 // For an implicit class member access, transform the result into a member 1254 // access expression if necessary. 1255 auto *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E); 1256 if ((*ULE->decls_begin())->isCXXClassMember()) { 1257 CXXScopeSpec SS; 1258 SS.Adopt(ULE->getQualifierLoc()); 1259 1260 // Reconstruct the lookup result. 1261 LookupResult Result(*this, ULE->getName(), ULE->getNameLoc(), 1262 LookupOrdinaryName); 1263 Result.setNamingClass(ULE->getNamingClass()); 1264 for (auto I = ULE->decls_begin(), E = ULE->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) 1265 Result.addDecl(*I, I.getAccess()); 1266 Result.resolveKind(); 1267 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1268 nullptr, S); 1269 } 1270 1271 // Otherwise, this is already in the form we needed, and no further checks 1272 // are necessary. 1273 return ULE; 1274 } 1275 1276 Sema::TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics 1277 Sema::getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name) { 1278 auto *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); 1279 if (!TD) 1280 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate; 1281 if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1282 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::ClassTemplate; 1283 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1284 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::FunctionTemplate; 1285 if (isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1286 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::VarTemplate; 1287 if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1288 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::AliasTemplate; 1289 if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(TD)) 1290 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::TemplateTemplateParam; 1291 if (isa<ConceptDecl>(TD)) 1292 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::Concept; 1293 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate; 1294 } 1295 1296 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1297 assert(DC->getLexicalParent() == CurContext && 1298 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1299 CurContext = DC; 1300 S->setEntity(DC); 1301 } 1302 1303 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1304 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1305 1306 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1307 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1308 } 1309 1310 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1311 Decl *D) { 1312 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1313 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1314 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1315 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1316 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1317 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1318 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1319 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1320 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1321 return Result; 1322 } 1323 1324 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1325 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1326 } 1327 1328 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1329 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1330 /// 1331 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1332 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1333 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1334 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1335 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1336 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1337 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1338 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1339 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1340 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1341 // namespace. 1342 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1343 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1344 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1345 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1346 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1347 1348 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1349 1350 #ifndef NDEBUG 1351 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1352 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1353 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1354 #endif 1355 1356 CurContext = DC; 1357 S->setEntity(DC); 1358 1359 if (S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) { 1360 // Also set the corresponding entities for all immediately-enclosing 1361 // template parameter scopes. 1362 EnterTemplatedContext(S->getParent(), DC); 1363 } 1364 } 1365 1366 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1367 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1368 1369 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1370 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1371 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1372 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1373 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1374 1375 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1376 // disappear. 1377 } 1378 1379 void Sema::EnterTemplatedContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1380 assert(S->isTemplateParamScope() && 1381 "expected to be initializing a template parameter scope"); 1382 1383 // C++20 [temp.local]p7: 1384 // In the definition of a member of a class template that appears outside 1385 // of the class template definition, the name of a member of the class 1386 // template hides the name of a template-parameter of any enclosing class 1387 // templates (but not a template-parameter of the member if the member is a 1388 // class or function template). 1389 // C++20 [temp.local]p9: 1390 // In the definition of a class template or in the definition of a member 1391 // of such a template that appears outside of the template definition, for 1392 // each non-dependent base class (13.8.2.1), if the name of the base class 1393 // or the name of a member of the base class is the same as the name of a 1394 // template-parameter, the base class name or member name hides the 1395 // template-parameter name (6.4.10). 1396 // 1397 // This means that a template parameter scope should be searched immediately 1398 // after searching the DeclContext for which it is a template parameter 1399 // scope. For example, for 1400 // template<typename T> template<typename U> template<typename V> 1401 // void N::A<T>::B<U>::f(...) 1402 // we search V then B<U> (and base classes) then U then A<T> (and base 1403 // classes) then T then N then ::. 1404 unsigned ScopeDepth = getTemplateDepth(S); 1405 for (; S && S->isTemplateParamScope(); S = S->getParent(), --ScopeDepth) { 1406 DeclContext *SearchDCAfterScope = DC; 1407 for (; DC; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 1408 if (const TemplateParameterList *TPL = 1409 cast<Decl>(DC)->getDescribedTemplateParams()) { 1410 unsigned DCDepth = TPL->getDepth() + 1; 1411 if (DCDepth > ScopeDepth) 1412 continue; 1413 if (ScopeDepth == DCDepth) 1414 SearchDCAfterScope = DC = DC->getLookupParent(); 1415 break; 1416 } 1417 } 1418 S->setLookupEntity(SearchDCAfterScope); 1419 } 1420 } 1421 1422 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1423 // We assume that the caller has already called 1424 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1425 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1426 if (!FD) 1427 return; 1428 1429 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1430 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1431 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1432 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1433 CurContext = FD; 1434 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1435 1436 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1437 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1438 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1439 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1440 S->AddDecl(Param); 1441 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1442 } 1443 } 1444 } 1445 1446 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1447 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1448 // rather than the top-level class. 1449 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1450 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1451 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1452 } 1453 1454 /// Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1455 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1456 /// 1457 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1458 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1459 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1460 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1461 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1462 /// attribute. 1463 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1464 ASTContext &Context, 1465 const FunctionDecl *New) { 1466 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1467 return true; 1468 1469 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1470 return true; 1471 1472 return Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found && 1473 (Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() || 1474 New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1475 } 1476 1477 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1478 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1479 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1480 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1481 // scope. 1482 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1483 S = S->getParent(); 1484 1485 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1486 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1487 // into any context. 1488 if (AddToContext) 1489 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1490 1491 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1492 // are function-local declarations. 1493 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && !S->getFnParent()) 1494 return; 1495 1496 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1497 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1498 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1499 return; 1500 1501 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1502 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1503 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1504 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1505 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1506 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1507 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1508 1509 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1510 break; 1511 } 1512 } 1513 1514 S->AddDecl(D); 1515 1516 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1517 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1518 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1519 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1520 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1521 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1522 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1523 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1524 continue; 1525 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1526 break; 1527 } 1528 1529 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1530 } else { 1531 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1532 } 1533 warnOnReservedIdentifier(D); 1534 } 1535 1536 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1537 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1538 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1539 } 1540 1541 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1542 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1543 do { 1544 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1545 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1546 return S; 1547 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1548 1549 return nullptr; 1550 } 1551 1552 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1553 DeclContext*, 1554 ASTContext&); 1555 1556 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1557 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1558 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1559 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1560 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1561 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1562 while (F.hasNext()) { 1563 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1564 1565 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1566 continue; 1567 1568 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1569 continue; 1570 1571 F.erase(); 1572 } 1573 1574 F.done(); 1575 } 1576 1577 /// We've determined that \p New is a redeclaration of \p Old. Check that they 1578 /// have compatible owning modules. 1579 bool Sema::CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old) { 1580 // FIXME: The Modules TS is not clear about how friend declarations are 1581 // to be treated. It's not meaningful to have different owning modules for 1582 // linkage in redeclarations of the same entity, so for now allow the 1583 // redeclaration and change the owning modules to match. 1584 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() && 1585 Old->getOwningModuleForLinkage() != New->getOwningModuleForLinkage()) { 1586 New->setLocalOwningModule(Old->getOwningModule()); 1587 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(New); 1588 return false; 1589 } 1590 1591 Module *NewM = New->getOwningModule(); 1592 Module *OldM = Old->getOwningModule(); 1593 1594 if (NewM && NewM->Kind == Module::PrivateModuleFragment) 1595 NewM = NewM->Parent; 1596 if (OldM && OldM->Kind == Module::PrivateModuleFragment) 1597 OldM = OldM->Parent; 1598 1599 if (NewM == OldM) 1600 return false; 1601 1602 bool NewIsModuleInterface = NewM && NewM->isModulePurview(); 1603 bool OldIsModuleInterface = OldM && OldM->isModulePurview(); 1604 if (NewIsModuleInterface || OldIsModuleInterface) { 1605 // C++ Modules TS [basic.def.odr] 6.2/6.7 [sic]: 1606 // if a declaration of D [...] appears in the purview of a module, all 1607 // other such declarations shall appear in the purview of the same module 1608 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_mismatched_owning_module) 1609 << New 1610 << NewIsModuleInterface 1611 << (NewIsModuleInterface ? NewM->getFullModuleName() : "") 1612 << OldIsModuleInterface 1613 << (OldIsModuleInterface ? OldM->getFullModuleName() : ""); 1614 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1615 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1616 return true; 1617 } 1618 1619 return false; 1620 } 1621 1622 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1623 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1624 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1625 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1626 } 1627 1628 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1629 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1630 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1631 while (F.hasNext()) 1632 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1633 F.erase(); 1634 1635 F.done(); 1636 } 1637 1638 /// Check for this common pattern: 1639 /// @code 1640 /// class S { 1641 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1642 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1643 /// }; 1644 /// @endcode 1645 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1646 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1647 // the decl here. 1648 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1649 return false; 1650 1651 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1652 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1653 return D->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1654 } 1655 1656 // We need this to handle 1657 // 1658 // typedef struct { 1659 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1660 // } A; 1661 // 1662 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1663 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1664 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1665 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1666 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1667 // not. 1668 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1669 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1670 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1671 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1672 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1673 return true; 1674 } 1675 DC = DC->getParent(); 1676 } 1677 1678 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1679 } 1680 1681 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1682 // these semantics. 1683 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1684 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1685 return false; 1686 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1687 } 1688 1689 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1690 assert(D); 1691 1692 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1693 return false; 1694 1695 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1696 // of members of class templates. 1697 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1698 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1699 return false; 1700 1701 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1702 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1703 return false; 1704 // A non-out-of-line declaration of a member specialization was implicitly 1705 // instantiated; it's the out-of-line declaration that we're interested in. 1706 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization && 1707 FD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !FD->isOutOfLine()) 1708 return false; 1709 1710 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1711 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1712 return false; 1713 } else { 1714 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1715 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1716 return false; 1717 } 1718 1719 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1720 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1721 return false; 1722 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1723 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1724 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1725 // like "inline".) 1726 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1727 return false; 1728 1729 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1730 return false; 1731 1732 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1733 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1734 return false; 1735 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1736 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization && 1737 VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !VD->isOutOfLine()) 1738 return false; 1739 1740 if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1741 return false; 1742 } else { 1743 return false; 1744 } 1745 1746 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1747 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1748 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1749 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1750 } 1751 1752 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1753 if (!D) 1754 return; 1755 1756 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1757 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1758 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1759 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1760 } 1761 1762 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1763 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1764 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1765 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1766 } 1767 1768 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1769 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1770 } 1771 1772 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1773 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1774 return false; 1775 1776 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) { 1777 // For a decomposition declaration, warn if none of the bindings are 1778 // referenced, instead of if the variable itself is referenced (which 1779 // it is, by the bindings' expressions). 1780 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) 1781 if (BD->isReferenced()) 1782 return false; 1783 } else if (!D->getDeclName()) { 1784 return false; 1785 } else if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed()) { 1786 return false; 1787 } 1788 1789 if (D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1790 return false; 1791 1792 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1793 return true; 1794 1795 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1796 // functions. 1797 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1798 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1799 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1800 WithinFunction = 1801 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1802 if (!WithinFunction) 1803 return false; 1804 1805 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1806 return true; 1807 1808 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1809 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1810 return false; 1811 1812 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1813 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1814 1815 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1816 const auto *Ty = VD->getType().getTypePtr(); 1817 1818 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1819 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1820 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1821 return false; 1822 } 1823 1824 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1825 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1826 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1827 return false; 1828 1829 // Look at the element type to ensure that the warning behaviour is 1830 // consistent for both scalars and arrays. 1831 Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); 1832 1833 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1834 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1835 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1836 return false; 1837 1838 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1839 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1840 return false; 1841 1842 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1843 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1844 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1845 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1846 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1847 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1848 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1849 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1850 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>() && 1851 (VD->getInit()->isValueDependent() || !VD->evaluateValue())) 1852 return false; 1853 } 1854 1855 // Suppress the warning if we don't know how this is constructed, and 1856 // it could possibly be non-trivial constructor. 1857 if (Init->isTypeDependent()) 1858 for (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor : RD->ctors()) 1859 if (!Ctor->isTrivial()) 1860 return false; 1861 } 1862 } 1863 } 1864 1865 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1866 } 1867 1868 return true; 1869 } 1870 1871 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1872 FixItHint &Hint) { 1873 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1874 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken( 1875 D->getEndLoc(), tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), 1876 true); 1877 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1878 return; 1879 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 1880 CharSourceRange::getCharRange(D->getBeginLoc(), AfterColon)); 1881 } 1882 } 1883 1884 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1885 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1886 return; 1887 1888 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1889 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1890 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1891 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1892 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1893 } 1894 } 1895 1896 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1897 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1898 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1899 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1900 return; 1901 1902 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1903 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1904 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1905 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1906 return; 1907 } 1908 1909 FixItHint Hint; 1910 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1911 1912 unsigned DiagID; 1913 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1914 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1915 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1916 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1917 else 1918 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1919 1920 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D << Hint; 1921 } 1922 1923 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedButSetDecl(const VarDecl *VD) { 1924 // If it's not referenced, it can't be set. If it has the Cleanup attribute, 1925 // it's not really unused. 1926 if (!VD->isReferenced() || !VD->getDeclName() || VD->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1927 VD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>()) 1928 return; 1929 1930 const auto *Ty = VD->getType().getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); 1931 1932 if (Ty->isReferenceType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1933 return; 1934 1935 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1936 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1937 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1938 return; 1939 // In C++, don't warn for record types that don't have WarnUnusedAttr, to 1940 // mimic gcc's behavior. 1941 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1942 if (!RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1943 return; 1944 } 1945 } 1946 1947 auto iter = RefsMinusAssignments.find(VD); 1948 if (iter == RefsMinusAssignments.end()) 1949 return; 1950 1951 assert(iter->getSecond() >= 0 && 1952 "Found a negative number of references to a VarDecl"); 1953 if (iter->getSecond() != 0) 1954 return; 1955 unsigned DiagID = isa<ParmVarDecl>(VD) ? diag::warn_unused_but_set_parameter 1956 : diag::warn_unused_but_set_variable; 1957 Diag(VD->getLocation(), DiagID) << VD; 1958 } 1959 1960 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1961 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1962 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1963 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1964 // MS inline assembly label name. 1965 bool Diagnose = false; 1966 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1967 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1968 else 1969 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1970 if (Diagnose) 1971 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) << L; 1972 } 1973 1974 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1975 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1976 1977 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1978 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1979 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1980 1981 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1982 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1983 1984 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1985 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1986 1987 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1988 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1989 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1990 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1991 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1992 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1993 DiagnoseUnusedButSetDecl(VD); 1994 RefsMinusAssignments.erase(VD); 1995 } 1996 } 1997 1998 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1999 2000 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 2001 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 2002 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 2003 2004 // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't 2005 // already. 2006 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 2007 auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 2008 if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) { 2009 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) { 2010 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field) 2011 << D << FD << FD->getParent(); 2012 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2013 } 2014 ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI); 2015 } 2016 } 2017 } 2018 2019 /// Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 2020 /// 2021 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 2022 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 2023 /// to the fixed name. 2024 /// 2025 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 2026 /// 2027 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 2028 /// if there is no class with the given name. 2029 /// 2030 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 2031 /// class could not be found. 2032 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2033 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2034 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 2035 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 2036 // creation from this context. 2037 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2038 2039 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 2040 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 2041 // find an Objective-C class name. 2042 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> CCC{}; 2043 if (TypoCorrection C = 2044 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, 2045 TUScope, nullptr, CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 2046 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 2047 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 2048 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 2049 } 2050 } 2051 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 2052 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 2053 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 2054 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 2055 return Def; 2056 } 2057 2058 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 2059 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 2060 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 2061 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 2062 /// ill-formed in C++: 2063 /// @code 2064 /// struct S6 { 2065 /// enum { BAR } e; 2066 /// }; 2067 /// 2068 /// void test_S6() { 2069 /// struct S6 a; 2070 /// a.e = BAR; 2071 /// } 2072 /// @endcode 2073 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 2074 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 2075 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 2076 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 2077 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 2078 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 2079 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 2080 /// contain non-field names. 2081 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 2082 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 2083 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 2084 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 2085 S = S->getParent(); 2086 return S; 2087 } 2088 2089 static StringRef getHeaderName(Builtin::Context &BuiltinInfo, unsigned ID, 2090 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 2091 switch (Error) { 2092 case ASTContext::GE_None: 2093 return ""; 2094 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_type: 2095 return BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID); 2096 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 2097 return "stdio.h"; 2098 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 2099 return "setjmp.h"; 2100 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 2101 return "ucontext.h"; 2102 } 2103 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 2104 } 2105 2106 FunctionDecl *Sema::CreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, QualType Type, 2107 unsigned ID, SourceLocation Loc) { 2108 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 2109 2110 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2111 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = LinkageSpecDecl::Create( 2112 Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 2113 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 2114 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 2115 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 2116 } 2117 2118 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, II, Type, 2119 /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_Extern, 2120 getCurFPFeatures().isFPConstrained(), 2121 false, Type->isFunctionProtoType()); 2122 New->setImplicit(); 2123 New->addAttr(BuiltinAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, ID)); 2124 2125 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 2126 // FunctionDecl. 2127 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Type)) { 2128 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 16> Params; 2129 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 2130 ParmVarDecl *parm = ParmVarDecl::Create( 2131 Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), nullptr, 2132 FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, nullptr); 2133 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 2134 Params.push_back(parm); 2135 } 2136 New->setParams(Params); 2137 } 2138 2139 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 2140 return New; 2141 } 2142 2143 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 2144 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 2145 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 2146 /// built-in. 2147 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2148 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2149 SourceLocation Loc) { 2150 LookupNecessaryTypesForBuiltin(S, ID); 2151 2152 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 2153 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 2154 if (Error) { 2155 if (!ForRedeclaration) 2156 return nullptr; 2157 2158 // If we have a builtin without an associated type we should not emit a 2159 // warning when we were not able to find a type for it. 2160 if (Error == ASTContext::GE_Missing_type || 2161 Context.BuiltinInfo.allowTypeMismatch(ID)) 2162 return nullptr; 2163 2164 // If we could not find a type for setjmp it is because the jmp_buf type was 2165 // not defined prior to the setjmp declaration. 2166 if (Error == ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp) { 2167 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_no_jmp_buf) 2168 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 2169 return nullptr; 2170 } 2171 2172 // Generally, we emit a warning that the declaration requires the 2173 // appropriate header. 2174 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 2175 << getHeaderName(Context.BuiltinInfo, ID, Error) 2176 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 2177 return nullptr; 2178 } 2179 2180 if (!ForRedeclaration && 2181 (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID) || 2182 Context.BuiltinInfo.isHeaderDependentFunction(ID))) { 2183 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 2184 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 2185 if (const char *Header = Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID)) 2186 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 2187 << Header << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 2188 } 2189 2190 if (R.isNull()) 2191 return nullptr; 2192 2193 FunctionDecl *New = CreateBuiltin(II, R, ID, Loc); 2194 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 2195 2196 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 2197 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 2198 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 2199 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 2200 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 2201 CurContext = New->getDeclContext(); 2202 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 2203 CurContext = SavedContext; 2204 return New; 2205 } 2206 2207 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 2208 /// entity if their types are the same. 2209 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 2210 /// isSameEntity. 2211 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 2212 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 2213 LookupResult &Previous) { 2214 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 2215 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 2216 return; 2217 2218 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 2219 if (Previous.empty()) 2220 return; 2221 2222 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 2223 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 2224 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 2225 2226 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 2227 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 2228 continue; 2229 2230 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 2231 // different linkages. 2232 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2233 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 2234 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 2235 continue; 2236 2237 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 2238 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 2239 if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 2240 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 2241 continue; 2242 } 2243 2244 Filter.erase(); 2245 } 2246 2247 Filter.done(); 2248 } 2249 2250 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 2251 QualType OldType; 2252 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2253 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 2254 else 2255 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 2256 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 2257 2258 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 2259 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 2260 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 2261 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 2262 << Kind << NewType; 2263 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 2264 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2265 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2266 return true; 2267 } 2268 2269 if (OldType != NewType && 2270 !OldType->isDependentType() && 2271 !NewType->isDependentType() && 2272 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 2273 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 2274 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 2275 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 2276 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 2277 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2278 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2279 return true; 2280 } 2281 return false; 2282 } 2283 2284 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 2285 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 2286 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 2287 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 2288 /// 2289 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, 2290 LookupResult &OldDecls) { 2291 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 2292 // merging checks. 2293 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 2294 2295 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 2296 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 2297 if (getLangOpts().ObjC) { 2298 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 2299 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 2300 default: break; 2301 case 2: 2302 { 2303 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 2304 break; 2305 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 2306 if (!T->isPointerType()) 2307 break; 2308 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 2309 QualType PT = T->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 2310 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 2311 break; 2312 } 2313 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 2314 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 2315 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 2316 return; 2317 } 2318 case 5: 2319 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 2320 break; 2321 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 2322 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 2323 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 2324 return; 2325 case 3: 2326 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 2327 break; 2328 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 2329 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 2330 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 2331 return; 2332 } 2333 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 2334 } 2335 2336 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 2337 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 2338 if (!Old) { 2339 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2340 << New->getDeclName(); 2341 2342 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 2343 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 2344 notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation()); 2345 2346 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2347 } 2348 2349 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2350 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2351 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2352 2353 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2354 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 2355 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 2356 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 2357 if (OldTag && NewTag && 2358 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 2359 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 2360 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 2361 // instead of our tag. 2362 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 2363 if (OldTD->isModed()) 2364 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 2365 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 2366 else 2367 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 2368 2369 // Make the old tag definition visible. 2370 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden); 2371 2372 // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators 2373 // out of the scope. 2374 if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) { 2375 Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 2376 for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) { 2377 auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 2378 assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED)); 2379 EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED); 2380 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED); 2381 ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED); 2382 } 2383 } 2384 } 2385 } 2386 2387 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 2388 // with any extensions enabled. 2389 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 2390 return; 2391 2392 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 2393 // the old declaration was a typedef. 2394 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2395 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 2396 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2397 } 2398 2399 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 2400 return; 2401 2402 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2403 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 2404 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 2405 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 2406 // to the type to which it already refers. 2407 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2408 return; 2409 2410 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2411 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2412 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2413 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2414 // 2415 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2416 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2417 // 2418 // struct S { 2419 // typedef struct A { } A; 2420 // }; 2421 // 2422 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2423 // allow the above but disallow 2424 // 2425 // struct S { 2426 // typedef int I; 2427 // typedef int I; 2428 // }; 2429 // 2430 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2431 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2432 return; 2433 2434 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2435 << New->getDeclName(); 2436 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2437 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2438 } 2439 2440 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2441 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2442 return; 2443 2444 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2445 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2446 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2447 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2448 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2449 // Some standard types are defined implicitly in Clang (e.g. OpenCL). 2450 (Old->isImplicit() || 2451 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2452 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2453 return; 2454 2455 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2456 << New->getDeclName(); 2457 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2458 } 2459 2460 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2461 /// attribute. 2462 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2463 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2464 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2465 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2466 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2467 if (Ann) { 2468 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2469 return true; 2470 continue; 2471 } 2472 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2473 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2474 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2475 return true; 2476 } 2477 2478 return false; 2479 } 2480 2481 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2482 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2483 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2484 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2485 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2486 return true; 2487 } 2488 2489 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2490 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2491 /// 2492 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2493 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2494 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2495 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2496 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2497 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2498 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2499 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2500 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2501 // in a case like: 2502 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2503 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2504 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2505 // definition in such a case. 2506 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2507 return false; 2508 2509 if (I->isAlignas()) 2510 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2511 2512 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2513 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2514 OldAlign = Align; 2515 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2516 } 2517 } 2518 2519 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2520 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2521 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2522 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2523 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2524 return false; 2525 2526 if (I->isAlignas()) 2527 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2528 2529 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2530 if (Align > NewAlign) 2531 NewAlign = Align; 2532 } 2533 2534 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2535 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2536 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2537 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2538 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2539 2540 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2541 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2542 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2543 QualType Ty; 2544 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2545 Ty = VD->getType(); 2546 else 2547 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2548 2549 if (OldAlign == 0) 2550 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2551 if (NewAlign == 0) 2552 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2553 } 2554 2555 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2556 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2557 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2558 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2559 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2560 } 2561 } 2562 2563 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2564 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2565 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2566 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2567 // equivalent alignment. 2568 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2569 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2570 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2571 // have no alignment specifier. 2572 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2573 << OldAlignasAttr; 2574 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2575 << OldAlignasAttr; 2576 } 2577 2578 bool AnyAdded = false; 2579 2580 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2581 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2582 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2583 Clone->setInherited(true); 2584 New->addAttr(Clone); 2585 AnyAdded = true; 2586 } 2587 2588 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2589 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2590 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2591 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2592 Clone->setInherited(true); 2593 New->addAttr(Clone); 2594 AnyAdded = true; 2595 } 2596 2597 return AnyAdded; 2598 } 2599 2600 #define WANT_DECL_MERGE_LOGIC 2601 #include "clang/Sema/AttrParsedAttrImpl.inc" 2602 #undef WANT_DECL_MERGE_LOGIC 2603 2604 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2605 const InheritableAttr *Attr, 2606 Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2607 // Diagnose any mutual exclusions between the attribute that we want to add 2608 // and attributes that already exist on the declaration. 2609 if (!DiagnoseMutualExclusions(S, D, Attr)) 2610 return false; 2611 2612 // This function copies an attribute Attr from a previous declaration to the 2613 // new declaration D if the new declaration doesn't itself have that attribute 2614 // yet or if that attribute allows duplicates. 2615 // If you're adding a new attribute that requires logic different from 2616 // "use explicit attribute on decl if present, else use attribute from 2617 // previous decl", for example if the attribute needs to be consistent 2618 // between redeclarations, you need to call a custom merge function here. 2619 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2620 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2621 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr( 2622 D, *AA, AA->getPlatform(), AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(), 2623 AA->getDeprecated(), AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2624 AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), AA->getReplacement(), AMK, 2625 AA->getPriority()); 2626 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2627 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, *VA, VA->getVisibility()); 2628 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2629 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, *VA, VA->getVisibility()); 2630 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2631 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, *ImportA); 2632 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2633 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, *ExportA); 2634 else if (const auto *EA = dyn_cast<ErrorAttr>(Attr)) 2635 NewAttr = S.mergeErrorAttr(D, *EA, EA->getUserDiagnostic()); 2636 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2637 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, *FA, FA->getType(), FA->getFormatIdx(), 2638 FA->getFirstArg()); 2639 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2640 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, *SA, SA->getName()); 2641 else if (const auto *CSA = dyn_cast<CodeSegAttr>(Attr)) 2642 NewAttr = S.mergeCodeSegAttr(D, *CSA, CSA->getName()); 2643 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2644 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, *IA, IA->getBestCase(), 2645 IA->getInheritanceModel()); 2646 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2647 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, *AA, 2648 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling())); 2649 else if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 2650 (isa<CUDAHostAttr>(Attr) || isa<CUDADeviceAttr>(Attr) || 2651 isa<CUDAGlobalAttr>(Attr))) { 2652 // CUDA target attributes are part of function signature for 2653 // overloading purposes and must not be merged. 2654 return false; 2655 } else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2656 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, *MA); 2657 else if (const auto *SNA = dyn_cast<SwiftNameAttr>(Attr)) 2658 NewAttr = S.mergeSwiftNameAttr(D, *SNA, SNA->getName()); 2659 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2660 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, *OA); 2661 else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr)) 2662 NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr(D, *InternalLinkageA); 2663 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2664 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2665 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2666 NewAttr = nullptr; 2667 else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) && 2668 (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override || 2669 AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation || 2670 AMK == Sema::AMK_OptionalProtocolImplementation)) 2671 NewAttr = nullptr; 2672 else if (const auto *UA = dyn_cast<UuidAttr>(Attr)) 2673 NewAttr = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, *UA, UA->getGuid(), UA->getGuidDecl()); 2674 else if (const auto *IMA = dyn_cast<WebAssemblyImportModuleAttr>(Attr)) 2675 NewAttr = S.mergeImportModuleAttr(D, *IMA); 2676 else if (const auto *INA = dyn_cast<WebAssemblyImportNameAttr>(Attr)) 2677 NewAttr = S.mergeImportNameAttr(D, *INA); 2678 else if (const auto *TCBA = dyn_cast<EnforceTCBAttr>(Attr)) 2679 NewAttr = S.mergeEnforceTCBAttr(D, *TCBA); 2680 else if (const auto *TCBLA = dyn_cast<EnforceTCBLeafAttr>(Attr)) 2681 NewAttr = S.mergeEnforceTCBLeafAttr(D, *TCBLA); 2682 else if (const auto *BTFA = dyn_cast<BTFDeclTagAttr>(Attr)) 2683 NewAttr = S.mergeBTFDeclTagAttr(D, *BTFA); 2684 else if (Attr->shouldInheritEvenIfAlreadyPresent() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2685 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2686 2687 if (NewAttr) { 2688 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2689 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2690 if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr)) 2691 S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)); 2692 return true; 2693 } 2694 2695 return false; 2696 } 2697 2698 static const NamedDecl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2699 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2700 return TD->getDefinition(); 2701 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2702 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2703 if (Def) 2704 return Def; 2705 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2706 } 2707 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2708 const FunctionDecl *Def = nullptr; 2709 if (FD->isDefined(Def, true)) 2710 return Def; 2711 } 2712 return nullptr; 2713 } 2714 2715 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2716 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2717 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2718 return true; 2719 return false; 2720 } 2721 2722 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2723 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2724 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2725 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2726 return; 2727 2728 const NamedDecl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2729 if (!Def || Def == New) 2730 return; 2731 2732 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2733 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2734 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2735 2736 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2737 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2738 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2739 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2740 2741 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2742 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2743 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2744 --E; 2745 continue; 2746 } 2747 } else { 2748 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2749 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2750 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2751 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2752 : diag::err_redefinition; 2753 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2754 if (Diag == diag::err_redefinition) 2755 S.notePreviousDefinition(Def, VD->getLocation()); 2756 else 2757 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2758 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2759 } 2760 ++I; 2761 continue; 2762 } 2763 2764 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2765 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2766 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2767 ++I; 2768 continue; 2769 } 2770 } 2771 2772 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2773 ++I; 2774 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2775 } 2776 2777 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2778 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2779 ++I; 2780 continue; 2781 } else if (isa<UuidAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2782 // msvc will allow a subsequent definition to add an uuid to a class 2783 ++I; 2784 continue; 2785 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2786 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2787 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2788 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2789 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2790 // equivalent alignment. 2791 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2792 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2793 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2794 // have no alignment specifier. 2795 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2796 << AA; 2797 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2798 << AA; 2799 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2800 --E; 2801 continue; 2802 } 2803 } else if (isa<LoaderUninitializedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2804 // If there is a C definition followed by a redeclaration with this 2805 // attribute then there are two different definitions. In C++, prefer the 2806 // standard diagnostics. 2807 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2808 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2809 diag::err_loader_uninitialized_redeclaration); 2810 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2811 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2812 --E; 2813 continue; 2814 } 2815 } else if (isa<SelectAnyAttr>(NewAttribute) && 2816 cast<VarDecl>(New)->isInline() && 2817 !cast<VarDecl>(New)->isInlineSpecified()) { 2818 // Don't warn about applying selectany to implicitly inline variables. 2819 // Older compilers and language modes would require the use of selectany 2820 // to make such variables inline, and it would have no effect if we 2821 // honored it. 2822 ++I; 2823 continue; 2824 } else if (isa<OMPDeclareVariantAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2825 // We allow to add OMP[Begin]DeclareVariantAttr to be added to 2826 // declarations after defintions. 2827 ++I; 2828 continue; 2829 } 2830 2831 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2832 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2833 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2834 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2835 --E; 2836 } 2837 } 2838 2839 static void diagnoseMissingConstinit(Sema &S, const VarDecl *InitDecl, 2840 const ConstInitAttr *CIAttr, 2841 bool AttrBeforeInit) { 2842 SourceLocation InsertLoc = InitDecl->getInnerLocStart(); 2843 2844 // Figure out a good way to write this specifier on the old declaration. 2845 // FIXME: We should just use the spelling of CIAttr, but we don't preserve 2846 // enough of the attribute list spelling information to extract that without 2847 // heroics. 2848 std::string SuitableSpelling; 2849 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) 2850 SuitableSpelling = std::string( 2851 S.PP.getLastMacroWithSpelling(InsertLoc, {tok::kw_constinit})); 2852 if (SuitableSpelling.empty() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 2853 SuitableSpelling = std::string(S.PP.getLastMacroWithSpelling( 2854 InsertLoc, {tok::l_square, tok::l_square, 2855 S.PP.getIdentifierInfo("clang"), tok::coloncolon, 2856 S.PP.getIdentifierInfo("require_constant_initialization"), 2857 tok::r_square, tok::r_square})); 2858 if (SuitableSpelling.empty()) 2859 SuitableSpelling = std::string(S.PP.getLastMacroWithSpelling( 2860 InsertLoc, {tok::kw___attribute, tok::l_paren, tok::r_paren, 2861 S.PP.getIdentifierInfo("require_constant_initialization"), 2862 tok::r_paren, tok::r_paren})); 2863 if (SuitableSpelling.empty() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) 2864 SuitableSpelling = "constinit"; 2865 if (SuitableSpelling.empty() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 2866 SuitableSpelling = "[[clang::require_constant_initialization]]"; 2867 if (SuitableSpelling.empty()) 2868 SuitableSpelling = "__attribute__((require_constant_initialization))"; 2869 SuitableSpelling += " "; 2870 2871 if (AttrBeforeInit) { 2872 // extern constinit int a; 2873 // int a = 0; // error (missing 'constinit'), accepted as extension 2874 assert(CIAttr->isConstinit() && "should not diagnose this for attribute"); 2875 S.Diag(InitDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_constinit_missing) 2876 << InitDecl << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, SuitableSpelling); 2877 S.Diag(CIAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_constinit_specified_here); 2878 } else { 2879 // int a = 0; 2880 // constinit extern int a; // error (missing 'constinit') 2881 S.Diag(CIAttr->getLocation(), 2882 CIAttr->isConstinit() ? diag::err_constinit_added_too_late 2883 : diag::warn_require_const_init_added_too_late) 2884 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(CIAttr->getLocation())); 2885 S.Diag(InitDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_constinit_missing_here) 2886 << CIAttr->isConstinit() 2887 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, SuitableSpelling); 2888 } 2889 } 2890 2891 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2892 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2893 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2894 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2895 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2896 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2897 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2898 } 2899 if (RetainAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<RetainAttr>()) { 2900 RetainAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2901 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2902 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2903 } 2904 2905 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2906 return; 2907 2908 // [dcl.constinit]p1: 2909 // If the [constinit] specifier is applied to any declaration of a 2910 // variable, it shall be applied to the initializing declaration. 2911 const auto *OldConstInit = Old->getAttr<ConstInitAttr>(); 2912 const auto *NewConstInit = New->getAttr<ConstInitAttr>(); 2913 if (bool(OldConstInit) != bool(NewConstInit)) { 2914 const auto *OldVD = cast<VarDecl>(Old); 2915 auto *NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2916 2917 // Find the initializing declaration. Note that we might not have linked 2918 // the new declaration into the redeclaration chain yet. 2919 const VarDecl *InitDecl = OldVD->getInitializingDeclaration(); 2920 if (!InitDecl && 2921 (NewVD->hasInit() || NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition())) 2922 InitDecl = NewVD; 2923 2924 if (InitDecl == NewVD) { 2925 // This is the initializing declaration. If it would inherit 'constinit', 2926 // that's ill-formed. (Note that we do not apply this to the attribute 2927 // form). 2928 if (OldConstInit && OldConstInit->isConstinit()) 2929 diagnoseMissingConstinit(*this, NewVD, OldConstInit, 2930 /*AttrBeforeInit=*/true); 2931 } else if (NewConstInit) { 2932 // This is the first time we've been told that this declaration should 2933 // have a constant initializer. If we already saw the initializing 2934 // declaration, this is too late. 2935 if (InitDecl && InitDecl != NewVD) { 2936 diagnoseMissingConstinit(*this, InitDecl, NewConstInit, 2937 /*AttrBeforeInit=*/false); 2938 NewVD->dropAttr<ConstInitAttr>(); 2939 } 2940 } 2941 } 2942 2943 // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored. 2944 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2945 2946 if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2947 if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2948 if (!OldA->isEquivalent(NewA)) { 2949 // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label. 2950 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label); 2951 Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2952 } 2953 } else if (Old->isUsed()) { 2954 // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has 2955 // already been ODR-used. 2956 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name) 2957 << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange(); 2958 } 2959 } 2960 2961 // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's. 2962 if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2963 if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2964 for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) { 2965 if (!llvm::is_contained(OldAbiTagAttr->tags(), NewTag)) { 2966 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), 2967 diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration) 2968 << NewTag; 2969 Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2970 } 2971 } 2972 } else { 2973 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration); 2974 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2975 } 2976 } 2977 2978 // This redeclaration adds a section attribute. 2979 if (New->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && !Old->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 2980 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(New)) { 2981 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) { 2982 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_section_on_redeclaration); 2983 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2984 } 2985 } 2986 } 2987 2988 // Redeclaration adds code-seg attribute. 2989 const auto *NewCSA = New->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>(); 2990 if (NewCSA && !Old->hasAttr<CodeSegAttr>() && 2991 !NewCSA->isImplicit() && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New)) { 2992 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_section) 2993 << 0 /*codeseg*/; 2994 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2995 } 2996 2997 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2998 return; 2999 3000 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 3001 3002 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 3003 // we process them. 3004 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 3005 3006 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 3007 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 3008 AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None; 3009 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 3010 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 3011 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 3012 switch (AMK) { 3013 case AMK_None: 3014 continue; 3015 3016 case AMK_Redeclaration: 3017 case AMK_Override: 3018 case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: 3019 case AMK_OptionalProtocolImplementation: 3020 LocalAMK = AMK; 3021 break; 3022 } 3023 } 3024 3025 // Already handled. 3026 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I) || isa<RetainAttr>(I)) 3027 continue; 3028 3029 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK)) 3030 foundAny = true; 3031 } 3032 3033 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 3034 foundAny = true; 3035 3036 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 3037 } 3038 3039 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 3040 /// to the new one. 3041 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 3042 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 3043 Sema &S) { 3044 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 3045 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 3046 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 3047 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 3048 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 3049 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 3050 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 3051 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 3052 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 3053 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 3054 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 3055 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 3056 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 3057 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 3058 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 3059 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 3060 } 3061 3062 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 3063 return; 3064 3065 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 3066 3067 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 3068 // done before we process them. 3069 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 3070 3071 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 3072 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 3073 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 3074 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 3075 newAttr->setInherited(true); 3076 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 3077 foundAny = true; 3078 } 3079 } 3080 3081 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 3082 } 3083 3084 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 3085 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 3086 Sema &S) { 3087 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 3088 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 3089 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 3090 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 3091 << DiagNullabilityKind( 3092 *Newnullability, 3093 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 3094 != 0)) 3095 << DiagNullabilityKind( 3096 *Oldnullability, 3097 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 3098 != 0)); 3099 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3100 } 3101 } else { 3102 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 3103 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 3104 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 3105 NewT, NewT); 3106 NewParam->setType(NewT); 3107 } 3108 } 3109 } 3110 3111 namespace { 3112 3113 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 3114 /// C. 3115 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 3116 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 3117 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 3118 QualType PromotedType; 3119 }; 3120 3121 } // end anonymous namespace 3122 3123 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 3124 // declaration, or a declaration. 3125 template <typename T> 3126 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 3127 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 3128 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3129 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 3130 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 3131 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 3132 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 3133 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 3134 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 3135 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 3136 } else 3137 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 3138 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 3139 } 3140 3141 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 3142 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 3143 /// GNU89 mode. 3144 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 3145 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 3146 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 3147 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 3148 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 3149 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 3150 } 3151 3152 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 3153 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 3154 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 3155 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 3156 return AT; 3157 } 3158 3159 template <typename T> 3160 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 3161 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 3162 if (DC->isRecord()) 3163 return false; 3164 3165 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 3166 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 3167 return true; 3168 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 3169 return true; 3170 return false; 3171 } 3172 3173 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 3174 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 3175 static bool isExternC(FunctionTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 3176 3177 /// Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 3178 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 3179 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 3180 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 3181 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 3182 ExpectedDecl *New) { 3183 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 3184 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 3185 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 3186 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 3187 // and function templates; or 3188 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 3189 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 3190 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 3191 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 3192 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 3193 3194 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 3195 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 3196 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 3197 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 3198 // function, the program is ill-formed. 3199 3200 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 3201 if (Old && 3202 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 3203 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 3204 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 3205 Old = nullptr; 3206 3207 if (!Old) { 3208 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 3209 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 3210 S.Diag(OldS->getIntroducer()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 3211 return true; 3212 } 3213 return false; 3214 } 3215 3216 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A, 3217 const FunctionDecl *B) { 3218 assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams()); 3219 3220 auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) { 3221 const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 3222 const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 3223 if (AttrA == AttrB) 3224 return true; 3225 return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType() && 3226 AttrA->isDynamic() == AttrB->isDynamic(); 3227 }; 3228 3229 return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq); 3230 } 3231 3232 /// If necessary, adjust the semantic declaration context for a qualified 3233 /// declaration to name the correct inline namespace within the qualifier. 3234 static void adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(DeclaratorDecl *NewD, 3235 DeclaratorDecl *OldD) { 3236 // The only case where we need to update the DeclContext is when 3237 // redeclaration lookup for a qualified name finds a declaration 3238 // in an inline namespace within the context named by the qualifier: 3239 // 3240 // inline namespace N { int f(); } 3241 // int ::f(); // Sema DC needs adjusting from :: to N::. 3242 // 3243 // For unqualified declarations, the semantic context *can* change 3244 // along the redeclaration chain (for local extern declarations, 3245 // extern "C" declarations, and friend declarations in particular). 3246 if (!NewD->getQualifier()) 3247 return; 3248 3249 // NewD is probably already in the right context. 3250 auto *NamedDC = NewD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 3251 auto *SemaDC = OldD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 3252 if (NamedDC->Equals(SemaDC)) 3253 return; 3254 3255 assert((NamedDC->InEnclosingNamespaceSetOf(SemaDC) || 3256 NewD->isInvalidDecl() || OldD->isInvalidDecl()) && 3257 "unexpected context for redeclaration"); 3258 3259 auto *LexDC = NewD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3260 auto FixSemaDC = [=](NamedDecl *D) { 3261 if (!D) 3262 return; 3263 D->setDeclContext(SemaDC); 3264 D->setLexicalDeclContext(LexDC); 3265 }; 3266 3267 FixSemaDC(NewD); 3268 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewD)) 3269 FixSemaDC(FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()); 3270 else if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewD)) 3271 FixSemaDC(VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()); 3272 } 3273 3274 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 3275 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 3276 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 3277 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3278 /// 3279 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 3280 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 3281 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 3282 /// merged with. 3283 /// 3284 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 3285 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 3286 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3287 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 3288 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 3289 if (!Old) { 3290 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 3291 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 3292 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 3293 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 3294 diag::note_using_decl_target); 3295 Diag(Shadow->getIntroducer()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 3296 << 0; 3297 return true; 3298 } 3299 3300 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function or 3301 // function template. 3302 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = 3303 New->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 3304 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, 3305 NewTemplate)) 3306 return true; 3307 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()) 3308 ->getAsFunction(); 3309 } else { 3310 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3311 return true; 3312 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 3313 } 3314 } else { 3315 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3316 << New->getDeclName(); 3317 notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation()); 3318 return true; 3319 } 3320 } 3321 3322 // If the old declaration was found in an inline namespace and the new 3323 // declaration was qualified, update the DeclContext to match. 3324 adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(New, Old); 3325 3326 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 3327 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3328 return true; 3329 3330 // Disallow redeclaration of some builtins. 3331 if (!getASTContext().canBuiltinBeRedeclared(Old)) { 3332 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_redeclare) << Old->getDeclName(); 3333 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3334 << Old << Old->getType(); 3335 return true; 3336 } 3337 3338 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3339 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3340 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3341 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3342 3343 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 3344 // is an extern inline function. 3345 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 3346 // storage classes. 3347 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 3348 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3349 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 3350 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 3351 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 3352 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3353 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 3354 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3355 } else { 3356 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 3357 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3358 return true; 3359 } 3360 } 3361 3362 if (const auto *ILA = New->getAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) 3363 if (!Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3364 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_missing_on_first_decl) 3365 << ILA; 3366 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3367 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3368 } 3369 3370 if (auto *EA = New->getAttr<ErrorAttr>()) { 3371 if (!Old->hasAttr<ErrorAttr>()) { 3372 Diag(EA->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_missing_on_first_decl) << EA; 3373 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3374 New->dropAttr<ErrorAttr>(); 3375 } 3376 } 3377 3378 if (CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, Old)) 3379 return true; 3380 3381 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3382 bool OldOvl = Old->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 3383 if (OldOvl != New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && !Old->isImplicit()) { 3384 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_mismatch) 3385 << New << OldOvl; 3386 3387 // Try our best to find a decl that actually has the overloadable 3388 // attribute for the note. In most cases (e.g. programs with only one 3389 // broken declaration/definition), this won't matter. 3390 // 3391 // FIXME: We could do this if we juggled some extra state in 3392 // OverloadableAttr, rather than just removing it. 3393 const Decl *DiagOld = Old; 3394 if (OldOvl) { 3395 auto OldIter = llvm::find_if(Old->redecls(), [](const Decl *D) { 3396 const auto *A = D->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 3397 return A && !A->isImplicit(); 3398 }); 3399 // If we've implicitly added *all* of the overloadable attrs to this 3400 // chain, emitting a "previous redecl" note is pointless. 3401 DiagOld = OldIter == Old->redecls_end() ? nullptr : *OldIter; 3402 } 3403 3404 if (DiagOld) 3405 Diag(DiagOld->getLocation(), 3406 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload) 3407 << OldOvl; 3408 3409 if (OldOvl) 3410 New->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 3411 else 3412 New->dropAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 3413 } 3414 } 3415 3416 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 3417 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 3418 // convention of the first. 3419 // 3420 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 3421 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 3422 // 3423 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 3424 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 3425 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 3426 // 3427 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 3428 // other tests to run. 3429 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 3430 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3431 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 3432 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 3433 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 3434 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 3435 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 3436 3437 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 3438 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 3439 const FunctionType *FT = 3440 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 3441 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 3442 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 3443 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 3444 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 3445 // there but not here. 3446 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 3447 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3448 } else if (Old->getBuiltinID()) { 3449 // Builtin attribute isn't propagated to the new one yet at this point, 3450 // so we check if the old one is a builtin. 3451 3452 // Calling Conventions on a Builtin aren't really useful and setting a 3453 // default calling convention and cdecl'ing some builtin redeclarations is 3454 // common, so warn and ignore the calling convention on the redeclaration. 3455 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_cconv_unsupported) 3456 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 3457 << (int)CallingConventionIgnoredReason::BuiltinFunction; 3458 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 3459 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3460 } else { 3461 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 3462 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 3463 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 3464 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 3465 << !FirstCCExplicit 3466 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 3467 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 3468 3469 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 3470 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3471 return true; 3472 } 3473 } 3474 3475 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 3476 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3477 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 3478 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3479 } 3480 3481 // Merge regparm attribute. 3482 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 3483 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 3484 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 3485 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 3486 << NewType->getRegParmType() 3487 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 3488 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 3489 return true; 3490 } 3491 3492 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 3493 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3494 } 3495 3496 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 3497 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 3498 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 3499 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) 3500 << "'ns_returns_retained'"; 3501 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 3502 return true; 3503 } 3504 3505 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 3506 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3507 } 3508 3509 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs() != 3510 NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) { 3511 if (NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) { 3512 AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr *Attr = 3513 New->getAttr<AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr>(); 3514 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) << Attr; 3515 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 3516 return true; 3517 } 3518 3519 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoCallerSavedRegs(true); 3520 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3521 } 3522 3523 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 3524 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3525 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 3526 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 3527 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3528 } 3529 3530 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 3531 // UndefinedButUsed. 3532 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 3533 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 3534 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 3535 Old->isUsed(false) && 3536 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 3537 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 3538 SourceLocation())); 3539 3540 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 3541 // about it. 3542 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 3543 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 3544 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 3545 } 3546 3547 // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid 3548 // redeclaration. 3549 if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() && 3550 !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) { 3551 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params) 3552 << New->getDeclName(); 3553 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3554 return true; 3555 } 3556 3557 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3558 // C++1z [over.load]p2 3559 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 3560 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type, 3561 // the exception specification, or both cannot be overloaded. 3562 3563 // Check the exception specifications match. This may recompute the type of 3564 // both Old and New if it resolved exception specifications, so grab the 3565 // types again after this. Because this updates the type, we do this before 3566 // any of the other checks below, which may update the "de facto" NewQType 3567 // but do not necessarily update the type of New. 3568 if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(Old, New)) 3569 return true; 3570 OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 3571 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3572 3573 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 3574 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 3575 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 3576 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 3577 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 3578 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = Old->getDeclaredReturnType(); 3579 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = New->getDeclaredReturnType(); 3580 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 3581 canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(New, Old, NewDeclaredReturnType, 3582 OldDeclaredReturnType)) { 3583 QualType ResQT; 3584 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3585 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 3586 // FIXME: This does the wrong thing for a deduced return type. 3587 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 3588 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 3589 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 3590 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 3591 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3592 else 3593 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 3594 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3595 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 3596 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3597 return true; 3598 } 3599 else 3600 NewQType = ResQT; 3601 } 3602 3603 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 3604 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 3605 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 3606 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 3607 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 3608 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 3609 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 3610 New->setType( 3611 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 3612 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3613 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3614 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 3615 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 3616 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3617 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3618 } 3619 } 3620 3621 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 3622 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 3623 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 3624 // Preserve triviality. 3625 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 3626 3627 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 3628 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 3629 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 3630 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 3631 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 3632 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 3633 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 3634 3635 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3636 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 3637 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 3638 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 3639 // is a static member function declaration. 3640 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 3641 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 3642 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3643 return true; 3644 } 3645 3646 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3647 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 3648 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 3649 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 3650 if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) { 3651 unsigned NewDiag; 3652 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 3653 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 3654 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 3655 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 3656 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 3657 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 3658 else 3659 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 3660 3661 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 3662 } else { 3663 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 3664 << New << New->getType(); 3665 } 3666 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3667 return true; 3668 3669 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 3670 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 3671 // 3672 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 3673 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 3674 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 3675 if (isFriend) { 3676 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 3677 } else { 3678 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3679 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 3680 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3681 return true; 3682 } 3683 } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 3684 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3685 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 3686 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3687 return true; 3688 } 3689 } 3690 3691 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 3692 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 3693 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 3694 // attribute. 3695 if (const auto *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) 3696 if (!Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 3697 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_missing_on_first_decl) 3698 << NRA; 3699 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3700 } 3701 3702 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 3703 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 3704 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 3705 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 3706 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 3707 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 3708 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 3709 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3710 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3711 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3712 } 3713 3714 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 3715 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 3716 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 3717 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 3718 3719 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 3720 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 3721 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3722 auto *OldType = OldQType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3723 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 3724 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 3725 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 3726 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 3727 } 3728 3729 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3730 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 3731 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 3732 // 3733 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 3734 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 3735 // linkage within class scope. 3736 // 3737 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 3738 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 3739 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 3740 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3741 } else { 3742 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3743 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3744 return true; 3745 } 3746 } 3747 3748 // If the function types are compatible, merge the declarations. Ignore the 3749 // exception specifier because it was already checked above in 3750 // CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec, and we don't want follow-on diagnostics 3751 // about incompatible types under -fms-compatibility. 3752 if (Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(OldQTypeForComparison, 3753 NewQType)) 3754 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3755 3756 // If the types are imprecise (due to dependent constructs in friends or 3757 // local extern declarations), it's OK if they differ. We'll check again 3758 // during instantiation. 3759 if (!canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(New, Old, NewQType, OldQType)) 3760 return false; 3761 3762 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 3763 } 3764 3765 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 3766 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 3767 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3768 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 3769 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3770 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3771 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 3772 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 3773 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 3774 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 3775 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 3776 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 3777 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 3778 NewQType = 3779 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 3780 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 3781 New->setType(NewQType); 3782 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 3783 3784 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 3785 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3786 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 3787 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 3788 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 3789 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 3790 SC_None, nullptr); 3791 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 3792 Param->setImplicit(); 3793 Params.push_back(Param); 3794 } 3795 3796 New->setParams(Params); 3797 } 3798 3799 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3800 } 3801 3802 // Check if the function types are compatible when pointer size address 3803 // spaces are ignored. 3804 if (Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringPtrSizes(OldQType, NewQType)) 3805 return false; 3806 3807 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3808 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3809 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3810 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3811 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3812 // the prototype. 3813 // 3814 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3815 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3816 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3817 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3818 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3819 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3820 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3821 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3822 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3823 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3824 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3825 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3826 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3827 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3828 3829 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3830 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3831 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3832 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3833 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3834 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3835 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3836 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3837 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3838 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3839 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3840 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3841 NewParm->getType(), 3842 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3843 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3844 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3845 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3846 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3847 } else 3848 LooseCompatible = false; 3849 } 3850 3851 if (LooseCompatible) { 3852 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3853 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3854 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3855 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3856 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3857 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3858 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3859 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3860 } 3861 3862 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3863 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3864 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3865 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3866 } 3867 3868 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3869 } 3870 3871 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3872 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3873 3874 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3875 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3876 unsigned BuiltinID; 3877 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3878 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3879 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3880 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3881 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3882 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3883 << Old << Old->getType(); 3884 return false; 3885 } 3886 3887 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3888 } 3889 3890 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3891 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3892 return true; 3893 } 3894 3895 /// Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3896 /// known to be compatible. 3897 /// 3898 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3899 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3900 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3901 /// redeclaration of Old. 3902 /// 3903 /// \returns false 3904 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3905 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3906 // Merge the attributes 3907 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3908 3909 // Merge "pure" flag. 3910 if (Old->isPure()) 3911 New->setPure(); 3912 3913 // Merge "used" flag. 3914 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3915 New->setIsUsed(); 3916 3917 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3918 // declarations. 3919 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3920 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3921 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3922 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3923 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3924 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3925 } 3926 3927 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3928 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3929 3930 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3931 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3932 // was visible. 3933 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3934 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3935 New->setType(Merged); 3936 3937 return false; 3938 } 3939 3940 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3941 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3942 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3943 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3944 isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext()) 3945 ? (oldMethod->isOptional() ? AMK_OptionalProtocolImplementation 3946 : AMK_ProtocolImplementation) 3947 : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3948 : AMK_Override; 3949 3950 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3951 3952 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3953 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3954 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3955 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3956 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3957 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3958 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3959 3960 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3961 } 3962 3963 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) { 3964 assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())); 3965 3966 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3967 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3968 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3969 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3970 3971 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3972 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3973 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) 3974 = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3975 S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3976 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3977 } 3978 3979 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3980 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3981 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3982 /// 3983 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3984 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3985 /// is attached. 3986 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3987 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3988 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3989 return; 3990 3991 QualType MergedT; 3992 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3993 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3994 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3995 return; 3996 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3997 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3998 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3999 } 4000 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 4001 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 4002 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 4003 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 4004 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 4005 else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 4006 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 4007 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 4008 4009 // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array 4010 // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the 4011 // mismatch. 4012 if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && !NewArray->isDependentType()) { 4013 for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD; 4014 PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) { 4015 QualType PrevVDTy = PrevVD->getType(); 4016 if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || PrevVDTy->isDependentType()) 4017 continue; 4018 4019 if (!Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), PrevVDTy)) 4020 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD); 4021 } 4022 } 4023 4024 if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) { 4025 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 4026 NewArray->getElementType())) 4027 MergedT = New->getType(); 4028 } 4029 // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New 4030 // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not 4031 // visible. 4032 else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 4033 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 4034 NewArray->getElementType())) 4035 MergedT = Old->getType(); 4036 } 4037 } 4038 else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 4039 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 4040 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 4041 Old->getType()); 4042 } 4043 } else { 4044 // C 6.2.7p2: 4045 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 4046 // compatible type. 4047 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 4048 } 4049 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 4050 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 4051 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 4052 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 4053 // equivalent. 4054 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 4055 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 4056 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 4057 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 4058 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 4059 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 4060 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 4061 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 4062 return; 4063 } 4064 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old); 4065 } 4066 4067 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 4068 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 4069 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 4070 New->setType(MergedT); 4071 } 4072 4073 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 4074 LookupResult &Previous) { 4075 // C11 6.2.7p4: 4076 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 4077 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 4078 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 4079 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 4080 // declaration becomes the composite type. 4081 // 4082 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 4083 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 4084 return false; 4085 4086 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4087 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 4088 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 4089 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 4090 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 4091 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 4092 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4093 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 4094 } else { 4095 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 4096 // type unless we're in the same function. 4097 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 4098 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 4099 } 4100 } 4101 4102 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 4103 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 4104 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 4105 /// 4106 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 4107 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 4108 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 4109 /// 4110 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 4111 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 4112 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 4113 return; 4114 4115 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New)) 4116 return; 4117 4118 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 4119 4120 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 4121 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 4122 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 4123 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 4124 if (NewTemplate) { 4125 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4126 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 4127 4128 if (auto *Shadow = 4129 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 4130 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 4131 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4132 } else { 4133 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4134 4135 if (auto *Shadow = 4136 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 4137 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 4138 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4139 } 4140 } 4141 if (!Old) { 4142 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 4143 << New->getDeclName(); 4144 notePreviousDefinition(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(), 4145 New->getLocation()); 4146 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4147 } 4148 4149 // If the old declaration was found in an inline namespace and the new 4150 // declaration was qualified, update the DeclContext to match. 4151 adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(New, Old); 4152 4153 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 4154 if (NewTemplate && 4155 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 4156 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 4157 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 4158 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4159 4160 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 4161 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 4162 // 4163 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 4164 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 4165 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 4166 << New->getIdentifier(); 4167 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4168 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4169 } 4170 4171 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 4172 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 4173 // declaration 4174 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 4175 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 4176 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 4177 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 4178 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4179 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 4180 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 4181 } 4182 4183 if (const auto *ILA = New->getAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) 4184 if (!Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 4185 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_missing_on_first_decl) 4186 << ILA; 4187 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4188 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 4189 } 4190 4191 // Merge the types. 4192 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 4193 if (MostRecent != Old) { 4194 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 4195 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 4196 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 4197 return; 4198 } 4199 4200 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 4201 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 4202 return; 4203 4204 diag::kind PrevDiag; 4205 SourceLocation OldLocation; 4206 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 4207 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 4208 4209 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 4210 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 4211 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 4212 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 4213 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 4214 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 4215 << New->getDeclName(); 4216 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4217 } else { 4218 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 4219 << New->getDeclName(); 4220 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4221 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4222 } 4223 } 4224 // C99 6.2.2p4: 4225 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 4226 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 4227 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 4228 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 4229 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 4230 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 4231 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 4232 // identifier has external linkage. 4233 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 4234 /* Okay */; 4235 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 4236 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 4237 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 4238 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 4239 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4240 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4241 } 4242 4243 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 4244 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 4245 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 4246 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 4247 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4248 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4249 } 4250 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 4251 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 4252 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 4253 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4254 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4255 } 4256 4257 if (CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, Old)) 4258 return; 4259 4260 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 4261 4262 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 4263 // need to check for mismatches. 4264 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 4265 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 4266 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 4267 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 4268 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 4269 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4270 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4271 } 4272 4273 if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) { 4274 if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 4275 // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4: 4276 // If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before 4277 // its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed. 4278 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New; 4279 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4280 } 4281 } 4282 4283 // If this redeclaration makes the variable inline, we may need to add it to 4284 // UndefinedButUsed. 4285 if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) && 4286 !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 4287 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 4288 SourceLocation())); 4289 4290 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 4291 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 4292 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 4293 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4294 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 4295 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 4296 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4297 } else { 4298 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 4299 // static and dynamic initialization. 4300 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 4301 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 4302 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 4303 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 4304 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4305 } 4306 } 4307 4308 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 4309 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4310 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition) { 4311 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() && 4312 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) { 4313 // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged. 4314 Diag(New->getLocation(), 4315 diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def); 4316 } else if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 4317 if (checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, New)) 4318 return; 4319 } 4320 } 4321 4322 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 4323 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 4324 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4325 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4326 return; 4327 } 4328 4329 // Merge "used" flag. 4330 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 4331 New->setIsUsed(); 4332 4333 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 4334 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 4335 if (NewTemplate) 4336 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 4337 4338 // Inherit access appropriately. 4339 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 4340 if (NewTemplate) 4341 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 4342 4343 if (Old->isInline()) 4344 New->setImplicitlyInline(); 4345 } 4346 4347 void Sema::notePreviousDefinition(const NamedDecl *Old, SourceLocation New) { 4348 SourceManager &SrcMgr = getSourceManager(); 4349 auto FNewDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(New); 4350 auto FOldDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(Old->getLocation()); 4351 auto *FNew = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FNewDecLoc.first); 4352 auto *FOld = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FOldDecLoc.first); 4353 auto &HSI = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo(); 4354 StringRef HdrFilename = 4355 SrcMgr.getFilename(SrcMgr.getSpellingLoc(Old->getLocation())); 4356 4357 auto noteFromModuleOrInclude = [&](Module *Mod, 4358 SourceLocation IncLoc) -> bool { 4359 // Redefinition errors with modules are common with non modular mapped 4360 // headers, example: a non-modular header H in module A that also gets 4361 // included directly in a TU. Pointing twice to the same header/definition 4362 // is confusing, try to get better diagnostics when modules is on. 4363 if (IncLoc.isValid()) { 4364 if (Mod) { 4365 Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_modules_same_file) 4366 << HdrFilename.str() << Mod->getFullModuleName(); 4367 if (!Mod->DefinitionLoc.isInvalid()) 4368 Diag(Mod->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_defined_here) 4369 << Mod->getFullModuleName(); 4370 } else { 4371 Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_include_same_file) 4372 << HdrFilename.str(); 4373 } 4374 return true; 4375 } 4376 4377 return false; 4378 }; 4379 4380 // Is it the same file and same offset? Provide more information on why 4381 // this leads to a redefinition error. 4382 if (FNew == FOld && FNewDecLoc.second == FOldDecLoc.second) { 4383 SourceLocation OldIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FOldDecLoc.first); 4384 SourceLocation NewIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FNewDecLoc.first); 4385 bool EmittedDiag = 4386 noteFromModuleOrInclude(Old->getOwningModule(), OldIncLoc); 4387 EmittedDiag |= noteFromModuleOrInclude(getCurrentModule(), NewIncLoc); 4388 4389 // If the header has no guards, emit a note suggesting one. 4390 if (FOld && !HSI.isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(FOld)) 4391 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_use_ifdef_guards); 4392 4393 if (EmittedDiag) 4394 return; 4395 } 4396 4397 // Redefinition coming from different files or couldn't do better above. 4398 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 4399 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4400 } 4401 4402 /// We've just determined that \p Old and \p New both appear to be definitions 4403 /// of the same variable. Either diagnose or fix the problem. 4404 bool Sema::checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *Old, VarDecl *New) { 4405 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Old) && 4406 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 4407 New->isInline() || 4408 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 4409 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 4410 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 4411 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 4412 // permitted (in separate TUs). Demote this to a declaration. 4413 New->demoteThisDefinitionToDeclaration(); 4414 4415 // Make the canonical definition visible. 4416 if (auto *OldTD = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 4417 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(OldTD); 4418 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Old); 4419 return false; 4420 } else { 4421 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 4422 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 4423 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4424 return true; 4425 } 4426 } 4427 4428 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 4429 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 4430 Decl * 4431 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 4432 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 4433 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false, 4434 AnonRecord); 4435 } 4436 4437 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 4438 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 4439 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 4440 // compatibility. 4441 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 4442 // targeted. 4443 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 4444 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 4445 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 4446 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 4447 } 4448 4449 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 4450 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4451 return; 4452 4453 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 4454 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 4455 // it is anonymous. 4456 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 4457 return; 4458 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 4459 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 4460 Context.setManglingNumber( 4461 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 4462 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 4463 return; 4464 } 4465 4466 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 4467 MangleNumberingContext *MCtx; 4468 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4469 std::tie(MCtx, ManglingContextDecl) = 4470 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext()); 4471 if (MCtx) { 4472 Context.setManglingNumber( 4473 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4474 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 4475 } 4476 } 4477 4478 namespace { 4479 struct NonCLikeKind { 4480 enum { 4481 None, 4482 BaseClass, 4483 DefaultMemberInit, 4484 Lambda, 4485 Friend, 4486 OtherMember, 4487 Invalid, 4488 } Kind = None; 4489 SourceRange Range; 4490 4491 explicit operator bool() { return Kind != None; } 4492 }; 4493 } 4494 4495 /// Determine whether a class is C-like, according to the rules of C++ 4496 /// [dcl.typedef] for anonymous classes with typedef names for linkage. 4497 static NonCLikeKind getNonCLikeKindForAnonymousStruct(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 4498 if (RD->isInvalidDecl()) 4499 return {NonCLikeKind::Invalid, {}}; 4500 4501 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p9: [P1766R1] 4502 // An unnamed class with a typedef name for linkage purposes shall not 4503 // 4504 // -- have any base classes 4505 if (RD->getNumBases()) 4506 return {NonCLikeKind::BaseClass, 4507 SourceRange(RD->bases_begin()->getBeginLoc(), 4508 RD->bases_end()[-1].getEndLoc())}; 4509 bool Invalid = false; 4510 for (Decl *D : RD->decls()) { 4511 // Don't complain about things we already diagnosed. 4512 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) { 4513 Invalid = true; 4514 continue; 4515 } 4516 4517 // -- have any [...] default member initializers 4518 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) { 4519 if (FD->hasInClassInitializer()) { 4520 auto *Init = FD->getInClassInitializer(); 4521 return {NonCLikeKind::DefaultMemberInit, 4522 Init ? Init->getSourceRange() : D->getSourceRange()}; 4523 } 4524 continue; 4525 } 4526 4527 // FIXME: We don't allow friend declarations. This violates the wording of 4528 // P1766, but not the intent. 4529 if (isa<FriendDecl>(D)) 4530 return {NonCLikeKind::Friend, D->getSourceRange()}; 4531 4532 // -- declare any members other than non-static data members, member 4533 // enumerations, or member classes, 4534 if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D) || 4535 isa<EnumDecl>(D)) 4536 continue; 4537 auto *MemberRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D); 4538 if (!MemberRD) { 4539 if (D->isImplicit()) 4540 continue; 4541 return {NonCLikeKind::OtherMember, D->getSourceRange()}; 4542 } 4543 4544 // -- contain a lambda-expression, 4545 if (MemberRD->isLambda()) 4546 return {NonCLikeKind::Lambda, MemberRD->getSourceRange()}; 4547 4548 // and all member classes shall also satisfy these requirements 4549 // (recursively). 4550 if (MemberRD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 4551 if (auto Kind = getNonCLikeKindForAnonymousStruct(MemberRD)) 4552 return Kind; 4553 } 4554 } 4555 4556 return {Invalid ? NonCLikeKind::Invalid : NonCLikeKind::None, {}}; 4557 } 4558 4559 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 4560 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4561 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) 4562 return; 4563 4564 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. 4565 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) 4566 return; 4567 4568 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 4569 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 4570 4571 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 4572 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 4573 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { 4574 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4575 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 4576 return; 4577 } 4578 4579 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p9: [P1766R1, applied as DR] 4580 // An unnamed class with a typedef name for linkage purposes shall [be 4581 // C-like]. 4582 // 4583 // FIXME: Also diagnose if we've already computed the linkage. That ideally 4584 // shouldn't happen, but there are constructs that the language rule doesn't 4585 // disallow for which we can't reasonably avoid computing linkage early. 4586 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagFromDeclSpec); 4587 NonCLikeKind NonCLike = RD ? getNonCLikeKindForAnonymousStruct(RD) 4588 : NonCLikeKind(); 4589 bool ChangesLinkage = TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed(); 4590 if (NonCLike || ChangesLinkage) { 4591 if (NonCLike.Kind == NonCLikeKind::Invalid) 4592 return; 4593 4594 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_non_c_like_anon_struct_in_typedef; 4595 if (ChangesLinkage) { 4596 // If the linkage changes, we can't accept this as an extension. 4597 if (NonCLike.Kind == NonCLikeKind::None) 4598 DiagID = diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage; 4599 else 4600 DiagID = diag::err_non_c_like_anon_struct_in_typedef; 4601 } 4602 4603 SourceLocation FixitLoc = 4604 getLocForEndOfToken(TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart()); 4605 llvm::SmallString<40> TextToInsert; 4606 TextToInsert += ' '; 4607 TextToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 4608 4609 Diag(FixitLoc, DiagID) 4610 << isa<TypeAliasDecl>(NewTD) 4611 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FixitLoc, TextToInsert); 4612 if (NonCLike.Kind != NonCLikeKind::None) { 4613 Diag(NonCLike.Range.getBegin(), diag::note_non_c_like_anon_struct) 4614 << NonCLike.Kind - 1 << NonCLike.Range; 4615 } 4616 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::note_typedef_for_linkage_here) 4617 << NewTD << isa<TypeAliasDecl>(NewTD); 4618 4619 if (ChangesLinkage) 4620 return; 4621 } 4622 4623 // Otherwise, set this as the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 4624 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 4625 } 4626 4627 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 4628 switch (T) { 4629 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 4630 return 0; 4631 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 4632 return 1; 4633 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 4634 return 2; 4635 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 4636 return 3; 4637 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 4638 return 4; 4639 default: 4640 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 4641 } 4642 } 4643 4644 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 4645 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 4646 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 4647 Decl * 4648 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 4649 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 4650 bool IsExplicitInstantiation, 4651 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 4652 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 4653 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 4654 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4655 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4656 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4657 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4658 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4659 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 4660 4661 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 4662 return nullptr; 4663 4664 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 4665 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 4666 // it's a Type. 4667 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 4668 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 4669 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 4670 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 4671 } 4672 4673 if (Tag) { 4674 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 4675 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 4676 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 4677 return Tag; 4678 } 4679 4680 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4681 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 4682 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 4683 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4684 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4685 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 4686 << DS.getSourceRange(); 4687 } 4688 4689 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4690 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 4691 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; 4692 4693 if (DS.hasConstexprSpecifier()) { 4694 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 4695 // and definitions of functions and variables. 4696 // C++2a [dcl.constexpr]p1: The consteval specifier shall be applied only to 4697 // the declaration of a function or function template 4698 if (Tag) 4699 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 4700 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) 4701 << static_cast<int>(DS.getConstexprSpecifier()); 4702 else 4703 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_wrong_decl_kind) 4704 << static_cast<int>(DS.getConstexprSpecifier()); 4705 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 4706 return TagD; 4707 } 4708 4709 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 4710 4711 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 4712 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 4713 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 4714 if (TagD && !Tag) 4715 return nullptr; 4716 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 4717 } 4718 4719 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 4720 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 4721 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 4722 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 4723 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization && 4724 !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) { 4725 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 4726 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 4727 // or an explicit specialization. 4728 // 4729 // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the 4730 // obvious intent of DR1819. 4731 // 4732 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 4733 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 4734 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 4735 return nullptr; 4736 } 4737 4738 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 4739 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 4740 4741 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 4742 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 4743 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 4744 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4745 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 4746 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 4747 // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements, 4748 // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that 4749 // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext. 4750 // Also store them here so that they can be part of the 4751 // DeclStmt that gets created in this case. 4752 // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by 4753 // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason? 4754 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4755 AnonRecord = Record; 4756 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 4757 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4758 } 4759 4760 DeclaresAnything = false; 4761 } 4762 } 4763 4764 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 4765 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 4766 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 4767 // 4768 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 4769 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 4770 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 4771 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 4772 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 4773 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 4774 // struct STRUCT; 4775 // union UNION; 4776 // and 4777 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 4778 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 4779 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 4780 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 4781 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 4782 if (Tag) 4783 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 4784 else if (const RecordType *RT = 4785 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 4786 Record = RT->getDecl(); 4787 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 4788 Record = UT->getDecl(); 4789 4790 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 4791 Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 4792 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 4793 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 4794 } 4795 4796 DeclaresAnything = false; 4797 } 4798 } 4799 4800 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 4801 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 4802 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 4803 return TagD; 4804 4805 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4806 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4807 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 4808 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 4809 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 4810 DeclaresAnything = false; 4811 4812 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 4813 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 4814 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4815 Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 4816 << DS.getSourceRange(); 4817 else 4818 DeclaresAnything = false; 4819 } 4820 4821 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 4822 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4823 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 4824 << Tag->getTagKind() 4825 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4826 4827 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 4828 4829 // C 6.7/2: 4830 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 4831 // or the members of an enumeration. 4832 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 4833 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 4834 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 4835 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 4836 // previous declaration. 4837 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 4838 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 4839 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 4840 Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), (IsExplicitInstantiation || !TemplateParams.empty()) 4841 ? diag::err_no_declarators 4842 : diag::ext_no_declarators) 4843 << DS.getSourceRange(); 4844 return TagD; 4845 } 4846 4847 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 4848 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 4849 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4850 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 4851 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 4852 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4853 // 4854 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 4855 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 4856 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4857 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 4858 4859 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 4860 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 4861 // useless. 4862 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 4863 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 4864 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 4865 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 4866 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4867 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4868 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4869 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 4870 } 4871 4872 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 4873 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4874 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 4875 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4876 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4877 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 4878 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4879 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 4880 // Restrict is covered above. 4881 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4882 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 4883 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4884 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned"; 4885 } 4886 4887 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 4888 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 4889 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 4890 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 4891 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 4892 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4893 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4894 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4895 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4896 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4897 for (const ParsedAttr &AL : DS.getAttributes()) 4898 Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 4899 << AL << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 4900 } 4901 } 4902 4903 return TagD; 4904 } 4905 4906 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 4907 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 4908 /// 4909 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 4910 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 4911 Scope *S, 4912 DeclContext *Owner, 4913 DeclarationName Name, 4914 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4915 bool IsUnion) { 4916 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 4917 Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration); 4918 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 4919 4920 // Pick a representative declaration. 4921 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 4922 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 4923 4924 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 4925 return false; 4926 4927 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl) 4928 << IsUnion << Name; 4929 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4930 4931 return true; 4932 } 4933 4934 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 4935 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 4936 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 4937 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 4938 /// struct, e.g., 4939 /// 4940 /// @code 4941 /// union { 4942 /// int i; 4943 /// float f; 4944 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 4945 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 4946 /// @endcode 4947 /// 4948 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 4949 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 4950 static bool 4951 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner, 4952 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS, 4953 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) { 4954 bool Invalid = false; 4955 4956 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 4957 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 4958 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 4959 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 4960 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 4961 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 4962 VD->getLocation(), 4963 AnonRecord->isUnion())) { 4964 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4965 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 4966 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 4967 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 4968 Invalid = true; 4969 } else { 4970 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4971 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 4972 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 4973 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 4974 // anonymous union is declared. 4975 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 4976 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 4977 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 4978 else 4979 Chaining.push_back(VD); 4980 4981 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 4982 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 4983 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 4984 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 4985 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 4986 4987 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 4988 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 4989 VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()}); 4990 4991 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 4992 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 4993 4994 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4995 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 4996 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 4997 4998 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 4999 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 5000 5001 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 5002 } 5003 } 5004 } 5005 5006 return Invalid; 5007 } 5008 5009 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 5010 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 5011 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 5012 static StorageClass 5013 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5014 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 5015 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 5016 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 5017 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 5018 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 5019 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 5020 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 5021 return SC_None; 5022 return SC_Extern; 5023 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 5024 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 5025 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 5026 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 5027 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 5028 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 5029 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 5030 } 5031 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 5032 } 5033 5034 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 5035 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 5036 5037 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 5038 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 5039 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 5040 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 5041 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 5042 return FD->getLocation(); 5043 } 5044 5045 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 5046 } 5047 5048 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 5049 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 5050 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 5051 return; 5052 5053 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 5054 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 5055 } 5056 5057 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 5058 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 5059 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 5060 return; 5061 5062 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 5063 } 5064 5065 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 5066 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 5067 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 5068 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 5069 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 5070 AccessSpecifier AS, 5071 RecordDecl *Record, 5072 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 5073 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 5074 5075 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 5076 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 5077 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 5078 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5079 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 5080 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 5081 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 5082 5083 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 5084 // structs/unions. 5085 bool Invalid = false; 5086 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5087 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 5088 if (Record->isUnion()) { 5089 // C++ [class.union]p6: 5090 // C++17 [class.union.anon]p2: 5091 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 5092 // global namespace shall be declared static. 5093 unsigned DiagID; 5094 DeclContext *OwnerScope = Owner->getRedeclContext(); 5095 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 5096 (OwnerScope->isTranslationUnit() || 5097 (OwnerScope->isNamespace() && 5098 !cast<NamespaceDecl>(OwnerScope)->isAnonymousNamespace()))) { 5099 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 5100 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 5101 5102 // Recover by adding 'static'. 5103 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 5104 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 5105 } 5106 // C++ [class.union]p6: 5107 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 5108 // anonymous union in a class scope. 5109 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 5110 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 5111 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5112 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 5113 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5114 5115 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 5116 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 5117 SourceLocation(), 5118 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 5119 } 5120 } 5121 5122 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 5123 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 5124 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 5125 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 5126 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 5127 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 5128 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 5129 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 5130 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 5131 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 5132 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 5133 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 5134 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 5135 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 5136 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 5137 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 5138 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 5139 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 5140 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 5141 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 5142 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 5143 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 5144 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), 5145 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 5146 << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned" 5147 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc()); 5148 5149 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 5150 } 5151 5152 // C++ [class.union]p2: 5153 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 5154 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 5155 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 5156 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 5157 // Ignore invalid declarations; we already diagnosed them. 5158 if (Mem->isInvalidDecl()) 5159 continue; 5160 5161 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 5162 // C++ [class.union]p3: 5163 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 5164 // members (clause 11). 5165 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 5166 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 5167 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 5168 << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 5169 Invalid = true; 5170 } 5171 5172 // C++ [class.union]p1 5173 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 5174 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 5175 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 5176 // array of such objects. 5177 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 5178 Invalid = true; 5179 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 5180 // Any implicit members are fine. 5181 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 5182 // This is a type that showed up in an 5183 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 5184 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 5185 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 5186 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 5187 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 5188 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 5189 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 5190 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 5191 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 5192 << Record->isUnion(); 5193 else { 5194 // This is a nested type declaration. 5195 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 5196 << Record->isUnion(); 5197 Invalid = true; 5198 } 5199 } else { 5200 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 5201 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 5202 // not part of standard C++. 5203 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 5204 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 5205 << Record->isUnion(); 5206 } 5207 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 5208 // Any access specifier is fine. 5209 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 5210 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 5211 } else { 5212 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 5213 // member. Complain about it. 5214 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 5215 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 5216 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 5217 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 5218 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 5219 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 5220 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 5221 5222 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 5223 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 5224 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 5225 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 5226 << Record->isUnion(); 5227 else { 5228 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion(); 5229 Invalid = true; 5230 } 5231 } 5232 } 5233 5234 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 5235 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 5236 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 5237 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 5238 Owner->isRecord()) 5239 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 5240 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 5241 } 5242 5243 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 5244 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 5245 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 5246 Invalid = true; 5247 } 5248 5249 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 5250 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 5251 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 5252 // names into the program 5253 // C++ [class.mem]p2: 5254 // each such member-declaration shall either declare at least one member 5255 // name of the class or declare at least one unnamed bit-field 5256 // 5257 // For C this is an error even for a named struct, and is diagnosed elsewhere. 5258 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Record->field_empty()) 5259 Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 5260 5261 // Mock up a declarator. 5262 Declarator Dc(DS, DeclaratorContext::Member); 5263 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 5264 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 5265 5266 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 5267 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 5268 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 5269 Anon = FieldDecl::Create( 5270 Context, OwningClass, DS.getBeginLoc(), Record->getLocation(), 5271 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), TInfo, 5272 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 5273 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 5274 Anon->setAccess(AS); 5275 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, Anon, Dc); 5276 5277 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5278 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 5279 } else { 5280 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 5281 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 5282 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5283 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5284 // an error here 5285 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5286 Invalid = true; 5287 SC = SC_None; 5288 } 5289 5290 assert(DS.getAttributes().empty() && "No attribute expected"); 5291 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, DS.getBeginLoc(), 5292 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 5293 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), TInfo, SC); 5294 5295 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 5296 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 5297 // initializer: 5298 // union { int n = 0; }; 5299 if (!Invalid) 5300 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon); 5301 } 5302 Anon->setImplicit(); 5303 5304 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 5305 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 5306 5307 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 5308 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 5309 // its members. 5310 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 5311 5312 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 5313 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 5314 // purposes. 5315 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 5316 Chain.push_back(Anon); 5317 5318 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain)) 5319 Invalid = true; 5320 5321 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 5322 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5323 MangleNumberingContext *MCtx; 5324 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 5325 std::tie(MCtx, ManglingContextDecl) = 5326 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext()); 5327 if (MCtx) { 5328 Context.setManglingNumber( 5329 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 5330 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 5331 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 5332 } 5333 } 5334 } 5335 5336 if (Invalid) 5337 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 5338 5339 return Anon; 5340 } 5341 5342 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 5343 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 5344 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 5345 /// Example: 5346 /// 5347 /// struct A { int a; }; 5348 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 5349 /// 5350 /// void foo() { 5351 /// B var; 5352 /// var.a = 3; 5353 /// } 5354 /// 5355 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 5356 RecordDecl *Record) { 5357 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 5358 5359 // Mock up a declarator. 5360 Declarator Dc(DS, DeclaratorContext::TypeName); 5361 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 5362 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 5363 5364 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 5365 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 5366 5367 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 5368 NamedDecl *Anon = 5369 FieldDecl::Create(Context, ParentDecl, DS.getBeginLoc(), DS.getBeginLoc(), 5370 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, RecTy, TInfo, 5371 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 5372 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 5373 Anon->setImplicit(); 5374 5375 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 5376 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 5377 5378 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 5379 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 5380 // purposes. 5381 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 5382 Chain.push_back(Anon); 5383 5384 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 5385 if (RequireCompleteSizedType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 5386 diag::err_field_incomplete_or_sizeless) || 5387 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 5388 AS_none, Chain)) { 5389 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 5390 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5391 } 5392 5393 return Anon; 5394 } 5395 5396 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 5397 /// given Declarator. 5398 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 5399 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 5400 } 5401 5402 /// Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 5403 DeclarationNameInfo 5404 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 5405 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 5406 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 5407 5408 switch (Name.getKind()) { 5409 5410 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 5411 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier: 5412 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 5413 return NameInfo; 5414 5415 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName: { 5416 // C++ [temp.deduct.guide]p3: 5417 // The simple-template-id shall name a class template specialization. 5418 // The template-name shall be the same identifier as the template-name 5419 // of the simple-template-id. 5420 // These together intend to imply that the template-name shall name a 5421 // class template. 5422 // FIXME: template<typename T> struct X {}; 5423 // template<typename T> using Y = X<T>; 5424 // Y(int) -> Y<int>; 5425 // satisfies these rules but does not name a class template. 5426 TemplateName TN = Name.TemplateName.get().get(); 5427 auto *Template = TN.getAsTemplateDecl(); 5428 if (!Template || !isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template)) { 5429 Diag(Name.StartLocation, 5430 diag::err_deduction_guide_name_not_class_template) 5431 << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TN) << TN; 5432 if (Template) 5433 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here); 5434 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5435 } 5436 5437 NameInfo.setName( 5438 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDeductionGuideName(Template)); 5439 return NameInfo; 5440 } 5441 5442 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 5443 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 5444 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 5445 NameInfo.setCXXOperatorNameRange(SourceRange( 5446 Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0], Name.EndLocation)); 5447 return NameInfo; 5448 5449 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 5450 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 5451 Name.Identifier)); 5452 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 5453 return NameInfo; 5454 5455 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 5456 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 5457 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 5458 if (Ty.isNull()) 5459 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5460 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 5461 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 5462 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 5463 return NameInfo; 5464 } 5465 5466 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName: { 5467 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 5468 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 5469 if (Ty.isNull()) 5470 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5471 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 5472 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 5473 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 5474 return NameInfo; 5475 } 5476 5477 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 5478 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 5479 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 5480 // to find the actual type being constructed. 5481 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 5482 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 5483 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5484 5485 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 5486 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 5487 5488 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 5489 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 5490 // was qualified. 5491 5492 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 5493 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 5494 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 5495 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 5496 return NameInfo; 5497 } 5498 5499 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName: { 5500 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 5501 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 5502 if (Ty.isNull()) 5503 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5504 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 5505 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 5506 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 5507 return NameInfo; 5508 } 5509 5510 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId: { 5511 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 5512 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 5513 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 5514 } 5515 5516 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 5517 5518 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 5519 } 5520 5521 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 5522 do { 5523 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 5524 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 5525 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 5526 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 5527 else 5528 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 5529 } while (true); 5530 } 5531 5532 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 5533 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 5534 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 5535 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 5536 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 5537 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 5538 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 5539 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 5540 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 5541 FunctionDecl *Definition, 5542 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 5543 Params.clear(); 5544 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 5545 return false; 5546 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 5547 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 5548 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 5549 5550 // The parameter types are identical 5551 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 5552 continue; 5553 5554 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 5555 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 5556 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 5557 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 5558 5559 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 5560 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 5561 Params.push_back(Idx); 5562 else // The two parameters aren't even close 5563 return false; 5564 } 5565 5566 return true; 5567 } 5568 5569 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 5570 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 5571 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 5572 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 5573 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 5574 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 5575 DeclarationName Name) { 5576 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 5577 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 5578 // - types which will become injected class names 5579 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 5580 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 5581 // few cases here. 5582 5583 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 5584 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 5585 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 5586 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 5587 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 5588 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 5589 // Grab the type from the parser. 5590 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 5591 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 5592 if (T.isNull() || !T->isInstantiationDependentType()) break; 5593 5594 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 5595 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 5596 // attached already. 5597 if (!TSI) 5598 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 5599 5600 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 5601 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 5602 if (!TSI) return true; 5603 5604 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 5605 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 5606 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 5607 break; 5608 } 5609 5610 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 5611 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 5612 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 5613 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 5614 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 5615 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 5616 break; 5617 } 5618 5619 default: 5620 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 5621 break; 5622 } 5623 5624 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 5625 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5626 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 5627 5628 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 5629 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 5630 // pointer. 5631 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 5632 continue; 5633 5634 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 5635 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 5636 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 5637 return true; 5638 } 5639 5640 return false; 5641 } 5642 5643 void Sema::warnOnReservedIdentifier(const NamedDecl *D) { 5644 // Avoid warning twice on the same identifier, and don't warn on redeclaration 5645 // of system decl. 5646 if (D->getPreviousDecl() || D->isImplicit()) 5647 return; 5648 ReservedIdentifierStatus Status = D->isReserved(getLangOpts()); 5649 if (Status != ReservedIdentifierStatus::NotReserved && 5650 !Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(D->getLocation())) 5651 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_reserved_extern_symbol) 5652 << D << static_cast<int>(Status); 5653 } 5654 5655 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 5656 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FunctionDefinitionKind::Declaration); 5657 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 5658 5659 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 5660 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 5661 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 5662 5663 return Dcl; 5664 } 5665 5666 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 5667 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 5668 /// name different from T: 5669 /// - every static data member of class T; 5670 /// - every member function of class T 5671 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 5672 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 5673 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 5674 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 5675 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5676 5677 CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 5678 while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 5679 Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent()); 5680 if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 5681 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 5682 return true; 5683 } 5684 5685 return false; 5686 } 5687 5688 /// Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 5689 /// nested-name-specifier. 5690 /// 5691 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 5692 /// 5693 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 5694 /// resolves. 5695 /// 5696 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 5697 /// 5698 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 5699 /// 5700 /// \param IsTemplateId Whether the name is a (simple-)template-id, and thus 5701 /// we're declaring an explicit / partial specialization / instantiation. 5702 /// 5703 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 5704 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 5705 DeclarationName Name, 5706 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsTemplateId) { 5707 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 5708 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 5709 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 5710 5711 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 5712 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 5713 // 5714 // class X { 5715 // void X::f(); 5716 // }; 5717 // 5718 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 5719 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 5720 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 5721 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 5722 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 5723 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 5724 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 5725 SS.clear(); 5726 } else { 5727 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 5728 } 5729 return false; 5730 } 5731 5732 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 5733 // declaration. For a template-id, we perform the checks in 5734 // CheckTemplateSpecializationScope. 5735 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC) && !IsTemplateId) { 5736 if (Cur->isRecord()) 5737 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 5738 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5739 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 5740 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 5741 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5742 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 5743 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 5744 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5745 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 5746 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 5747 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5748 else 5749 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 5750 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 5751 5752 return true; 5753 } 5754 5755 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 5756 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 5757 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 5758 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5759 SS.clear(); 5760 5761 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 5762 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 5763 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 5764 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 5765 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 5766 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 5767 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 5768 return true; 5769 5770 return false; 5771 } 5772 5773 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 5774 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 5775 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 5776 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 5777 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 5778 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 5779 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 5780 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 5781 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 5782 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 5783 5784 return false; 5785 } 5786 5787 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 5788 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 5789 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 5790 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5791 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5792 5793 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 5794 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 5795 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 5796 return ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(S, D, TemplateParamLists); 5797 } else if (!Name) { 5798 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 5799 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 5800 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 5801 return nullptr; 5802 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5803 return nullptr; 5804 5805 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 5806 // we find one that is. 5807 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 5808 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 5809 S = S->getParent(); 5810 5811 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 5812 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 5813 D.setInvalidType(); 5814 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5815 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5816 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 5817 return nullptr; 5818 5819 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 5820 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 5821 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 5822 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 5823 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 5824 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 5825 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 5826 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5827 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 5828 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 5829 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5830 return nullptr; 5831 } 5832 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 5833 5834 if (!IsDependentContext && 5835 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 5836 return nullptr; 5837 5838 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 5839 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 5840 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5841 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 5842 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5843 return nullptr; 5844 } 5845 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 5846 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration( 5847 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, Name, D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5848 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId)) { 5849 if (DC->isRecord()) 5850 return nullptr; 5851 5852 D.setInvalidType(); 5853 } 5854 } 5855 5856 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 5857 // declaration in the current instantiation. 5858 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 5859 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 5860 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5861 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 5862 D.setInvalidType(); 5863 } 5864 } 5865 5866 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 5867 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5868 5869 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 5870 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5871 D.setInvalidType(); 5872 5873 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 5874 forRedeclarationInCurContext()); 5875 5876 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 5877 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5878 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 5879 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 5880 5881 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 5882 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 5883 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 5884 // 5885 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 5886 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 5887 // the same name. 5888 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5889 /* Do nothing*/; 5890 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 5891 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 5892 R->isFunctionType())) { 5893 IsLinkageLookup = true; 5894 CreateBuiltins = 5895 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 5896 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 5897 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 5898 CreateBuiltins = true; 5899 5900 if (IsLinkageLookup) { 5901 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 5902 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForExternalRedeclaration); 5903 } 5904 5905 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 5906 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 5907 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 5908 5909 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5910 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 5911 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 5912 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 5913 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 5914 // thereof; [...] 5915 // 5916 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 5917 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 5918 // we want to match. For example, given: 5919 // 5920 // class X { 5921 // void f(); 5922 // void f(float); 5923 // }; 5924 // 5925 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 5926 // 5927 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 5928 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 5929 // matches. 5930 5931 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5932 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 5933 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 5934 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 5935 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 5936 } 5937 5938 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5939 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 5940 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5941 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 5942 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5943 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5944 5945 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5946 Previous.clear(); 5947 } 5948 5949 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 5950 // Forget that the previous declaration is the injected-class-name. 5951 Previous.clear(); 5952 5953 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 5954 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 5955 // tag type. Note that this applies to functions, function templates, and 5956 // variables, but not to typedefs (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4) or variable templates. 5957 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 5958 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 5959 (TemplateParamLists.size() == 0 || R->isFunctionType())) 5960 Previous.clear(); 5961 5962 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 5963 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 5964 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5965 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5966 5967 NamedDecl *New; 5968 5969 bool AddToScope = true; 5970 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 5971 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5972 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 5973 return nullptr; 5974 } 5975 5976 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 5977 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 5978 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 5979 TemplateParamLists, 5980 AddToScope); 5981 } else { 5982 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 5983 AddToScope); 5984 } 5985 5986 if (!New) 5987 return nullptr; 5988 5989 // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization, 5990 // add it to the scope stack. 5991 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope) 5992 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 5993 5994 if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext()) 5995 checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New); 5996 5997 return New; 5998 } 5999 6000 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 6001 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 6002 /// GCC compatibility). 6003 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 6004 ASTContext &Context, 6005 bool &SizeIsNegative, 6006 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 6007 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 6008 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 6009 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 6010 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 6011 SizeIsNegative = false; 6012 Oversized = 0; 6013 6014 if (T->isDependentType()) 6015 return QualType(); 6016 6017 QualifierCollector Qs; 6018 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 6019 6020 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 6021 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 6022 QualType FixedType = 6023 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 6024 Oversized); 6025 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 6026 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 6027 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 6028 } 6029 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 6030 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 6031 QualType FixedType = 6032 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 6033 Oversized); 6034 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 6035 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 6036 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 6037 } 6038 6039 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 6040 if (!VLATy) 6041 return QualType(); 6042 6043 QualType ElemTy = VLATy->getElementType(); 6044 if (ElemTy->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 6045 ElemTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(ElemTy, Context, 6046 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6047 if (ElemTy.isNull()) 6048 return QualType(); 6049 } 6050 6051 Expr::EvalResult Result; 6052 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 6053 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Result, Context)) 6054 return QualType(); 6055 6056 llvm::APSInt Res = Result.Val.getInt(); 6057 6058 // Check whether the array size is negative. 6059 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 6060 SizeIsNegative = true; 6061 return QualType(); 6062 } 6063 6064 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 6065 unsigned ActiveSizeBits = 6066 (!ElemTy->isDependentType() && !ElemTy->isVariablyModifiedType() && 6067 !ElemTy->isIncompleteType() && !ElemTy->isUndeducedType()) 6068 ? ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, ElemTy, Res) 6069 : Res.getActiveBits(); 6070 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 6071 Oversized = Res; 6072 return QualType(); 6073 } 6074 6075 QualType FoldedArrayType = Context.getConstantArrayType( 6076 ElemTy, Res, VLATy->getSizeExpr(), ArrayType::Normal, 0); 6077 return Qs.apply(Context, FoldedArrayType); 6078 } 6079 6080 static void 6081 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 6082 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 6083 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 6084 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 6085 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 6086 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 6087 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 6088 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 6089 return; 6090 } 6091 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 6092 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 6093 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 6094 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 6095 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 6096 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 6097 return; 6098 } 6099 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 6100 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 6101 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 6102 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 6103 if (VariableArrayTypeLoc SrcElemATL = 6104 SrcElemTL.getAs<VariableArrayTypeLoc>()) { 6105 ConstantArrayTypeLoc DstElemATL = DstElemTL.castAs<ConstantArrayTypeLoc>(); 6106 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcElemATL, DstElemATL); 6107 } else { 6108 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 6109 } 6110 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 6111 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 6112 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 6113 } 6114 6115 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 6116 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 6117 /// GCC compatibility). 6118 static TypeSourceInfo* 6119 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6120 ASTContext &Context, 6121 bool &SizeIsNegative, 6122 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 6123 QualType FixedTy 6124 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 6125 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6126 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 6127 return nullptr; 6128 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 6129 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 6130 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 6131 return FixedTInfo; 6132 } 6133 6134 /// Attempt to fold a variable-sized type to a constant-sized type, returning 6135 /// true if we were successful. 6136 bool Sema::tryToFixVariablyModifiedVarType(TypeSourceInfo *&TInfo, 6137 QualType &T, SourceLocation Loc, 6138 unsigned FailedFoldDiagID) { 6139 bool SizeIsNegative; 6140 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6141 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo( 6142 TInfo, Context, SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6143 if (FixedTInfo) { 6144 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_vla_folded_to_constant); 6145 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 6146 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 6147 return true; 6148 } 6149 6150 if (SizeIsNegative) 6151 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 6152 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 6153 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) << toString(Oversized, 10); 6154 else if (FailedFoldDiagID) 6155 Diag(Loc, FailedFoldDiagID); 6156 return false; 6157 } 6158 6159 /// Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 6160 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 6161 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 6162 /// function-scope declarations. 6163 void 6164 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 6165 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6166 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6167 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 6168 return; 6169 6170 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 6171 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 6172 } 6173 6174 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 6175 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 6176 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 6177 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 6178 } 6179 6180 /// Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 6181 /// does not identify a function. 6182 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 6183 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 6184 // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;" 6185 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 6186 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6187 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 6188 6189 if (DS.hasExplicitSpecifier()) 6190 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 6191 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 6192 6193 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 6194 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 6195 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 6196 } 6197 6198 NamedDecl* 6199 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 6200 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 6201 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6202 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6203 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 6204 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6205 D.setInvalidType(); 6206 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 6207 DC = CurContext; 6208 Previous.clear(); 6209 } 6210 6211 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 6212 6213 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 6214 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 6215 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; 6216 if (D.getDeclSpec().hasConstexprSpecifier()) 6217 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 6218 << 1 << static_cast<int>(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier()); 6219 6220 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) { 6221 if (D.getName().Kind == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName) 6222 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, 6223 diag::err_deduction_guide_invalid_specifier) 6224 << "typedef"; 6225 else 6226 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 6227 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 6228 return nullptr; 6229 } 6230 6231 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 6232 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 6233 6234 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 6235 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 6236 6237 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 6238 6239 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 6240 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 6241 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 6242 return ND; 6243 } 6244 6245 void 6246 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 6247 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 6248 // then it shall have block scope. 6249 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 6250 // that redeclarations will match. 6251 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6252 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6253 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 6254 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6255 6256 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 6257 bool SizeIsNegative; 6258 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6259 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6260 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6261 SizeIsNegative, 6262 Oversized); 6263 if (FixedTInfo) { 6264 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::ext_vla_folded_to_constant); 6265 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6266 } else { 6267 if (SizeIsNegative) 6268 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 6269 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 6270 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 6271 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 6272 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 6273 << toString(Oversized, 10); 6274 else 6275 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6276 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 6277 } 6278 } 6279 } 6280 } 6281 6282 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 6283 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 6284 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 6285 NamedDecl* 6286 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 6287 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 6288 6289 // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope. 6290 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(NewTD, Previous); 6291 6292 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 6293 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 6294 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 6295 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 6296 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 6297 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6298 Redeclaration = true; 6299 MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous); 6300 } else { 6301 inferGslPointerAttribute(NewTD); 6302 } 6303 6304 if (ShadowedDecl && !Redeclaration) 6305 CheckShadow(NewTD, ShadowedDecl, Previous); 6306 6307 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 6308 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 6309 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 6310 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6311 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 6312 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 6313 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 6314 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 6315 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 6316 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 6317 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 6318 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 6319 } 6320 6321 return NewTD; 6322 } 6323 6324 /// Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 6325 /// previous declaration. 6326 /// 6327 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 6328 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 6329 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 6330 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 6331 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 6332 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 6333 /// 6334 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 6335 /// lookup 6336 /// 6337 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 6338 /// declared. 6339 /// 6340 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 6341 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 6342 static bool 6343 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 6344 ASTContext &Context) { 6345 if (!PrevDecl) 6346 return false; 6347 6348 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 6349 return false; 6350 6351 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6352 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 6353 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 6354 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 6355 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 6356 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 6357 // linkage of the previous declaration. 6358 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 6359 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 6360 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 6361 return false; 6362 6363 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 6364 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 6365 // We found a member function: ignore it. 6366 return false; 6367 6368 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 6369 // previous declarations. 6370 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 6371 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 6372 6373 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 6374 // isn't the same function. 6375 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 6376 return false; 6377 } 6378 6379 return true; 6380 } 6381 6382 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(Sema &S, DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 6383 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 6384 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 6385 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(S.Context)); 6386 } 6387 6388 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 6389 QualType type = decl->getType(); 6390 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 6391 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 6392 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 6393 unsigned kind = -1U; 6394 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 6395 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6396 kind = 0; // __block 6397 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 6398 kind = 1; // global 6399 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 6400 kind = 3; // ivar 6401 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 6402 kind = 2; // field 6403 } 6404 6405 if (kind != -1U) { 6406 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 6407 << kind; 6408 } 6409 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 6410 // Try to infer lifetime. 6411 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 6412 return false; 6413 6414 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 6415 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 6416 decl->setType(type); 6417 } 6418 6419 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 6420 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 6421 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 6422 var->getTLSKind()) { 6423 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 6424 << var->getType(); 6425 return true; 6426 } 6427 } 6428 6429 return false; 6430 } 6431 6432 void Sema::deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(ValueDecl *Decl) { 6433 if (Decl->getType().hasAddressSpace()) 6434 return; 6435 if (Decl->getType()->isDependentType()) 6436 return; 6437 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) { 6438 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 6439 if (Type->isSamplerT() || Type->isVoidType()) 6440 return; 6441 LangAS ImplAS = LangAS::opencl_private; 6442 // OpenCL C v3.0 s6.7.8 - For OpenCL C 2.0 or with the 6443 // __opencl_c_program_scope_global_variables feature, the address space 6444 // for a variable at program scope or a static or extern variable inside 6445 // a function are inferred to be __global. 6446 if (getOpenCLOptions().areProgramScopeVariablesSupported(getLangOpts()) && 6447 Var->hasGlobalStorage()) 6448 ImplAS = LangAS::opencl_global; 6449 // If the original type from a decayed type is an array type and that array 6450 // type has no address space yet, deduce it now. 6451 if (auto DT = dyn_cast<DecayedType>(Type)) { 6452 auto OrigTy = DT->getOriginalType(); 6453 if (!OrigTy.hasAddressSpace() && OrigTy->isArrayType()) { 6454 // Add the address space to the original array type and then propagate 6455 // that to the element type through `getAsArrayType`. 6456 OrigTy = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(OrigTy, ImplAS); 6457 OrigTy = QualType(Context.getAsArrayType(OrigTy), 0); 6458 // Re-generate the decayed type. 6459 Type = Context.getDecayedType(OrigTy); 6460 } 6461 } 6462 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, ImplAS); 6463 // Apply any qualifiers (including address space) from the array type to 6464 // the element type. This implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of 6465 // an array type includes any type qualifiers, the element type is so 6466 // qualified, not the array type." 6467 if (Type->isArrayType()) 6468 Type = QualType(Context.getAsArrayType(Type), 0); 6469 Decl->setType(Type); 6470 } 6471 } 6472 6473 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 6474 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 6475 // the wrong linkage. 6476 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 6477 6478 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 6479 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 6480 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 6481 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 6482 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 6483 } 6484 } 6485 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 6486 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 6487 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 6488 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 6489 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 6490 } 6491 } 6492 6493 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 6494 if (VD->hasInit()) { 6495 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 6496 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 6497 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 6498 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0; 6499 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 6500 } 6501 } 6502 } 6503 6504 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 6505 // It does not apply to functions. 6506 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 6507 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 6508 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 6509 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 6510 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 6511 } 6512 } 6513 6514 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 6515 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); 6516 bool IsAnonymousNS = false; 6517 bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft(); 6518 if (VD) { 6519 const NamespaceDecl *NS = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(VD->getDeclContext()); 6520 while (NS && !IsAnonymousNS) { 6521 IsAnonymousNS = NS->isAnonymousNamespace(); 6522 NS = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(NS->getParent()); 6523 } 6524 } 6525 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external 6526 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. 6527 // In Microsoft mode, a variable defined in anonymous namespace must have 6528 // external linkage in order to be exported. 6529 bool AnonNSInMicrosoftMode = IsAnonymousNS && IsMicrosoft; 6530 if ((ND.isExternallyVisible() && AnonNSInMicrosoftMode) || 6531 (!AnonNSInMicrosoftMode && 6532 (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())))) { 6533 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 6534 << &ND << Attr; 6535 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 6536 } 6537 } 6538 6539 // Check the attributes on the function type, if any. 6540 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(&ND)) { 6541 // Don't declare this variable in the second operand of the for-statement; 6542 // GCC miscompiles that by ending its lifetime before evaluating the 6543 // third operand. See gcc.gnu.org/PR86769. 6544 AttributedTypeLoc ATL; 6545 for (TypeLoc TL = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc(); 6546 (ATL = TL.getAsAdjusted<AttributedTypeLoc>()); 6547 TL = ATL.getModifiedLoc()) { 6548 // The [[lifetimebound]] attribute can be applied to the implicit object 6549 // parameter of a non-static member function (other than a ctor or dtor) 6550 // by applying it to the function type. 6551 if (const auto *A = ATL.getAttrAs<LifetimeBoundAttr>()) { 6552 const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 6553 if (!MD || MD->isStatic()) { 6554 S.Diag(A->getLocation(), diag::err_lifetimebound_no_object_param) 6555 << !MD << A->getRange(); 6556 } else if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) || isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 6557 S.Diag(A->getLocation(), diag::err_lifetimebound_ctor_dtor) 6558 << isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD) << A->getRange(); 6559 } 6560 } 6561 } 6562 } 6563 } 6564 6565 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 6566 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 6567 bool IsSpecialization, 6568 bool IsDefinition) { 6569 if (OldDecl->isInvalidDecl() || NewDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6570 return; 6571 6572 bool IsTemplate = false; 6573 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 6574 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 6575 IsTemplate = true; 6576 if (!IsSpecialization) 6577 IsDefinition = false; 6578 } 6579 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) { 6580 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 6581 IsTemplate = true; 6582 } 6583 6584 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 6585 return; 6586 6587 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6588 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 6589 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6590 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 6591 6592 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 6593 // inherited attribute instances. 6594 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 6595 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 6596 6597 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 6598 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 6599 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 6600 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 6601 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 6602 6603 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 6604 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 6605 bool JustWarn = false; 6606 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 6607 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 6608 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 6609 JustWarn = true; 6610 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 6611 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 6612 JustWarn = true; 6613 } 6614 6615 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 6616 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 6617 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 6618 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 6619 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 6620 JustWarn = false; 6621 6622 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 6623 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 6624 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 6625 << NewDecl 6626 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 6627 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6628 if (!JustWarn) { 6629 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6630 return; 6631 } 6632 } 6633 6634 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 6635 // exceptions being inline function definitions (except for function 6636 // templates), local extern declarations, qualified friend declarations or 6637 // special MSVC extension: in the last case, the declaration is treated as if 6638 // it were marked dllexport. 6639 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 6640 bool IsMicrosoftABI = S.Context.getTargetInfo().shouldDLLImportComdatSymbols(); 6641 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) { 6642 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 6643 // separately. 6644 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 6645 IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) != 6646 VarDecl::DeclarationOnly; 6647 } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 6648 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 6649 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 6650 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 6651 } 6652 6653 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && 6654 (!IsInline || (IsMicrosoftABI && IsTemplate)) && !IsStaticDataMember && 6655 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 6656 if (IsMicrosoftABI && IsDefinition) { 6657 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 6658 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute) 6659 << NewDecl; 6660 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6661 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6662 NewDecl->addAttr( 6663 DLLExportAttr::CreateImplicit(S.Context, NewImportAttr->getRange())); 6664 } else { 6665 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 6666 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 6667 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 6668 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6669 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 6670 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6671 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6672 } 6673 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoftABI) { 6674 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport 6675 // attribute. 6676 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6677 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6678 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 6679 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 6680 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 6681 } 6682 6683 // A specialization of a class template member function is processed here 6684 // since it's a redeclaration. If the parent class is dllexport, the 6685 // specialization inherits that attribute. This doesn't happen automatically 6686 // since the parent class isn't instantiated until later. 6687 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDecl)) { 6688 if (MD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_MemberSpecialization && 6689 !NewImportAttr && !NewExportAttr) { 6690 if (const DLLExportAttr *ParentExportAttr = 6691 MD->getParent()->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) { 6692 DLLExportAttr *NewAttr = ParentExportAttr->clone(S.Context); 6693 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 6694 NewDecl->addAttr(NewAttr); 6695 } 6696 } 6697 } 6698 } 6699 6700 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 6701 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 6702 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 6703 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 6704 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 6705 6706 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 6707 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 6708 6709 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 6710 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 6711 return false; 6712 6713 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 6714 return S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 6715 } 6716 6717 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 6718 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 6719 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 6720 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 6721 /// 6722 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 6723 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 6724 /// 6725 /// For instance: 6726 /// 6727 /// auto x = []{}; 6728 /// 6729 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 6730 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 6731 /// 6732 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 6733 template<typename T> 6734 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 6735 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6736 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 6737 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 6738 return false; 6739 6740 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes. 6741 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 6742 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) 6743 return false; 6744 } 6745 return D->isExternC(); 6746 } 6747 6748 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 6749 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6750 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC) || 6751 isa<OMPDeclareMapperDecl>(DC)) 6752 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 6753 if (DC->isFileContext()) 6754 return true; 6755 if (DC->isRecord()) 6756 return false; 6757 if (isa<RequiresExprBodyDecl>(DC)) 6758 return false; 6759 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 6760 } 6761 6762 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 6763 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6764 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || 6765 isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC) || isa<OMPDeclareMapperDecl>(DC)) 6766 return true; 6767 if (DC->isRecord()) 6768 return false; 6769 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 6770 } 6771 6772 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 6773 ParsedAttr::Kind Kind) { 6774 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 6775 if (PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().hasAttribute(Kind)) 6776 return true; 6777 6778 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 6779 // position to the decl itself. 6780 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 6781 if (PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs().hasAttribute(Kind)) 6782 return true; 6783 } 6784 6785 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 6786 return PD.getAttributes().hasAttribute(Kind); 6787 } 6788 6789 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 6790 /// function-local external declaration. 6791 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 6792 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 6793 return false; 6794 6795 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 6796 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 6797 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 6798 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 6799 return true; 6800 6801 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 6802 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 6803 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 6804 // innermost enclosing namespace. 6805 // 6806 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 6807 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 6808 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 6809 DC = DC->getParent(); 6810 return true; 6811 } 6812 6813 /// Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 6814 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 6815 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 6816 return FD->isExternC(); 6817 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 6818 return VD->isExternC(); 6819 6820 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 6821 } 6822 6823 /// Returns true if there hasn't been any invalid type diagnosed. 6824 static bool diagnoseOpenCLTypes(Sema &Se, VarDecl *NewVD) { 6825 DeclContext *DC = NewVD->getDeclContext(); 6826 QualType R = NewVD->getType(); 6827 6828 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument. 6829 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function 6830 // argument. 6831 if (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType()) { 6832 Se.Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), 6833 diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter) 6834 << R; 6835 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6836 return false; 6837 } 6838 6839 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 6840 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 6841 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.q: 6842 // The clk_event_t and reserve_id_t types cannot be declared in program 6843 // scope. 6844 if (NewVD->hasGlobalStorage() && !NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6845 if (R->isReserveIDT() || R->isClkEventT() || R->isEventT()) { 6846 Se.Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), 6847 diag::err_invalid_type_for_program_scope_var) 6848 << R; 6849 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6850 return false; 6851 } 6852 } 6853 6854 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 6855 if (!Se.getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("__cl_clang_function_pointers", 6856 Se.getLangOpts())) { 6857 QualType NR = R.getCanonicalType(); 6858 while (NR->isPointerType() || NR->isMemberFunctionPointerType() || 6859 NR->isReferenceType()) { 6860 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType() || NR->isMemberFunctionPointerType() || 6861 NR->isFunctionReferenceType()) { 6862 Se.Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer) 6863 << NR->isReferenceType(); 6864 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6865 return false; 6866 } 6867 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 6868 } 6869 } 6870 6871 if (!Se.getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("cl_khr_fp16", 6872 Se.getLangOpts())) { 6873 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 6874 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 6875 if (Se.Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 6876 Se.Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 6877 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6878 return false; 6879 } 6880 } 6881 6882 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 6883 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 6884 // address space qualifiers. 6885 if (R->isEventT()) { 6886 if (R.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private) { 6887 Se.Diag(NewVD->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 6888 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6889 return false; 6890 } 6891 } 6892 6893 if (R->isSamplerT()) { 6894 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 6895 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 6896 // space qualifiers. 6897 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 6898 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 6899 Se.Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 6900 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6901 } 6902 6903 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.12.14.1: 6904 // A global sampler must be declared with either the constant address 6905 // space qualifier or with the const qualifier. 6906 if (DC->isTranslationUnit() && 6907 !(R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6908 R.isConstQualified())) { 6909 Se.Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_nonconst_global_sampler); 6910 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6911 } 6912 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6913 return false; 6914 } 6915 6916 return true; 6917 } 6918 6919 template <typename AttrTy> 6920 static void copyAttrFromTypedefToDecl(Sema &S, Decl *D, const TypedefType *TT) { 6921 const TypedefNameDecl *TND = TT->getDecl(); 6922 if (const auto *Attribute = TND->getAttr<AttrTy>()) { 6923 AttrTy *Clone = Attribute->clone(S.Context); 6924 Clone->setInherited(true); 6925 D->addAttr(Clone); 6926 } 6927 } 6928 6929 NamedDecl *Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator( 6930 Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6931 LookupResult &Previous, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 6932 bool &AddToScope, ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) { 6933 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 6934 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 6935 6936 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 6937 6938 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 6939 // Take the name of the first declarator as our name for diagnostic 6940 // purposes. 6941 auto &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 6942 if (!Decomp.bindings().empty()) { 6943 II = Decomp.bindings()[0].Name; 6944 Name = II; 6945 } 6946 } else if (!II) { 6947 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) << Name; 6948 return nullptr; 6949 } 6950 6951 6952 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 6953 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 6954 6955 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 6956 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 6957 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 6958 hasParsedAttr(S, D, ParsedAttr::AT_DLLImport) && 6959 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, ParsedAttr::AT_DLLExport)) 6960 SC = SC_Extern; 6961 6962 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 6963 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 6964 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 6965 6966 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 6967 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 6968 // an error here 6969 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 6970 D.setInvalidType(); 6971 SC = SC_None; 6972 } 6973 6974 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 6975 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 6976 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 6977 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 6978 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 6979 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 6980 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6981 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 6982 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 6983 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6984 } 6985 6986 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 6987 6988 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 6989 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 6990 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 6991 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 6992 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 6993 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 6994 D.setInvalidType(); 6995 } 6996 } 6997 6998 // If this variable has a VLA type and an initializer, try to 6999 // fold to a constant-sized type. This is otherwise invalid. 7000 if (D.hasInitializer() && R->isVariableArrayType()) 7001 tryToFixVariablyModifiedVarType(TInfo, R, D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7002 /*DiagID=*/0); 7003 7004 bool IsMemberSpecialization = false; 7005 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 7006 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 7007 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 7008 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 7009 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 7010 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 7011 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7012 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7013 II, R, TInfo, SC); 7014 7015 if (R->getContainedDeducedType()) 7016 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 7017 7018 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7019 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7020 7021 if (NewVD->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() && 7022 NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 7023 checkNonTrivialCUnion(NewVD->getType(), NewVD->getLocation(), 7024 NTCUC_AutoVar, NTCUK_Destruct); 7025 } else { 7026 bool Invalid = false; 7027 7028 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 7029 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 7030 switch (SC) { 7031 case SC_None: 7032 break; 7033 case SC_Static: 7034 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7035 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 7036 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7037 break; 7038 case SC_Auto: 7039 case SC_Register: 7040 case SC_Extern: 7041 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 7042 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 7043 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 7044 // of class members 7045 7046 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7047 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 7048 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7049 break; 7050 case SC_PrivateExtern: 7051 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 7052 } 7053 } 7054 7055 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 7056 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 7057 // Walk up the enclosing DeclContexts to check for any that are 7058 // incompatible with static data members. 7059 const DeclContext *FunctionOrMethod = nullptr; 7060 const CXXRecordDecl *AnonStruct = nullptr; 7061 for (DeclContext *Ctxt = DC; Ctxt; Ctxt = Ctxt->getParent()) { 7062 if (Ctxt->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7063 FunctionOrMethod = Ctxt; 7064 break; 7065 } 7066 const CXXRecordDecl *ParentDecl = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctxt); 7067 if (ParentDecl && !ParentDecl->getDeclName()) { 7068 AnonStruct = ParentDecl; 7069 break; 7070 } 7071 } 7072 if (FunctionOrMethod) { 7073 // C++ [class.static.data]p5: A local class shall not have static data 7074 // members. 7075 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7076 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 7077 << Name << RD->getDeclName() << RD->getTagKind(); 7078 } else if (AnonStruct) { 7079 // C++ [class.static.data]p4: Unnamed classes and classes contained 7080 // directly or indirectly within unnamed classes shall not contain 7081 // static data members. 7082 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7083 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 7084 << Name << AnonStruct->getTagKind(); 7085 Invalid = true; 7086 } else if (RD->isUnion()) { 7087 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 7088 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 7089 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7090 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 7091 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 7092 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 7093 } 7094 } 7095 } 7096 7097 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 7098 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 7099 bool InvalidScope = false; 7100 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 7101 D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7102 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7103 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId 7104 ? D.getName().TemplateId 7105 : nullptr, 7106 TemplateParamLists, 7107 /*never a friend*/ false, IsMemberSpecialization, InvalidScope); 7108 Invalid |= InvalidScope; 7109 7110 if (TemplateParams) { 7111 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 7112 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { 7113 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 7114 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 7115 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 7116 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 7117 << II 7118 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 7119 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 7120 TemplateParams = nullptr; 7121 } else { 7122 // Check that we can declare a template here. 7123 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 7124 return nullptr; 7125 7126 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { 7127 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 7128 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 7129 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 7130 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 7131 // This is a template declaration. 7132 IsVariableTemplate = true; 7133 7134 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 7135 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7136 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 7137 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 7138 : diag::ext_variable_template); 7139 } 7140 } 7141 } else { 7142 // Check that we can declare a member specialization here. 7143 if (!TemplateParamLists.empty() && IsMemberSpecialization && 7144 CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParamLists.back())) 7145 return nullptr; 7146 assert((Invalid || 7147 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) && 7148 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 7149 } 7150 7151 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 7152 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 7153 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 7154 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 7155 : SourceLocation(); 7156 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 7157 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 7158 IsPartialSpecialization); 7159 if (Res.isInvalid()) 7160 return nullptr; 7161 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 7162 AddToScope = false; 7163 } else if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 7164 NewVD = DecompositionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), 7165 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R, TInfo, SC, 7166 Bindings); 7167 } else 7168 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), 7169 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 7170 7171 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 7172 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 7173 NewTemplate = 7174 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 7175 TemplateParams, NewVD); 7176 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 7177 } 7178 7179 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 7180 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 7181 if (R->getContainedDeducedType()) 7182 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 7183 7184 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 7185 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7186 if (NewTemplate) 7187 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7188 } 7189 7190 SetNestedNameSpecifier(*this, NewVD, D); 7191 7192 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 7193 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 7194 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 7195 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 7196 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 7197 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 7198 } 7199 7200 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) { 7201 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7202 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 7203 << 0; 7204 } else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7205 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration. 7206 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7207 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7208 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7209 } else { 7210 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7211 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable 7212 : diag::ext_inline_variable); 7213 NewVD->setInlineSpecified(); 7214 } 7215 } 7216 7217 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 7218 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 7219 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7220 if (NewTemplate) 7221 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7222 7223 if (IsLocalExternDecl) { 7224 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) 7225 for (auto *B : Bindings) 7226 B->setLocalExternDecl(); 7227 else 7228 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 7229 } 7230 7231 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 7232 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 7233 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 7234 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 7235 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 7236 // explicitly. 7237 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 7238 // 'extern'. 7239 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 7240 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 7241 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 7242 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 7243 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7244 diag::err_thread_non_global) 7245 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 7246 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 7247 if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice || 7248 getLangOpts().SYCLIsDevice) { 7249 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 7250 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 7251 // error should be ignored. 7252 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 7253 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 7254 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 7255 // to emit any code for it. 7256 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 7257 } else 7258 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7259 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 7260 } else 7261 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 7262 } 7263 7264 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier()) { 7265 case ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified: 7266 break; 7267 7268 case ConstexprSpecKind::Consteval: 7269 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 7270 diag::err_constexpr_wrong_decl_kind) 7271 << static_cast<int>(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier()); 7272 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; 7273 7274 case ConstexprSpecKind::Constexpr: 7275 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 7276 // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1: 7277 // A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is 7278 // implicitly an inline variable. 7279 if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() && 7280 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 || 7281 Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft())) 7282 NewVD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7283 break; 7284 7285 case ConstexprSpecKind::Constinit: 7286 if (!NewVD->hasGlobalStorage()) 7287 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 7288 diag::err_constinit_local_variable); 7289 else 7290 NewVD->addAttr(ConstInitAttr::Create( 7291 Context, D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 7292 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Keyword, ConstInitAttr::Keyword_constinit)); 7293 break; 7294 } 7295 7296 // C99 6.7.4p3 7297 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 7298 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 7299 // thread storage duration... 7300 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 7301 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 7302 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 7303 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 7304 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 7305 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 7306 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 7307 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 7308 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 7309 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7310 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 7311 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 7312 } 7313 } 7314 7315 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7316 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 7317 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7318 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 7319 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7320 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 7321 else if (IsMemberSpecialization) 7322 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7323 << 2 7324 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 7325 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 7326 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 7327 << 0 << NewVD 7328 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 7329 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7330 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 7331 else { 7332 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 7333 if (NewTemplate) 7334 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 7335 for (auto *B : Bindings) 7336 B->setModulePrivate(); 7337 } 7338 } 7339 7340 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7341 deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(NewVD); 7342 7343 DeclSpec::TSCS TSC = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec(); 7344 if (TSC != TSCS_unspecified) { 7345 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7346 diag::err_opencl_unknown_type_specifier) 7347 << getLangOpts().getOpenCLVersionString() 7348 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSC) << 1; 7349 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7350 } 7351 } 7352 7353 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 7354 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 7355 7356 // FIXME: This is probably the wrong location to be doing this and we should 7357 // probably be doing this for more attributes (especially for function 7358 // pointer attributes such as format, warn_unused_result, etc.). Ideally 7359 // the code to copy attributes would be generated by TableGen. 7360 if (R->isFunctionPointerType()) 7361 if (const auto *TT = R->getAs<TypedefType>()) 7362 copyAttrFromTypedefToDecl<AllocSizeAttr>(*this, NewVD, TT); 7363 7364 if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice || 7365 getLangOpts().SYCLIsDevice) { 7366 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && 7367 ((getLangOpts().CUDA && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) || 7368 (getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice && 7369 OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::isDeclareTargetDeclaration(NewVD)))) 7370 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7371 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 7372 7373 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && 7374 (LangOpts.SYCLIsDevice || (LangOpts.OpenMP && LangOpts.OpenMPIsDevice))) 7375 targetDiag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 7376 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 7377 // storage [duration]." 7378 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 7379 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 7380 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 7381 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 7382 } 7383 } 7384 7385 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 7386 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 7387 // check the VarDecl itself. 7388 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 7389 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 7390 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 7391 7392 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 7393 // retainable type. 7394 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 7395 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7396 7397 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 7398 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 7399 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 7400 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 7401 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 7402 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 7403 switch (SC) { 7404 case SC_None: 7405 case SC_Auto: 7406 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 7407 break; 7408 case SC_Register: 7409 // Local Named register 7410 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 7411 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 7412 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 7413 break; 7414 case SC_Static: 7415 case SC_Extern: 7416 case SC_PrivateExtern: 7417 break; 7418 } 7419 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 7420 // Global Named register 7421 if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) { 7422 const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); 7423 bool HasSizeMismatch; 7424 7425 if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 7426 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 7427 else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label, 7428 Context.getTypeSize(R), 7429 HasSizeMismatch)) 7430 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label; 7431 else if (HasSizeMismatch) 7432 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label; 7433 } 7434 7435 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 7436 Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 7437 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7438 } 7439 } 7440 7441 NewVD->addAttr(AsmLabelAttr::Create(Context, Label, 7442 /*IsLiteralLabel=*/true, 7443 SE->getStrTokenLoc(0))); 7444 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 7445 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 7446 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 7447 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 7448 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 7449 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 7450 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 7451 } else 7452 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 7453 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 7454 } 7455 } 7456 7457 // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope. 7458 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty() 7459 ? getShadowedDeclaration(NewVD, Previous) 7460 : nullptr; 7461 7462 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 7463 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 7464 // declaration has linkage). 7465 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 7466 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 7467 IsMemberSpecialization || 7468 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 7469 7470 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 7471 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 7472 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7473 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 7474 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 7475 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 7476 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 7477 7478 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7479 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 7480 } else { 7481 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 7482 if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 7483 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 7484 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7485 7486 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 7487 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7488 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 7489 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 7490 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7491 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 7492 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 7493 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 7494 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7495 Previous.clear(); 7496 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7497 } 7498 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7499 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 7500 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 7501 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 7502 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7503 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7504 } 7505 7506 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 7507 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 7508 7509 if (NewTemplate) { 7510 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 7511 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 7512 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 7513 : nullptr; 7514 7515 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 7516 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 7517 // template declaration. 7518 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 7519 TemplateParams, 7520 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 7521 : nullptr, 7522 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 7523 DC->isDependentContext()) 7524 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 7525 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 7526 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7527 7528 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 7529 // template, make a note of that. 7530 if (PrevVarTemplate && 7531 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 7532 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 7533 } 7534 } 7535 7536 // Diagnose shadowed variables iff this isn't a redeclaration. 7537 if (ShadowedDecl && !D.isRedeclaration()) 7538 CheckShadow(NewVD, ShadowedDecl, Previous); 7539 7540 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 7541 7542 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 7543 // the map of such variables. 7544 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 7545 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 7546 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 7547 7548 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 7549 MangleNumberingContext *MCtx; 7550 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 7551 std::tie(MCtx, ManglingContextDecl) = 7552 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext()); 7553 if (MCtx) { 7554 Context.setManglingNumber( 7555 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 7556 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 7557 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 7558 } 7559 } 7560 7561 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 7562 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 7563 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 7564 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 7565 7566 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 7567 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 7568 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 7569 Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 7570 7571 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 7572 // behavior. 7573 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 7574 Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 7575 } 7576 7577 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 7578 NamedDecl *Prev = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 7579 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(*this, Prev, NewVD, IsMemberSpecialization, 7580 D.isFunctionDefinition()); 7581 } 7582 7583 if (NewTemplate) { 7584 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7585 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7586 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 7587 return NewTemplate; 7588 } 7589 7590 if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7591 CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous); 7592 7593 return NewVD; 7594 } 7595 7596 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow. 7597 enum ShadowedDeclKind { 7598 SDK_Local, 7599 SDK_Global, 7600 SDK_StaticMember, 7601 SDK_Field, 7602 SDK_Typedef, 7603 SDK_Using, 7604 SDK_StructuredBinding 7605 }; 7606 7607 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 7608 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 7609 const DeclContext *OldDC) { 7610 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 7611 return SDK_Using; 7612 else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 7613 return SDK_Typedef; 7614 else if (isa<BindingDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 7615 return SDK_StructuredBinding; 7616 else if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) 7617 return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember; 7618 7619 return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local; 7620 } 7621 7622 /// Return the location of the capture if the given lambda captures the given 7623 /// variable \p VD, or an invalid source location otherwise. 7624 static SourceLocation getCaptureLocation(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, 7625 const VarDecl *VD) { 7626 for (const Capture &Capture : LSI->Captures) { 7627 if (Capture.isVariableCapture() && Capture.getVariable() == VD) 7628 return Capture.getLocation(); 7629 } 7630 return SourceLocation(); 7631 } 7632 7633 static bool shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(const DiagnosticsEngine &Diags, 7634 const LookupResult &R) { 7635 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 7636 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 7637 return false; 7638 7639 // Return false if warning is ignored. 7640 return !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()); 7641 } 7642 7643 /// Return the declaration shadowed by the given variable \p D, or null 7644 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. 7645 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D, 7646 const LookupResult &R) { 7647 if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R)) 7648 return nullptr; 7649 7650 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 7651 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 7652 return nullptr; 7653 7654 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 7655 return isa<VarDecl, FieldDecl, BindingDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? ShadowedDecl 7656 : nullptr; 7657 } 7658 7659 /// Return the declaration shadowed by the given typedef \p D, or null 7660 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. 7661 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D, 7662 const LookupResult &R) { 7663 // Don't warn if typedef declaration is part of a class 7664 if (D->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 7665 return nullptr; 7666 7667 if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R)) 7668 return nullptr; 7669 7670 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 7671 return isa<TypedefNameDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? ShadowedDecl : nullptr; 7672 } 7673 7674 /// Return the declaration shadowed by the given variable \p D, or null 7675 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. 7676 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const BindingDecl *D, 7677 const LookupResult &R) { 7678 if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R)) 7679 return nullptr; 7680 7681 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 7682 return isa<VarDecl, FieldDecl, BindingDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? ShadowedDecl 7683 : nullptr; 7684 } 7685 7686 /// Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 7687 /// -Wshadow. 7688 /// 7689 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 7690 /// scope. 7691 /// 7692 /// \param ShadowedDecl the declaration that is shadowed by the given variable 7693 /// \param R the lookup of the name 7694 /// 7695 void Sema::CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 7696 const LookupResult &R) { 7697 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 7698 7699 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) { 7700 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 7701 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 7702 if (MD->isStatic()) 7703 return; 7704 7705 // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually 7706 // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter. 7707 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC)) 7708 if (const auto PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { 7709 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its 7710 // modification or its existence depending on warning settings. 7711 ShadowingDecls.insert({PVD->getCanonicalDecl(), FD}); 7712 return; 7713 } 7714 } 7715 7716 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 7717 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 7718 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 7719 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 7720 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 7721 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 7722 ShadowedDecl = I; 7723 break; 7724 } 7725 } 7726 7727 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 7728 7729 unsigned WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow; 7730 SourceLocation CaptureLoc; 7731 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && NewDC && 7732 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) { 7733 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewDC->getParent())) { 7734 if (RD->isLambda() && OldDC->Encloses(NewDC->getLexicalParent())) { 7735 if (RD->getLambdaCaptureDefault() == LCD_None) { 7736 // Try to avoid warnings for lambdas with an explicit capture list. 7737 const auto *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()); 7738 // Warn only when the lambda captures the shadowed decl explicitly. 7739 CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)); 7740 if (CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 7741 WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local; 7742 } else { 7743 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can avoid the warning if the 7744 // shadowed decl isn't captured and the warning settings allow it. 7745 cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()) 7746 ->ShadowingDecls.push_back( 7747 {cast<VarDecl>(D), cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)}); 7748 return; 7749 } 7750 } 7751 7752 if (cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)->hasLocalStorage()) { 7753 // A variable can't shadow a local variable in an enclosing scope, if 7754 // they are separated by a non-capturing declaration context. 7755 for (DeclContext *ParentDC = NewDC; 7756 ParentDC && !ParentDC->Equals(OldDC); 7757 ParentDC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(ParentDC)) { 7758 // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions 7759 // can capture; other scopes don't. 7760 if (!isa<BlockDecl>(ParentDC) && !isa<CapturedDecl>(ParentDC) && 7761 !isLambdaCallOperator(ParentDC)) { 7762 return; 7763 } 7764 } 7765 } 7766 } 7767 } 7768 7769 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 7770 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 7771 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 7772 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 7773 return; 7774 7775 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 7776 // static data members from base classes? 7777 7778 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 7779 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 7780 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 7781 } 7782 7783 7784 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 7785 7786 // Emit warning and note. 7787 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 7788 return; 7789 ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC); 7790 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), WarningDiag) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 7791 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 7792 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 7793 << Name << /*explicitly*/ 1; 7794 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7795 } 7796 7797 /// Diagnose shadowing for variables shadowed in the lambda record \p LambdaRD 7798 /// when these variables are captured by the lambda. 7799 void Sema::DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI) { 7800 for (const auto &Shadow : LSI->ShadowingDecls) { 7801 const VarDecl *ShadowedDecl = Shadow.ShadowedDecl; 7802 // Try to avoid the warning when the shadowed decl isn't captured. 7803 SourceLocation CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, ShadowedDecl); 7804 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 7805 Diag(Shadow.VD->getLocation(), CaptureLoc.isInvalid() 7806 ? diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local 7807 : diag::warn_decl_shadow) 7808 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() 7809 << computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC) << OldDC; 7810 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 7811 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 7812 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() << /*explicitly*/ 0; 7813 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7814 } 7815 } 7816 7817 /// Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 7818 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 7819 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 7820 return; 7821 7822 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 7823 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration); 7824 LookupName(R, S); 7825 if (NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(D, R)) 7826 CheckShadow(D, ShadowedDecl, R); 7827 } 7828 7829 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers 7830 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field. 7831 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) { 7832 // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters. 7833 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty()) 7834 return; 7835 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7836 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); 7837 if (!DRE) 7838 return; 7839 const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 7840 auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 7841 if (I == ShadowingDecls.end()) 7842 return; 7843 const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second; 7844 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 7845 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC; 7846 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D; 7847 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7848 7849 // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl. 7850 ShadowingDecls.erase(I); 7851 } 7852 7853 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 7854 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 7855 template<typename T> 7856 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 7857 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 7858 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 7859 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 7860 7861 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 7862 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 7863 // declaration. 7864 return false; 7865 } 7866 7867 if (Prev) { 7868 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 7869 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 7870 // redeclaration. 7871 Previous.clear(); 7872 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 7873 return true; 7874 } 7875 7876 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 7877 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 7878 // declaration. 7879 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 7880 return false; 7881 } else { 7882 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 7883 // translation unit which might conflict. 7884 if (IsGlobal) { 7885 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 7886 IsGlobal = false; 7887 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7888 I != E; ++I) { 7889 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 7890 Prev = *I; 7891 break; 7892 } 7893 } 7894 } else { 7895 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 7896 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 7897 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 7898 I != E; ++I) { 7899 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 7900 Prev = *I; 7901 break; 7902 } 7903 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 7904 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 7905 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 7906 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 7907 // diagnostic. 7908 } 7909 } 7910 7911 if (!Prev) 7912 return false; 7913 } 7914 7915 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 7916 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 7917 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 7918 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 7919 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 7920 else 7921 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 7922 7923 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 7924 << IsGlobal << ND; 7925 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 7926 << IsGlobal; 7927 return false; 7928 } 7929 7930 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 7931 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 7932 /// 7933 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 7934 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 7935 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 7936 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 7937 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 7938 template<typename T> 7939 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 7940 LookupResult &Previous) { 7941 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7942 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 7943 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 7944 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 7945 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 7946 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 7947 Previous.clear(); 7948 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 7949 return true; 7950 } 7951 } 7952 return false; 7953 } 7954 7955 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 7956 // declaration. 7957 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 7958 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 7959 7960 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 7961 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 7962 // in another scope. 7963 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 7964 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 7965 7966 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 7967 return false; 7968 } 7969 7970 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 7971 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 7972 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7973 return; 7974 7975 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 7976 7977 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 7978 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 7979 return; 7980 7981 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 7982 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 7983 7984 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 7985 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 7986 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 7987 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 7988 NewVD->setType(T); 7989 } 7990 7991 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 7992 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 7993 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 7994 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 7995 if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 7996 T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) { 7997 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 0; 7998 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7999 return; 8000 } 8001 8002 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program 8003 // scope. 8004 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 && 8005 !getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers", 8006 getLangOpts()) && 8007 NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 8008 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 8009 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 8010 return; 8011 } 8012 8013 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8014 if (!diagnoseOpenCLTypes(*this, NewVD)) 8015 return; 8016 8017 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported. 8018 if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 8019 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type); 8020 return; 8021 } 8022 8023 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) { 8024 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and 8025 // can't use 'extern' storage class. 8026 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 8027 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 8028 << 0 /*const*/; 8029 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 8030 return; 8031 } 8032 if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 8033 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration); 8034 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 8035 return; 8036 } 8037 } 8038 8039 // FIXME: Adding local AS in C++ for OpenCL might make sense. 8040 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() || 8041 NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 8042 if (!T->isSamplerT() && !T->isDependentType() && 8043 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 8044 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 8045 getOpenCLOptions().areProgramScopeVariablesSupported( 8046 getLangOpts())))) { 8047 int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1; 8048 if (getOpenCLOptions().areProgramScopeVariablesSupported(getLangOpts())) 8049 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 8050 << Scope << "global or constant"; 8051 else 8052 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 8053 << Scope << "constant"; 8054 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 8055 return; 8056 } 8057 } else { 8058 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 8059 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 8060 << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global"; 8061 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 8062 return; 8063 } 8064 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 8065 T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 8066 FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 8067 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: no local or constant variables 8068 // in functions. 8069 if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 8070 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 8071 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 8072 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant"; 8073 else 8074 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 8075 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local"; 8076 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 8077 return; 8078 } 8079 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: local and constant variables must be 8080 // in the outermost scope of a kernel function. 8081 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 8082 if (!getCurScope()->isFunctionScope()) { 8083 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 8084 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope) 8085 << "constant"; 8086 else 8087 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope) 8088 << "local"; 8089 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 8090 return; 8091 } 8092 } 8093 } else if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private && 8094 // If we are parsing a template we didn't deduce an addr 8095 // space yet. 8096 T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) { 8097 // Do not allow other address spaces on automatic variable. 8098 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 1; 8099 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 8100 return; 8101 } 8102 } 8103 } 8104 8105 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 8106 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 8107 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 8108 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 8109 else { 8110 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 8111 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 8112 } 8113 } 8114 8115 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 8116 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 8117 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 8118 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8119 8120 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 8121 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 8122 bool SizeIsNegative; 8123 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 8124 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo( 8125 NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Context, SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 8126 QualType FixedT; 8127 if (FixedTInfo && T == NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()) 8128 FixedT = FixedTInfo->getType(); 8129 else if (FixedTInfo) { 8130 // Type and type-as-written are canonically different. We need to fix up 8131 // both types separately. 8132 FixedT = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 8133 Oversized); 8134 } 8135 if ((!FixedTInfo || FixedT.isNull()) && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 8136 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 8137 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 8138 // int a[10][n]; 8139 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 8140 8141 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 8142 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 8143 << SizeRange; 8144 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 8145 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 8146 << SizeRange; 8147 else 8148 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 8149 << SizeRange; 8150 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 8151 return; 8152 } 8153 8154 if (!FixedTInfo) { 8155 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 8156 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 8157 else 8158 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 8159 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 8160 return; 8161 } 8162 8163 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::ext_vla_folded_to_constant); 8164 NewVD->setType(FixedT); 8165 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 8166 } 8167 8168 if (T->isVoidType()) { 8169 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 8170 // of objects and functions. 8171 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8172 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 8173 << T; 8174 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 8175 return; 8176 } 8177 } 8178 8179 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 8180 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 8181 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 8182 return; 8183 } 8184 8185 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T->isSizelessType()) { 8186 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_sizeless_nonlocal) << T; 8187 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 8188 return; 8189 } 8190 8191 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 8192 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 8193 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 8194 return; 8195 } 8196 8197 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 8198 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 8199 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 8200 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 8201 return; 8202 } 8203 8204 // PPC MMA non-pointer types are not allowed as non-local variable types. 8205 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPPC64() && 8206 !NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && 8207 CheckPPCMMAType(T, NewVD->getLocation())) { 8208 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 8209 return; 8210 } 8211 } 8212 8213 /// Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 8214 /// declaration. 8215 /// 8216 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 8217 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 8218 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 8219 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 8220 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 8221 /// 8222 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 8223 /// 8224 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 8225 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 8226 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 8227 8228 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 8229 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 8230 return false; 8231 8232 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 8233 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 8234 if (Previous.empty() && 8235 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 8236 Previous.setShadowed(); 8237 8238 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8239 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 8240 return true; 8241 } 8242 return false; 8243 } 8244 8245 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 8246 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 8247 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 8248 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXMethodDecl*, 4> Overridden; 8249 8250 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 8251 CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/false, 8252 /*DetectVirtual=*/false); 8253 auto VisitBase = [&] (const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 8254 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 8255 DeclarationName Name = MD->getDeclName(); 8256 8257 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 8258 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 8259 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 8260 CanQualType CT = Context.getCanonicalType(T); 8261 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 8262 } 8263 8264 for (NamedDecl *BaseND : BaseRecord->lookup(Name)) { 8265 CXXMethodDecl *BaseMD = 8266 dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(BaseND->getCanonicalDecl()); 8267 if (!BaseMD || !BaseMD->isVirtual() || 8268 IsOverload(MD, BaseMD, /*UseMemberUsingDeclRules=*/false, 8269 /*ConsiderCudaAttrs=*/true, 8270 // C++2a [class.virtual]p2 does not consider requires 8271 // clauses when overriding. 8272 /*ConsiderRequiresClauses=*/false)) 8273 continue; 8274 8275 if (Overridden.insert(BaseMD).second) { 8276 MD->addOverriddenMethod(BaseMD); 8277 CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, BaseMD); 8278 CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, BaseMD); 8279 CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, BaseMD); 8280 CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, BaseMD); 8281 } 8282 8283 // A method can only override one function from each base class. We 8284 // don't track indirectly overridden methods from bases of bases. 8285 return true; 8286 } 8287 8288 return false; 8289 }; 8290 8291 DC->lookupInBases(VisitBase, Paths); 8292 return !Overridden.empty(); 8293 } 8294 8295 namespace { 8296 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 8297 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 8298 struct ActOnFDArgs { 8299 Scope *S; 8300 Declarator &D; 8301 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 8302 bool AddToScope; 8303 }; 8304 } // end anonymous namespace 8305 8306 namespace { 8307 8308 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 8309 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 8310 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC final : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 8311 public: 8312 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 8313 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 8314 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 8315 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 8316 8317 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 8318 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 8319 return false; 8320 8321 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 8322 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 8323 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 8324 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 8325 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 8326 8327 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 8328 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 8329 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 8330 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 8331 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 8332 return true; 8333 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 8334 return true; 8335 } 8336 } 8337 } 8338 8339 return false; 8340 } 8341 8342 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> clone() override { 8343 return std::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>(*this); 8344 } 8345 8346 private: 8347 ASTContext &Context; 8348 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 8349 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 8350 }; 8351 8352 } // end anonymous namespace 8353 8354 void Sema::MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(const NamedDecl *F) { 8355 TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.insert(F); 8356 } 8357 8358 /// Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 8359 /// 8360 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 8361 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 8362 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 8363 /// the same name. 8364 /// 8365 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 8366 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 8367 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8368 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 8369 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 8370 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 8371 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 8372 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 8373 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 8374 TypoCorrection Correction; 8375 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 8376 unsigned DiagMsg = 8377 IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend : 8378 NewFD->getFriendObjectKind() ? diag::err_qualified_friend_no_match : 8379 diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 8380 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 8381 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 8382 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 8383 Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration); 8384 8385 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8386 if (IsLocalFriend) 8387 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 8388 else 8389 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 8390 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 8391 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 8392 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 8393 DifferentNameValidatorCCC CCC(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 8394 MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr); 8395 if (!Prev.empty()) { 8396 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 8397 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 8398 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 8399 if (FD && 8400 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 8401 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 8402 // involve a parameter 8403 unsigned ParamNum = 8404 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 8405 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 8406 } 8407 } 8408 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 8409 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 8410 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 8411 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), CCC, Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, 8412 IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 8413 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 8414 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 8415 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8416 Previous.clear(); 8417 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 8418 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 8419 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 8420 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 8421 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 8422 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 8423 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 8424 Previous.addDecl(FD); 8425 } 8426 } 8427 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 8428 8429 NamedDecl *Result; 8430 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 8431 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 8432 { 8433 // Trap errors. 8434 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 8435 8436 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 8437 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 8438 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 8439 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 8440 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 8441 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 8442 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 8443 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 8444 8445 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 8446 Result = nullptr; 8447 } 8448 8449 if (Result) { 8450 // Determine which correction we picked. 8451 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 8452 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 8453 I != E; ++I) 8454 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 8455 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 8456 8457 // Let Sema know about the correction. 8458 SemaRef.MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(Result); 8459 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 8460 Correction, 8461 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 8462 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 8463 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 8464 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 8465 return Result; 8466 } 8467 8468 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 8469 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 8470 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8471 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 8472 Previous.clear(); 8473 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 8474 } 8475 8476 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 8477 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 8478 8479 bool NewFDisConst = false; 8480 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 8481 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 8482 8483 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 8484 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 8485 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 8486 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 8487 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 8488 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 8489 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 8490 8491 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 8492 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 8493 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 8494 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 8495 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 8496 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 8497 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 8498 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 8499 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 8500 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 8501 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 8502 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 8503 } else 8504 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 8505 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 8506 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 8507 } 8508 return nullptr; 8509 } 8510 8511 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 8512 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 8513 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 8514 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 8515 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 8516 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 8517 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8518 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 8519 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 8520 D.setInvalidType(); 8521 break; 8522 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 8523 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 8524 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 8525 return SC_None; 8526 return SC_Extern; 8527 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 8528 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 8529 // C99 6.7.1p5: 8530 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 8531 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 8532 // other than extern 8533 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 8534 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8535 diag::err_static_block_func); 8536 break; 8537 } else 8538 return SC_Static; 8539 } 8540 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 8541 } 8542 8543 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 8544 return SC_None; 8545 } 8546 8547 static FunctionDecl *CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 8548 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 8549 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 8550 StorageClass SC, 8551 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 8552 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 8553 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 8554 8555 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 8556 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 8557 8558 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8559 // Determine whether the function was written with a 8560 // prototype. This true when: 8561 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 8562 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other non- 8563 // attributed reference to a type name (which eventually refers to a 8564 // function type). 8565 bool HasPrototype = 8566 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 8567 (!R->getAsAdjusted<FunctionType>() && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 8568 8569 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create( 8570 SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, 8571 SemaRef.getCurFPFeatures().isFPConstrained(), isInline, HasPrototype, 8572 ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified, 8573 /*TrailingRequiresClause=*/nullptr); 8574 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8575 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8576 8577 return NewFD; 8578 } 8579 8580 ExplicitSpecifier ExplicitSpecifier = D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecifier(); 8581 8582 ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind = D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier(); 8583 if (ConstexprKind == ConstexprSpecKind::Constinit) { 8584 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 8585 diag::err_constexpr_wrong_decl_kind) 8586 << static_cast<int>(ConstexprKind); 8587 ConstexprKind = ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified; 8588 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearConstexprSpec(); 8589 } 8590 Expr *TrailingRequiresClause = D.getTrailingRequiresClause(); 8591 8592 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 8593 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 8594 // the class has been completely parsed. 8595 if (!DC->isRecord() && 8596 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 8597 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->castAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 8598 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 8599 D.setInvalidType(); 8600 8601 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 8602 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 8603 assert(DC->isRecord() && 8604 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 8605 8606 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 8607 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create( 8608 SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, 8609 TInfo, ExplicitSpecifier, SemaRef.getCurFPFeatures().isFPConstrained(), 8610 isInline, /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, ConstexprKind, 8611 InheritedConstructor(), TrailingRequiresClause); 8612 8613 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 8614 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 8615 if (DC->isRecord()) { 8616 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 8617 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 8618 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 8619 SemaRef.Context, Record, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, TInfo, 8620 SemaRef.getCurFPFeatures().isFPConstrained(), isInline, 8621 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, ConstexprKind, 8622 TrailingRequiresClause); 8623 8624 // If the destructor needs an implicit exception specification, set it 8625 // now. FIXME: It'd be nice to be able to create the right type to start 8626 // with, but the type needs to reference the destructor declaration. 8627 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 8628 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(NewDD); 8629 8630 IsVirtualOkay = true; 8631 return NewDD; 8632 8633 } else { 8634 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 8635 D.setInvalidType(); 8636 8637 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 8638 // code path. 8639 return FunctionDecl::Create( 8640 SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, 8641 TInfo, SC, SemaRef.getCurFPFeatures().isFPConstrained(), isInline, 8642 /*hasPrototype=*/true, ConstexprKind, TrailingRequiresClause); 8643 } 8644 8645 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 8646 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 8647 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 8648 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 8649 return nullptr; 8650 } 8651 8652 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 8653 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8654 return nullptr; 8655 8656 IsVirtualOkay = true; 8657 return CXXConversionDecl::Create( 8658 SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, 8659 TInfo, SemaRef.getCurFPFeatures().isFPConstrained(), isInline, 8660 ExplicitSpecifier, ConstexprKind, SourceLocation(), 8661 TrailingRequiresClause); 8662 8663 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName) { 8664 if (TrailingRequiresClause) 8665 SemaRef.Diag(TrailingRequiresClause->getBeginLoc(), 8666 diag::err_trailing_requires_clause_on_deduction_guide) 8667 << TrailingRequiresClause->getSourceRange(); 8668 SemaRef.CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(D, R, SC); 8669 8670 return CXXDeductionGuideDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), 8671 ExplicitSpecifier, NameInfo, R, TInfo, 8672 D.getEndLoc()); 8673 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 8674 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 8675 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 8676 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 8677 // constructor if it has no return type). 8678 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 8679 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 8680 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 8681 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 8682 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8683 return nullptr; 8684 } 8685 8686 // This is a C++ method declaration. 8687 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create( 8688 SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, 8689 TInfo, SC, SemaRef.getCurFPFeatures().isFPConstrained(), isInline, 8690 ConstexprKind, SourceLocation(), TrailingRequiresClause); 8691 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 8692 return Ret; 8693 } else { 8694 bool isFriend = 8695 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 8696 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 8697 return nullptr; 8698 8699 // Determine whether the function was written with a 8700 // prototype. This true when: 8701 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 8702 return FunctionDecl::Create( 8703 SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, 8704 SemaRef.getCurFPFeatures().isFPConstrained(), isInline, 8705 true /*HasPrototype*/, ConstexprKind, TrailingRequiresClause); 8706 } 8707 } 8708 8709 enum OpenCLParamType { 8710 ValidKernelParam, 8711 PtrPtrKernelParam, 8712 PtrKernelParam, 8713 InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam, 8714 InvalidKernelParam, 8715 RecordKernelParam 8716 }; 8717 8718 static bool isOpenCLSizeDependentType(ASTContext &C, QualType Ty) { 8719 // Size dependent types are just typedefs to normal integer types 8720 // (e.g. unsigned long), so we cannot distinguish them from other typedefs to 8721 // integers other than by their names. 8722 StringRef SizeTypeNames[] = {"size_t", "intptr_t", "uintptr_t", "ptrdiff_t"}; 8723 8724 // Remove typedefs one by one until we reach a typedef 8725 // for a size dependent type. 8726 QualType DesugaredTy = Ty; 8727 do { 8728 ArrayRef<StringRef> Names(SizeTypeNames); 8729 auto Match = llvm::find(Names, DesugaredTy.getUnqualifiedType().getAsString()); 8730 if (Names.end() != Match) 8731 return true; 8732 8733 Ty = DesugaredTy; 8734 DesugaredTy = Ty.getSingleStepDesugaredType(C); 8735 } while (DesugaredTy != Ty); 8736 8737 return false; 8738 } 8739 8740 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(Sema &S, QualType PT) { 8741 if (PT->isDependentType()) 8742 return InvalidKernelParam; 8743 8744 if (PT->isPointerType() || PT->isReferenceType()) { 8745 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 8746 if (PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_generic || 8747 PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_private || 8748 PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::Default) 8749 return InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam; 8750 8751 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) { 8752 // This is a pointer to pointer parameter. 8753 // Recursively check inner type. 8754 OpenCLParamType ParamKind = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PointeeType); 8755 if (ParamKind == InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam || 8756 ParamKind == InvalidKernelParam) 8757 return ParamKind; 8758 8759 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 8760 } 8761 8762 // C++ for OpenCL v1.0 s2.4: 8763 // Moreover the types used in parameters of the kernel functions must be: 8764 // Standard layout types for pointer parameters. The same applies to 8765 // reference if an implementation supports them in kernel parameters. 8766 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus && 8767 !S.getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption( 8768 "__cl_clang_non_portable_kernel_param_types", S.getLangOpts()) && 8769 !PointeeType->isAtomicType() && !PointeeType->isVoidType() && 8770 !PointeeType->isStandardLayoutType()) 8771 return InvalidKernelParam; 8772 8773 return PtrKernelParam; 8774 } 8775 8776 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 8777 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 8778 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 8779 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be one 8780 // of these built-in scalar types. 8781 if (isOpenCLSizeDependentType(S.getASTContext(), PT)) 8782 return InvalidKernelParam; 8783 8784 if (PT->isImageType()) 8785 return PtrKernelParam; 8786 8787 if (PT->isBooleanType() || PT->isEventT() || PT->isReserveIDT()) 8788 return InvalidKernelParam; 8789 8790 // OpenCL extension spec v1.2 s9.5: 8791 // This extension adds support for half scalar and vector types as built-in 8792 // types that can be used for arithmetic operations, conversions etc. 8793 if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("cl_khr_fp16", S.getLangOpts()) && 8794 PT->isHalfType()) 8795 return InvalidKernelParam; 8796 8797 // Look into an array argument to check if it has a forbidden type. 8798 if (PT->isArrayType()) { 8799 const Type *UnderlyingTy = PT->getPointeeOrArrayElementType(); 8800 // Call ourself to check an underlying type of an array. Since the 8801 // getPointeeOrArrayElementType returns an innermost type which is not an 8802 // array, this recursive call only happens once. 8803 return getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QualType(UnderlyingTy, 0)); 8804 } 8805 8806 // C++ for OpenCL v1.0 s2.4: 8807 // Moreover the types used in parameters of the kernel functions must be: 8808 // Trivial and standard-layout types C++17 [basic.types] (plain old data 8809 // types) for parameters passed by value; 8810 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus && 8811 !S.getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption( 8812 "__cl_clang_non_portable_kernel_param_types", S.getLangOpts()) && 8813 !PT->isOpenCLSpecificType() && !PT.isPODType(S.Context)) 8814 return InvalidKernelParam; 8815 8816 if (PT->isRecordType()) 8817 return RecordKernelParam; 8818 8819 return ValidKernelParam; 8820 } 8821 8822 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 8823 Sema &S, 8824 Declarator &D, 8825 ParmVarDecl *Param, 8826 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 8827 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 8828 8829 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 8830 // used again 8831 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 8832 return; 8833 8834 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PT)) { 8835 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 8836 // OpenCL v3.0 s6.11.a: 8837 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a pointer to a pointer 8838 // type. [...] This restriction only applies to OpenCL C 1.2 or below. 8839 if (S.getLangOpts().getOpenCLCompatibleVersion() <= 120) { 8840 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 8841 D.setInvalidType(); 8842 return; 8843 } 8844 8845 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 8846 return; 8847 8848 case InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam: 8849 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.5: 8850 // __kernel function arguments declared to be a pointer of a type can point 8851 // to one of the following address spaces only : __global, __local or 8852 // __constant. 8853 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_kernel_arg_address_space); 8854 D.setInvalidType(); 8855 return; 8856 8857 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 8858 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 8859 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 8860 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 8861 // one of these built-in scalar types. 8862 8863 case InvalidKernelParam: 8864 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 8865 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 8866 // of event_t type. 8867 // Do not diagnose half type since it is diagnosed as invalid argument 8868 // type for any function elsewhere. 8869 if (!PT->isHalfType()) { 8870 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 8871 8872 // Explain what typedefs are involved. 8873 const TypedefType *Typedef = nullptr; 8874 while ((Typedef = PT->getAs<TypedefType>())) { 8875 SourceLocation Loc = Typedef->getDecl()->getLocation(); 8876 // SourceLocation may be invalid for a built-in type. 8877 if (Loc.isValid()) 8878 S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_entity_declared_at) << PT; 8879 PT = Typedef->desugar(); 8880 } 8881 } 8882 8883 D.setInvalidType(); 8884 return; 8885 8886 case PtrKernelParam: 8887 case ValidKernelParam: 8888 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 8889 return; 8890 8891 case RecordKernelParam: 8892 break; 8893 } 8894 8895 // Track nested structs we will inspect 8896 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 8897 8898 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 8899 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 8900 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 8901 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 8902 8903 // At this point we already handled everything except of a RecordType or 8904 // an ArrayType of a RecordType. 8905 assert((PT->isArrayType() || PT->isRecordType()) && "Unexpected type."); 8906 const RecordType *RecTy = 8907 PT->getPointeeOrArrayElementType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 8908 const RecordDecl *OrigRecDecl = RecTy->getDecl(); 8909 8910 VisitStack.push_back(RecTy->getDecl()); 8911 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 8912 8913 do { 8914 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 8915 if (!Next) { 8916 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 8917 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 8918 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 8919 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 8920 8921 continue; 8922 } 8923 8924 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 8925 // field itself) to the history stack. 8926 const RecordDecl *RD; 8927 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 8928 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 8929 8930 QualType FieldTy = Field->getType(); 8931 // Other field types (known to be valid or invalid) are handled while we 8932 // walk around RecordDecl::fields(). 8933 assert((FieldTy->isArrayType() || FieldTy->isRecordType()) && 8934 "Unexpected type."); 8935 const Type *FieldRecTy = FieldTy->getPointeeOrArrayElementType(); 8936 8937 RD = FieldRecTy->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 8938 } else { 8939 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 8940 } 8941 8942 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 8943 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 8944 8945 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 8946 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 8947 8948 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 8949 continue; 8950 8951 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QT); 8952 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 8953 continue; 8954 8955 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 8956 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 8957 continue; 8958 } 8959 8960 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 8961 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 8962 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 8963 // union. 8964 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 8965 ParamType == InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam) { 8966 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 8967 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 8968 << PT->isUnionType() 8969 << PT; 8970 } else { 8971 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 8972 } 8973 8974 S.Diag(OrigRecDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 8975 << OrigRecDecl->getDeclName(); 8976 8977 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 8978 // the offending field came from 8979 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 8980 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 8981 E = HistoryStack.end(); 8982 I != E; ++I) { 8983 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 8984 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 8985 << OuterField->getType(); 8986 } 8987 8988 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 8989 << QT->isPointerType() 8990 << QT; 8991 D.setInvalidType(); 8992 return; 8993 } 8994 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 8995 } 8996 8997 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 8998 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 8999 /// nothing. 9000 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) { 9001 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9002 DC = DC->getParent(); 9003 return DC; 9004 } 9005 9006 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 9007 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 9008 /// nothing. 9009 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) { 9010 while (S->isClassScope() || 9011 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 9012 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 9013 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 9014 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 9015 S = S->getParent(); 9016 return S; 9017 } 9018 9019 NamedDecl* 9020 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 9021 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 9022 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamListsRef, 9023 bool &AddToScope) { 9024 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 9025 9026 assert(R->isFunctionType()); 9027 if (R.getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->getCmseNSCallAttr()) 9028 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_decl_cmse_ns_call); 9029 9030 SmallVector<TemplateParameterList *, 4> TemplateParamLists; 9031 for (TemplateParameterList *TPL : TemplateParamListsRef) 9032 TemplateParamLists.push_back(TPL); 9033 if (TemplateParameterList *Invented = D.getInventedTemplateParameterList()) { 9034 if (!TemplateParamLists.empty() && 9035 Invented->getDepth() == TemplateParamLists.back()->getDepth()) 9036 TemplateParamLists.back() = Invented; 9037 else 9038 TemplateParamLists.push_back(Invented); 9039 } 9040 9041 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 9042 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 9043 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 9044 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 9045 9046 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 9047 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 9048 diag::err_invalid_thread) 9049 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 9050 9051 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 9052 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), 9053 D.getIdentifierLoc()); 9054 9055 bool isFriend = false; 9056 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 9057 bool isMemberSpecialization = false; 9058 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 9059 9060 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 9061 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 9062 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 9063 9064 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 9065 9066 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 9067 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 9068 9069 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 9070 isVirtualOkay); 9071 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 9072 9073 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 9074 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 9075 9076 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 9077 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 9078 // context will be different from the semantic context. 9079 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 9080 9081 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 9082 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 9083 9084 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9085 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 9086 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 9087 bool hasExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().hasExplicitSpecifier(); 9088 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 9089 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 9090 // C++ [class.friend]p5 9091 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 9092 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 9093 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 9094 } 9095 9096 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 9097 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 9098 // return true). 9099 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 9100 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 9101 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 9102 NewFD->setPure(true); 9103 9104 // C++ [class.union]p2 9105 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 9106 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 9107 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 9108 } 9109 9110 SetNestedNameSpecifier(*this, NewFD, D); 9111 isMemberSpecialization = false; 9112 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 9113 if (D.isInvalidType()) 9114 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9115 9116 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 9117 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 9118 bool Invalid = false; 9119 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 9120 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 9121 D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 9122 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 9123 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId 9124 ? D.getName().TemplateId 9125 : nullptr, 9126 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isMemberSpecialization, 9127 Invalid); 9128 if (TemplateParams) { 9129 // Check that we can declare a template here. 9130 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 9131 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9132 9133 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 9134 // This is a function template 9135 9136 // A destructor cannot be a template. 9137 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 9138 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 9139 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9140 } 9141 9142 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 9143 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 9144 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 9145 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 9146 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 9147 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 9148 Invalid = true; 9149 } 9150 9151 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 9152 NewFD->getLocation(), 9153 Name, TemplateParams, 9154 NewFD); 9155 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 9156 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 9157 9158 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 9159 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 9160 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 9161 ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *>(TemplateParamLists) 9162 .drop_back(1)); 9163 } 9164 } else { 9165 // This is a function template specialization. 9166 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 9167 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 9168 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 9169 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 9170 9171 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 9172 if (isFriend) { 9173 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 9174 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 9175 9176 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 9177 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 9178 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 9179 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 9180 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 9181 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 9182 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { 9183 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 9184 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 9185 } 9186 9187 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 9188 << Name << RemoveRange 9189 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 9190 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 9191 } 9192 } 9193 } else { 9194 // Check that we can declare a template here. 9195 if (!TemplateParamLists.empty() && isMemberSpecialization && 9196 CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParamLists.back())) 9197 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9198 9199 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 9200 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 9201 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 9202 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 9203 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 9204 } 9205 9206 if (Invalid) { 9207 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9208 if (FunctionTemplate) 9209 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 9210 } 9211 9212 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 9213 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 9214 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 9215 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 9216 // 9217 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9218 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 9219 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 9220 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 9221 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 9222 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 9223 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 9224 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 9225 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 9226 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 9227 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 9228 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 9229 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 9230 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 9231 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 9232 } else { 9233 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 9234 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 9235 } 9236 9237 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 9238 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 9239 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 9240 } 9241 9242 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 9243 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 9244 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 9245 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 9246 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 9247 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 9248 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 9249 // thing to do. 9250 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 9251 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 9252 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 9253 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 9254 QualType Result = 9255 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 9256 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 9257 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 9258 } 9259 9260 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 9261 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 9262 // declaration. 9263 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9264 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 9265 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 9266 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 9267 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 9268 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 9269 } 9270 } 9271 9272 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 9273 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 9274 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 9275 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 9276 if (hasExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 9277 !isa<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) { 9278 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 9279 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 9280 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 9281 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 9282 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecRange()); 9283 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 9284 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 9285 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 9286 // or conversion function. 9287 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 9288 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 9289 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecRange()); 9290 } 9291 } 9292 9293 ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind = D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier(); 9294 if (ConstexprKind != ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified) { 9295 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 9296 // are implicitly inline. 9297 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 9298 9299 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 9300 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 9301 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 9302 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD) && 9303 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 || 9304 ConstexprKind == ConstexprSpecKind::Consteval)) { 9305 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor) 9306 << static_cast<int>(ConstexprKind); 9307 NewFD->setConstexprKind(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 9308 ? ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified 9309 : ConstexprSpecKind::Constexpr); 9310 } 9311 // C++20 [dcl.constexpr]p2: An allocation function, or a 9312 // deallocation function shall not be declared with the consteval 9313 // specifier. 9314 if (ConstexprKind == ConstexprSpecKind::Consteval && 9315 (NewFD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 9316 NewFD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New || 9317 NewFD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 9318 NewFD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete)) { 9319 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 9320 diag::err_invalid_consteval_decl_kind) 9321 << NewFD; 9322 NewFD->setConstexprKind(ConstexprSpecKind::Constexpr); 9323 } 9324 } 9325 9326 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 9327 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 9328 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 9329 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 9330 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 9331 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 9332 << 0 9333 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 9334 } else { 9335 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 9336 if (FunctionTemplate) 9337 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 9338 } 9339 } 9340 9341 if (isFriend) { 9342 if (FunctionTemplate) { 9343 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 9344 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 9345 } 9346 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 9347 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 9348 } 9349 9350 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 9351 // We'll do the relevant checks on defaulted / deleted functions later. 9352 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 9353 case FunctionDefinitionKind::Declaration: 9354 case FunctionDefinitionKind::Definition: 9355 break; 9356 9357 case FunctionDefinitionKind::Defaulted: 9358 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 9359 break; 9360 9361 case FunctionDefinitionKind::Deleted: 9362 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 9363 break; 9364 } 9365 9366 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 9367 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 9368 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 9369 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 9370 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 9371 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 9372 } 9373 9374 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 9375 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 9376 // C++ [class.static]p1: 9377 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 9378 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 9379 // the class. 9380 9381 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 9382 // member function definition. 9383 9384 // MSVC permits the use of a 'static' storage specifier on an out-of-line 9385 // member function template declaration and class member template 9386 // declaration (MSVC versions before 2015), warn about this. 9387 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 9388 ((!getLangOpts().isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) && 9389 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getDescribedClassTemplate()) || 9390 (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())) 9391 ? diag::ext_static_out_of_line : diag::err_static_out_of_line) 9392 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 9393 } 9394 9395 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 9396 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 9397 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 9398 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 9399 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 9400 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 9401 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 9402 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 9403 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 9404 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 9405 } 9406 9407 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 9408 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 9409 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 9410 isMemberSpecialization || 9411 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 9412 9413 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 9414 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 9415 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 9416 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 9417 NewFD->addAttr(AsmLabelAttr::Create(Context, SE->getString(), 9418 /*IsLiteralLabel=*/true, 9419 SE->getStrTokenLoc(0))); 9420 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 9421 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 9422 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 9423 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 9424 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 9425 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 9426 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 9427 } else 9428 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 9429 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 9430 } 9431 } 9432 9433 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 9434 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 9435 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 9436 unsigned FTIIdx; 9437 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator(FTIIdx)) { 9438 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(FTIIdx).Fun; 9439 9440 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 9441 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 9442 // single void argument. 9443 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 9444 // already checks for that case. 9445 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 9446 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 9447 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 9448 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 9449 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 9450 Params.push_back(Param); 9451 9452 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 9453 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9454 } 9455 } 9456 9457 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9458 // In C, find all the tag declarations from the prototype and move them 9459 // into the function DeclContext. Remove them from the surrounding tag 9460 // injection context of the function, which is typically but not always 9461 // the TU. 9462 DeclContext *PrototypeTagContext = 9463 getTagInjectionContext(NewFD->getLexicalDeclContext()); 9464 for (NamedDecl *NonParmDecl : FTI.getDeclsInPrototype()) { 9465 auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(NonParmDecl); 9466 9467 // We don't want to reparent enumerators. Look at their parent enum 9468 // instead. 9469 if (!TD) { 9470 if (auto *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(NonParmDecl)) 9471 TD = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext()); 9472 } 9473 if (!TD) 9474 continue; 9475 DeclContext *TagDC = TD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 9476 if (!TagDC->containsDecl(TD)) 9477 continue; 9478 TagDC->removeDecl(TD); 9479 TD->setDeclContext(NewFD); 9480 NewFD->addDecl(TD); 9481 9482 // Preserve the lexical DeclContext if it is not the surrounding tag 9483 // injection context of the FD. In this example, the semantic context of 9484 // E will be f and the lexical context will be S, while both the 9485 // semantic and lexical contexts of S will be f: 9486 // void f(struct S { enum E { a } f; } s); 9487 if (TagDC != PrototypeTagContext) 9488 TD->setLexicalDeclContext(TagDC); 9489 } 9490 } 9491 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 9492 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 9493 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 9494 // parameters for use in the declaration. 9495 // 9496 // @code 9497 // typedef void fn(int); 9498 // fn f; 9499 // @endcode 9500 9501 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 9502 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 9503 ParmVarDecl *Param = 9504 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 9505 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 9506 Params.push_back(Param); 9507 } 9508 } else { 9509 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 9510 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 9511 } 9512 9513 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 9514 NewFD->setParams(Params); 9515 9516 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 9517 NewFD->addAttr(C11NoReturnAttr::Create(Context, 9518 D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 9519 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Keyword)); 9520 9521 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 9522 // because all functions have linkage. 9523 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 9524 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 9525 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 9526 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9527 } 9528 9529 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section text' is active 9530 if (PragmaClangTextSection.Valid && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 9531 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) 9532 NewFD->addAttr(PragmaClangTextSectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 9533 Context, PragmaClangTextSection.SectionName, 9534 PragmaClangTextSection.PragmaLocation, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma)); 9535 9536 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 9537 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 9538 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 9539 NewFD->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 9540 Context, CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 9541 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma, 9542 SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate)); 9543 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 9544 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 9545 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 9546 NewFD)) 9547 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 9548 } 9549 9550 // Apply an implicit CodeSegAttr from class declspec or 9551 // apply an implicit SectionAttr from #pragma code_seg if active. 9552 if (!NewFD->hasAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) { 9553 if (Attr *SAttr = getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(NewFD, 9554 D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 9555 NewFD->addAttr(SAttr); 9556 } 9557 } 9558 9559 // Handle attributes. 9560 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 9561 9562 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 9563 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 9564 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 9565 LangAS AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 9566 if (AddressSpace != LangAS::Default) { 9567 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9568 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 9569 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9570 } 9571 } 9572 9573 if (LangOpts.SYCLIsDevice || (LangOpts.OpenMP && LangOpts.OpenMPIsDevice)) 9574 checkDeviceDecl(NewFD, D.getBeginLoc()); 9575 9576 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9577 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 9578 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 9579 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 9580 9581 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 9582 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 9583 9584 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9585 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 9586 isMemberSpecialization)); 9587 else if (!Previous.empty()) 9588 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 9589 D.setRedeclaration(true); 9590 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 9591 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 9592 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 9593 9594 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 9595 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 9596 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 9597 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 9598 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 9599 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 9600 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 9601 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 9602 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 9603 int DiagID = 9604 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 9605 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 9606 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 9607 } 9608 } 9609 9610 if (NewFD->getReturnType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() || 9611 NewFD->getReturnType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) 9612 checkNonTrivialCUnion(NewFD->getReturnType(), 9613 NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange().getBegin(), 9614 NTCUC_FunctionReturn, NTCUK_Destruct|NTCUK_Copy); 9615 } else { 9616 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 9617 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 9618 // 9619 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 9620 // 9621 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 9622 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 9623 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 9624 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 9625 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 9626 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 9627 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 9628 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 9629 9630 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 9631 // argument list into our AST format. 9632 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { 9633 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 9634 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 9635 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 9636 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 9637 TemplateId->NumArgs); 9638 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 9639 TemplateArgs); 9640 9641 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 9642 9643 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9644 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 9645 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 9646 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 9647 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 9648 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 9649 9650 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 9651 } else { 9652 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 9653 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 9654 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 9655 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 9656 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 9657 } 9658 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 9659 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 9660 // wrote something like: 9661 // template <> friend void foo(int); 9662 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 9663 // friend void foo<>(int); 9664 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 9665 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 9666 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 9667 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 9668 } 9669 9670 // We do not add HD attributes to specializations here because 9671 // they may have different constexpr-ness compared to their 9672 // templates and, after maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs() is applied, 9673 // may end up with different effective targets. Instead, a 9674 // specialization inherits its target attributes from its template 9675 // in the CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization() call below. 9676 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) 9677 maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(NewFD, Previous); 9678 9679 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 9680 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 9681 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 9682 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 9683 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 9684 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 9685 TemplateSpecializationType::anyInstantiationDependentTemplateArguments( 9686 TemplateArgs.arguments()))) { 9687 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 9688 "friend function specialization without template args"); 9689 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 9690 Previous)) 9691 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9692 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 9693 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 9694 && !isFriend) { 9695 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 9696 } else if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 9697 CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 9698 NewFD, (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : nullptr), 9699 Previous)) 9700 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9701 9702 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 9703 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 9704 // specialization (14.7.3) 9705 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 9706 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 9707 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 9708 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 9709 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9710 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 9711 << SC 9712 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 9713 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 9714 9715 else 9716 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9717 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 9718 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 9719 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 9720 } 9721 } else if (isMemberSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 9722 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 9723 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9724 } 9725 9726 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 9727 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 9728 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 9729 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 9730 9731 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 9732 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 9733 9734 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9735 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 9736 isMemberSpecialization)); 9737 else if (!Previous.empty()) 9738 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 9739 D.setRedeclaration(true); 9740 } 9741 9742 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 9743 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 9744 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 9745 9746 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 9747 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 9748 : NewFD); 9749 9750 if (isFriend && NewFD->getPreviousDecl()) { 9751 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 9752 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9753 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 9754 9755 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 9756 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 9757 } 9758 9759 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 9760 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 9761 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 9762 9763 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 9764 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 9765 if (FunctionTemplate) { 9766 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 9767 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 9768 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 9769 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 9770 : nullptr, 9771 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 9772 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 9773 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 9774 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 9775 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 9776 DC && DC->isRecord() && 9777 DC->isDependentContext()) 9778 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 9779 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 9780 } 9781 9782 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9783 // Ignore all the rest of this. 9784 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 9785 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 9786 AddToScope }; 9787 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 9788 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 9789 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 9790 9791 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 9792 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 9793 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 9794 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 9795 9796 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 9797 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 9798 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 9799 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 9800 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 9801 // can actually do this check immediately. 9802 // 9803 // Unless the scope is dependent, it's always an error if qualified 9804 // redeclaration lookup found nothing at all. Diagnose that now; 9805 // nothing will diagnose that error later. 9806 if (isFriend && 9807 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 9808 (!Previous.empty() && CurContext->isDependentContext()))) { 9809 // ignore these 9810 } else if (NewFD->isCPUDispatchMultiVersion() || 9811 NewFD->isCPUSpecificMultiVersion()) { 9812 // ignore this, we allow the redeclaration behavior here to create new 9813 // versions of the function. 9814 } else { 9815 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 9816 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 9817 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 9818 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 9819 // 9820 // class X { 9821 // void f() const; 9822 // }; 9823 // 9824 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 9825 // 9826 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 9827 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 9828 // whether the parameter types are references). 9829 9830 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 9831 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 9832 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 9833 return Result; 9834 } 9835 } 9836 9837 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 9838 // to something. 9839 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 9840 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 9841 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 9842 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 9843 return Result; 9844 } 9845 } 9846 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 9847 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 9848 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 9849 !isMemberSpecialization) { 9850 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 9851 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 9852 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 9853 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 9854 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 9855 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 9856 // generate them. 9857 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 9858 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 9859 } 9860 } 9861 9862 // If this is the first declaration of a library builtin function, add 9863 // attributes as appropriate. 9864 if (!D.isRedeclaration() && 9865 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) { 9866 if (IdentifierInfo *II = Previous.getLookupName().getAsIdentifierInfo()) { 9867 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) { 9868 if (NewFD->getLanguageLinkage() == CLanguageLinkage) { 9869 // Validate the type matches unless this builtin is specified as 9870 // matching regardless of its declared type. 9871 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.allowTypeMismatch(BuiltinID)) { 9872 NewFD->addAttr(BuiltinAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, BuiltinID)); 9873 } else { 9874 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 9875 LookupNecessaryTypesForBuiltin(S, BuiltinID); 9876 QualType BuiltinType = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 9877 9878 if (!Error && !BuiltinType.isNull() && 9879 Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec( 9880 NewFD->getType(), BuiltinType)) 9881 NewFD->addAttr(BuiltinAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, BuiltinID)); 9882 } 9883 } else if (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__GetExceptionInfo && 9884 Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 9885 // FIXME: We should consider this a builtin only in the std namespace. 9886 NewFD->addAttr(BuiltinAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, BuiltinID)); 9887 } 9888 } 9889 } 9890 } 9891 9892 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 9893 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 9894 9895 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 9896 9897 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 9898 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 9899 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9900 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 9901 << NewFD; 9902 9903 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 9904 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 9905 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 9906 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 9907 EPI.Variadic = true; 9908 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 9909 9910 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 9911 NewFD->setType(R); 9912 } 9913 9914 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 9915 // member, set the visibility of this function. 9916 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 9917 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 9918 9919 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 9920 // marking the function. 9921 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 9922 9923 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 9924 // a pragma. 9925 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 9926 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 9927 9928 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 9929 // the map of such variables. 9930 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 9931 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 9932 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 9933 9934 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 9935 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 9936 9937 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 9938 NamedDecl *Prev = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 9939 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(*this, Prev, NewFD, 9940 isMemberSpecialization || 9941 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization, 9942 D.isFunctionDefinition()); 9943 } 9944 9945 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 9946 IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier(); 9947 if (II && II->isStr(getCudaConfigureFuncName()) && 9948 !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 9949 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 9950 if (!R->castAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 9951 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return) 9952 << getCudaConfigureFuncName(); 9953 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 9954 } 9955 9956 // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed 9957 // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed 9958 // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions. 9959 if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() && 9960 (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 9961 NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) && 9962 !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() && 9963 !D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 9964 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn); 9965 } 9966 } 9967 9968 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 9969 9970 9971 9972 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 9973 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 9974 if (SC == SC_Static) { 9975 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 9976 D.setInvalidType(); 9977 } 9978 9979 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 9980 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 9981 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9982 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 9983 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 9984 : FixItHint()); 9985 D.setInvalidType(); 9986 } 9987 9988 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 9989 for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters()) 9990 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 9991 9992 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) { 9993 if (DC->isRecord()) { 9994 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_method_kernel); 9995 D.setInvalidType(); 9996 } 9997 if (FunctionTemplate) { 9998 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_kernel); 9999 D.setInvalidType(); 10000 } 10001 } 10002 } 10003 10004 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10005 if (FunctionTemplate) { 10006 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 10007 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 10008 return FunctionTemplate; 10009 } 10010 10011 if (isMemberSpecialization && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 10012 CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous); 10013 } 10014 10015 for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) { 10016 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 10017 10018 // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value 10019 // types. 10020 if (getLangOpts().getOpenCLCompatibleVersion() >= 200) { 10021 if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) { 10022 QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType(); 10023 if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) { 10024 Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type ); 10025 D.setInvalidType(); 10026 } 10027 } 10028 } 10029 } 10030 10031 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 10032 // The actual specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 10033 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 10034 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 10035 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 10036 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 10037 Context, CurContext, NewFD->getLocation(), 10038 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 10039 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 10040 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 10041 AddToScope = false; 10042 } 10043 10044 // Diagnose availability attributes. Availability cannot be used on functions 10045 // that are run during load/unload. 10046 if (const auto *attr = NewFD->getAttr<AvailabilityAttr>()) { 10047 if (NewFD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>()) { 10048 Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_availability_on_static_initializer) 10049 << 1; 10050 NewFD->dropAttr<AvailabilityAttr>(); 10051 } 10052 if (NewFD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) { 10053 Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_availability_on_static_initializer) 10054 << 2; 10055 NewFD->dropAttr<AvailabilityAttr>(); 10056 } 10057 } 10058 10059 // Diagnose no_builtin attribute on function declaration that are not a 10060 // definition. 10061 // FIXME: We should really be doing this in 10062 // SemaDeclAttr.cpp::handleNoBuiltinAttr, unfortunately we only have access to 10063 // the FunctionDecl and at this point of the code 10064 // FunctionDecl::isThisDeclarationADefinition() which always returns `false` 10065 // because Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef has not been called yet. 10066 if (const auto *NBA = NewFD->getAttr<NoBuiltinAttr>()) 10067 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 10068 case FunctionDefinitionKind::Defaulted: 10069 case FunctionDefinitionKind::Deleted: 10070 Diag(NBA->getLocation(), 10071 diag::err_attribute_no_builtin_on_defaulted_deleted_function) 10072 << NBA->getSpelling(); 10073 break; 10074 case FunctionDefinitionKind::Declaration: 10075 Diag(NBA->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_no_builtin_on_non_definition) 10076 << NBA->getSpelling(); 10077 break; 10078 case FunctionDefinitionKind::Definition: 10079 break; 10080 } 10081 10082 return NewFD; 10083 } 10084 10085 /// Return a CodeSegAttr from a containing class. The Microsoft docs say 10086 /// when __declspec(code_seg) "is applied to a class, all member functions of 10087 /// the class and nested classes -- this includes compiler-generated special 10088 /// member functions -- are put in the specified segment." 10089 /// The actual behavior is a little more complicated. The Microsoft compiler 10090 /// won't check outer classes if there is an active value from #pragma code_seg. 10091 /// The CodeSeg is always applied from the direct parent but only from outer 10092 /// classes when the #pragma code_seg stack is empty. See: 10093 /// https://reviews.llvm.org/D22931, the Microsoft feedback page is no longer 10094 /// available since MS has removed the page. 10095 static Attr *getImplicitCodeSegAttrFromClass(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD) { 10096 const auto *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 10097 if (!Method) 10098 return nullptr; 10099 const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = Method->getParent(); 10100 if (const auto *SAttr = Parent->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) { 10101 Attr *NewAttr = SAttr->clone(S.getASTContext()); 10102 NewAttr->setImplicit(true); 10103 return NewAttr; 10104 } 10105 10106 // The Microsoft compiler won't check outer classes for the CodeSeg 10107 // when the #pragma code_seg stack is active. 10108 if (S.CodeSegStack.CurrentValue) 10109 return nullptr; 10110 10111 while ((Parent = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Parent->getParent()))) { 10112 if (const auto *SAttr = Parent->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) { 10113 Attr *NewAttr = SAttr->clone(S.getASTContext()); 10114 NewAttr->setImplicit(true); 10115 return NewAttr; 10116 } 10117 } 10118 return nullptr; 10119 } 10120 10121 /// Returns an implicit CodeSegAttr if a __declspec(code_seg) is found on a 10122 /// containing class. Otherwise it will return implicit SectionAttr if the 10123 /// function is a definition and there is an active value on CodeSegStack 10124 /// (from the current #pragma code-seg value). 10125 /// 10126 /// \param FD Function being declared. 10127 /// \param IsDefinition Whether it is a definition or just a declarartion. 10128 /// \returns A CodeSegAttr or SectionAttr to apply to the function or 10129 /// nullptr if no attribute should be added. 10130 Attr *Sema::getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 10131 bool IsDefinition) { 10132 if (Attr *A = getImplicitCodeSegAttrFromClass(*this, FD)) 10133 return A; 10134 if (!FD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && IsDefinition && 10135 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue) 10136 return SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 10137 getASTContext(), CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 10138 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma, 10139 SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate); 10140 return nullptr; 10141 } 10142 10143 /// Determines if we can perform a correct type check for \p D as a 10144 /// redeclaration of \p PrevDecl. If not, we can generally still perform a 10145 /// best-effort check. 10146 /// 10147 /// \param NewD The new declaration. 10148 /// \param OldD The old declaration. 10149 /// \param NewT The portion of the type of the new declaration to check. 10150 /// \param OldT The portion of the type of the old declaration to check. 10151 bool Sema::canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(ValueDecl *NewD, ValueDecl *OldD, 10152 QualType NewT, QualType OldT) { 10153 if (!NewD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 10154 return true; 10155 10156 // For dependently-typed local extern declarations and friends, we can't 10157 // perform a correct type check in general until instantiation: 10158 // 10159 // int f(); 10160 // template<typename T> void g() { T f(); } 10161 // 10162 // (valid if g() is only instantiated with T = int). 10163 if (NewT->isDependentType() && 10164 (NewD->isLocalExternDecl() || NewD->getFriendObjectKind())) 10165 return false; 10166 10167 // Similarly, if the previous declaration was a dependent local extern 10168 // declaration, we don't really know its type yet. 10169 if (OldT->isDependentType() && OldD->isLocalExternDecl()) 10170 return false; 10171 10172 return true; 10173 } 10174 10175 /// Checks if the new declaration declared in dependent context must be 10176 /// put in the same redeclaration chain as the specified declaration. 10177 /// 10178 /// \param D Declaration that is checked. 10179 /// \param PrevDecl Previous declaration found with proper lookup method for the 10180 /// same declaration name. 10181 /// \returns True if D must be added to the redeclaration chain which PrevDecl 10182 /// belongs to. 10183 /// 10184 bool Sema::shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *PrevDecl) { 10185 if (!D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 10186 return true; 10187 10188 // Don't chain dependent friend function definitions until instantiation, to 10189 // permit cases like 10190 // 10191 // void func(); 10192 // template<typename T> class C1 { friend void func() {} }; 10193 // template<typename T> class C2 { friend void func() {} }; 10194 // 10195 // ... which is valid if only one of C1 and C2 is ever instantiated. 10196 // 10197 // FIXME: This need only apply to function definitions. For now, we proxy 10198 // this by checking for a file-scope function. We do not want this to apply 10199 // to friend declarations nominating member functions, because that gets in 10200 // the way of access checks. 10201 if (D->getFriendObjectKind() && D->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 10202 return false; 10203 10204 auto *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D); 10205 auto *PrevVD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(PrevDecl); 10206 return !VD || !PrevVD || 10207 canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(VD, PrevVD, VD->getType(), 10208 PrevVD->getType()); 10209 } 10210 10211 /// Check the target attribute of the function for MultiVersion 10212 /// validity. 10213 /// 10214 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 10215 static bool CheckMultiVersionValue(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD) { 10216 const auto *TA = FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 10217 assert(TA && "MultiVersion Candidate requires a target attribute"); 10218 ParsedTargetAttr ParseInfo = TA->parse(); 10219 const TargetInfo &TargetInfo = S.Context.getTargetInfo(); 10220 enum ErrType { Feature = 0, Architecture = 1 }; 10221 10222 if (!ParseInfo.Architecture.empty() && 10223 !TargetInfo.validateCpuIs(ParseInfo.Architecture)) { 10224 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option) 10225 << Architecture << ParseInfo.Architecture; 10226 return true; 10227 } 10228 10229 for (const auto &Feat : ParseInfo.Features) { 10230 auto BareFeat = StringRef{Feat}.substr(1); 10231 if (Feat[0] == '-') { 10232 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option) 10233 << Feature << ("no-" + BareFeat).str(); 10234 return true; 10235 } 10236 10237 if (!TargetInfo.validateCpuSupports(BareFeat) || 10238 !TargetInfo.isValidFeatureName(BareFeat)) { 10239 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option) 10240 << Feature << BareFeat; 10241 return true; 10242 } 10243 } 10244 return false; 10245 } 10246 10247 // Provide a white-list of attributes that are allowed to be combined with 10248 // multiversion functions. 10249 static bool AttrCompatibleWithMultiVersion(attr::Kind Kind, 10250 MultiVersionKind MVType) { 10251 // Note: this list/diagnosis must match the list in 10252 // checkMultiversionAttributesAllSame. 10253 switch (Kind) { 10254 default: 10255 return false; 10256 case attr::Used: 10257 return MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target; 10258 case attr::NonNull: 10259 case attr::NoThrow: 10260 return true; 10261 } 10262 } 10263 10264 static bool checkNonMultiVersionCompatAttributes(Sema &S, 10265 const FunctionDecl *FD, 10266 const FunctionDecl *CausedFD, 10267 MultiVersionKind MVType) { 10268 bool IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType = 10269 MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch || 10270 MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific; 10271 const auto Diagnose = [FD, CausedFD, IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType]( 10272 Sema &S, const Attr *A) { 10273 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_disallowed_other_attr) 10274 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << A; 10275 if (CausedFD) 10276 S.Diag(CausedFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); 10277 return true; 10278 }; 10279 10280 for (const Attr *A : FD->attrs()) { 10281 switch (A->getKind()) { 10282 case attr::CPUDispatch: 10283 case attr::CPUSpecific: 10284 if (MVType != MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch && 10285 MVType != MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific) 10286 return Diagnose(S, A); 10287 break; 10288 case attr::Target: 10289 if (MVType != MultiVersionKind::Target) 10290 return Diagnose(S, A); 10291 break; 10292 default: 10293 if (!AttrCompatibleWithMultiVersion(A->getKind(), MVType)) 10294 return Diagnose(S, A); 10295 break; 10296 } 10297 } 10298 return false; 10299 } 10300 10301 bool Sema::areMultiversionVariantFunctionsCompatible( 10302 const FunctionDecl *OldFD, const FunctionDecl *NewFD, 10303 const PartialDiagnostic &NoProtoDiagID, 10304 const PartialDiagnosticAt &NoteCausedDiagIDAt, 10305 const PartialDiagnosticAt &NoSupportDiagIDAt, 10306 const PartialDiagnosticAt &DiffDiagIDAt, bool TemplatesSupported, 10307 bool ConstexprSupported, bool CLinkageMayDiffer) { 10308 enum DoesntSupport { 10309 FuncTemplates = 0, 10310 VirtFuncs = 1, 10311 DeducedReturn = 2, 10312 Constructors = 3, 10313 Destructors = 4, 10314 DeletedFuncs = 5, 10315 DefaultedFuncs = 6, 10316 ConstexprFuncs = 7, 10317 ConstevalFuncs = 8, 10318 }; 10319 enum Different { 10320 CallingConv = 0, 10321 ReturnType = 1, 10322 ConstexprSpec = 2, 10323 InlineSpec = 3, 10324 Linkage = 4, 10325 LanguageLinkage = 5, 10326 }; 10327 10328 if (NoProtoDiagID.getDiagID() != 0 && OldFD && 10329 !OldFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 10330 Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), NoProtoDiagID); 10331 Diag(NoteCausedDiagIDAt.first, NoteCausedDiagIDAt.second); 10332 return true; 10333 } 10334 10335 if (NoProtoDiagID.getDiagID() != 0 && 10336 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 10337 return Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), NoProtoDiagID); 10338 10339 if (!TemplatesSupported && 10340 NewFD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplate) 10341 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second) 10342 << FuncTemplates; 10343 10344 if (const auto *NewCXXFD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 10345 if (NewCXXFD->isVirtual()) 10346 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second) 10347 << VirtFuncs; 10348 10349 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewCXXFD)) 10350 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second) 10351 << Constructors; 10352 10353 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewCXXFD)) 10354 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second) 10355 << Destructors; 10356 } 10357 10358 if (NewFD->isDeleted()) 10359 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second) 10360 << DeletedFuncs; 10361 10362 if (NewFD->isDefaulted()) 10363 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second) 10364 << DefaultedFuncs; 10365 10366 if (!ConstexprSupported && NewFD->isConstexpr()) 10367 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second) 10368 << (NewFD->isConsteval() ? ConstevalFuncs : ConstexprFuncs); 10369 10370 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(NewFD->getType()); 10371 const auto *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 10372 QualType NewReturnType = NewType->getReturnType(); 10373 10374 if (NewReturnType->isUndeducedType()) 10375 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second) 10376 << DeducedReturn; 10377 10378 // Ensure the return type is identical. 10379 if (OldFD) { 10380 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(OldFD->getType()); 10381 const auto *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 10382 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 10383 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 10384 10385 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 10386 return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << CallingConv; 10387 10388 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 10389 10390 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) 10391 return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << ReturnType; 10392 10393 if (OldFD->getConstexprKind() != NewFD->getConstexprKind()) 10394 return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << ConstexprSpec; 10395 10396 if (OldFD->isInlineSpecified() != NewFD->isInlineSpecified()) 10397 return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << InlineSpec; 10398 10399 if (OldFD->getFormalLinkage() != NewFD->getFormalLinkage()) 10400 return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << Linkage; 10401 10402 if (!CLinkageMayDiffer && OldFD->isExternC() != NewFD->isExternC()) 10403 return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << LanguageLinkage; 10404 10405 if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 10406 OldFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), OldFD->getLocation(), 10407 NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), NewFD->getLocation())) 10408 return true; 10409 } 10410 return false; 10411 } 10412 10413 static bool CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *OldFD, 10414 const FunctionDecl *NewFD, 10415 bool CausesMV, 10416 MultiVersionKind MVType) { 10417 if (!S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().supportsMultiVersioning()) { 10418 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_supported); 10419 if (OldFD) 10420 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10421 return true; 10422 } 10423 10424 bool IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType = 10425 MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch || 10426 MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific; 10427 10428 if (CausesMV && OldFD && 10429 checkNonMultiVersionCompatAttributes(S, OldFD, NewFD, MVType)) 10430 return true; 10431 10432 if (checkNonMultiVersionCompatAttributes(S, NewFD, nullptr, MVType)) 10433 return true; 10434 10435 // Only allow transition to MultiVersion if it hasn't been used. 10436 if (OldFD && CausesMV && OldFD->isUsed(false)) 10437 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_after_used); 10438 10439 return S.areMultiversionVariantFunctionsCompatible( 10440 OldFD, NewFD, S.PDiag(diag::err_multiversion_noproto), 10441 PartialDiagnosticAt(NewFD->getLocation(), 10442 S.PDiag(diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here)), 10443 PartialDiagnosticAt(NewFD->getLocation(), 10444 S.PDiag(diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) 10445 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType), 10446 PartialDiagnosticAt(NewFD->getLocation(), 10447 S.PDiag(diag::err_multiversion_diff)), 10448 /*TemplatesSupported=*/false, 10449 /*ConstexprSupported=*/!IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType, 10450 /*CLinkageMayDiffer=*/false); 10451 } 10452 10453 /// Check the validity of a multiversion function declaration that is the 10454 /// first of its kind. Also sets the multiversion'ness' of the function itself. 10455 /// 10456 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 10457 /// 10458 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 10459 static bool CheckMultiVersionFirstFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD, 10460 MultiVersionKind MVType, 10461 const TargetAttr *TA) { 10462 assert(MVType != MultiVersionKind::None && 10463 "Function lacks multiversion attribute"); 10464 10465 // Target only causes MV if it is default, otherwise this is a normal 10466 // function. 10467 if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && !TA->isDefaultVersion()) 10468 return false; 10469 10470 if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && CheckMultiVersionValue(S, FD)) { 10471 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10472 return true; 10473 } 10474 10475 if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, nullptr, FD, true, MVType)) { 10476 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10477 return true; 10478 } 10479 10480 FD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10481 return false; 10482 } 10483 10484 static bool PreviousDeclsHaveMultiVersionAttribute(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 10485 for (const Decl *D = FD->getPreviousDecl(); D; D = D->getPreviousDecl()) { 10486 if (D->getAsFunction()->getMultiVersionKind() != MultiVersionKind::None) 10487 return true; 10488 } 10489 10490 return false; 10491 } 10492 10493 static bool CheckTargetCausesMultiVersioning( 10494 Sema &S, FunctionDecl *OldFD, FunctionDecl *NewFD, const TargetAttr *NewTA, 10495 bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious, 10496 LookupResult &Previous) { 10497 const auto *OldTA = OldFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 10498 ParsedTargetAttr NewParsed = NewTA->parse(); 10499 // Sort order doesn't matter, it just needs to be consistent. 10500 llvm::sort(NewParsed.Features); 10501 10502 // If the old decl is NOT MultiVersioned yet, and we don't cause that 10503 // to change, this is a simple redeclaration. 10504 if (!NewTA->isDefaultVersion() && 10505 (!OldTA || OldTA->getFeaturesStr() == NewTA->getFeaturesStr())) 10506 return false; 10507 10508 // Otherwise, this decl causes MultiVersioning. 10509 if (!S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().supportsMultiVersioning()) { 10510 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_supported); 10511 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10512 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10513 return true; 10514 } 10515 10516 if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, OldFD, NewFD, true, 10517 MultiVersionKind::Target)) { 10518 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10519 return true; 10520 } 10521 10522 if (CheckMultiVersionValue(S, NewFD)) { 10523 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10524 return true; 10525 } 10526 10527 // If this is 'default', permit the forward declaration. 10528 if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && !OldTA && NewTA->isDefaultVersion()) { 10529 Redeclaration = true; 10530 OldDecl = OldFD; 10531 OldFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10532 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10533 return false; 10534 } 10535 10536 if (CheckMultiVersionValue(S, OldFD)) { 10537 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); 10538 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10539 return true; 10540 } 10541 10542 ParsedTargetAttr OldParsed = OldTA->parse(std::less<std::string>()); 10543 10544 if (OldParsed == NewParsed) { 10545 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_duplicate); 10546 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10547 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10548 return true; 10549 } 10550 10551 for (const auto *FD : OldFD->redecls()) { 10552 const auto *CurTA = FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 10553 // We allow forward declarations before ANY multiversioning attributes, but 10554 // nothing after the fact. 10555 if (PreviousDeclsHaveMultiVersionAttribute(FD) && 10556 (!CurTA || CurTA->isInherited())) { 10557 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_required_in_redecl) 10558 << 0; 10559 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); 10560 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10561 return true; 10562 } 10563 } 10564 10565 OldFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10566 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10567 Redeclaration = false; 10568 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 10569 OldDecl = nullptr; 10570 Previous.clear(); 10571 return false; 10572 } 10573 10574 /// Check the validity of a new function declaration being added to an existing 10575 /// multiversioned declaration collection. 10576 static bool CheckMultiVersionAdditionalDecl( 10577 Sema &S, FunctionDecl *OldFD, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 10578 MultiVersionKind NewMVType, const TargetAttr *NewTA, 10579 const CPUDispatchAttr *NewCPUDisp, const CPUSpecificAttr *NewCPUSpec, 10580 bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious, 10581 LookupResult &Previous) { 10582 10583 MultiVersionKind OldMVType = OldFD->getMultiVersionKind(); 10584 // Disallow mixing of multiversioning types. 10585 if ((OldMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && 10586 NewMVType != MultiVersionKind::Target) || 10587 (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && 10588 OldMVType != MultiVersionKind::Target)) { 10589 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_types_mixed); 10590 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10591 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10592 return true; 10593 } 10594 10595 ParsedTargetAttr NewParsed; 10596 if (NewTA) { 10597 NewParsed = NewTA->parse(); 10598 llvm::sort(NewParsed.Features); 10599 } 10600 10601 bool UseMemberUsingDeclRules = 10602 S.CurContext->isRecord() && !NewFD->getFriendObjectKind(); 10603 10604 // Next, check ALL non-overloads to see if this is a redeclaration of a 10605 // previous member of the MultiVersion set. 10606 for (NamedDecl *ND : Previous) { 10607 FunctionDecl *CurFD = ND->getAsFunction(); 10608 if (!CurFD) 10609 continue; 10610 if (S.IsOverload(NewFD, CurFD, UseMemberUsingDeclRules)) 10611 continue; 10612 10613 if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target) { 10614 const auto *CurTA = CurFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 10615 if (CurTA->getFeaturesStr() == NewTA->getFeaturesStr()) { 10616 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10617 Redeclaration = true; 10618 OldDecl = ND; 10619 return false; 10620 } 10621 10622 ParsedTargetAttr CurParsed = CurTA->parse(std::less<std::string>()); 10623 if (CurParsed == NewParsed) { 10624 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_duplicate); 10625 S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10626 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10627 return true; 10628 } 10629 } else { 10630 const auto *CurCPUSpec = CurFD->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>(); 10631 const auto *CurCPUDisp = CurFD->getAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>(); 10632 // Handle CPUDispatch/CPUSpecific versions. 10633 // Only 1 CPUDispatch function is allowed, this will make it go through 10634 // the redeclaration errors. 10635 if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch && 10636 CurFD->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>()) { 10637 if (CurCPUDisp->cpus_size() == NewCPUDisp->cpus_size() && 10638 std::equal( 10639 CurCPUDisp->cpus_begin(), CurCPUDisp->cpus_end(), 10640 NewCPUDisp->cpus_begin(), 10641 [](const IdentifierInfo *Cur, const IdentifierInfo *New) { 10642 return Cur->getName() == New->getName(); 10643 })) { 10644 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10645 Redeclaration = true; 10646 OldDecl = ND; 10647 return false; 10648 } 10649 10650 // If the declarations don't match, this is an error condition. 10651 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cpu_dispatch_mismatch); 10652 S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10653 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10654 return true; 10655 } 10656 if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific && CurCPUSpec) { 10657 10658 if (CurCPUSpec->cpus_size() == NewCPUSpec->cpus_size() && 10659 std::equal( 10660 CurCPUSpec->cpus_begin(), CurCPUSpec->cpus_end(), 10661 NewCPUSpec->cpus_begin(), 10662 [](const IdentifierInfo *Cur, const IdentifierInfo *New) { 10663 return Cur->getName() == New->getName(); 10664 })) { 10665 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10666 Redeclaration = true; 10667 OldDecl = ND; 10668 return false; 10669 } 10670 10671 // Only 1 version of CPUSpecific is allowed for each CPU. 10672 for (const IdentifierInfo *CurII : CurCPUSpec->cpus()) { 10673 for (const IdentifierInfo *NewII : NewCPUSpec->cpus()) { 10674 if (CurII == NewII) { 10675 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cpu_specific_multiple_defs) 10676 << NewII; 10677 S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10678 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10679 return true; 10680 } 10681 } 10682 } 10683 } 10684 // If the two decls aren't the same MVType, there is no possible error 10685 // condition. 10686 } 10687 } 10688 10689 // Else, this is simply a non-redecl case. Checking the 'value' is only 10690 // necessary in the Target case, since The CPUSpecific/Dispatch cases are 10691 // handled in the attribute adding step. 10692 if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && 10693 CheckMultiVersionValue(S, NewFD)) { 10694 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10695 return true; 10696 } 10697 10698 if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, OldFD, NewFD, 10699 !OldFD->isMultiVersion(), NewMVType)) { 10700 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10701 return true; 10702 } 10703 10704 // Permit forward declarations in the case where these two are compatible. 10705 if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion()) { 10706 OldFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10707 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10708 Redeclaration = true; 10709 OldDecl = OldFD; 10710 return false; 10711 } 10712 10713 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10714 Redeclaration = false; 10715 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 10716 OldDecl = nullptr; 10717 Previous.clear(); 10718 return false; 10719 } 10720 10721 10722 /// Check the validity of a mulitversion function declaration. 10723 /// Also sets the multiversion'ness' of the function itself. 10724 /// 10725 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 10726 /// 10727 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 10728 static bool CheckMultiVersionFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 10729 bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 10730 bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious, 10731 LookupResult &Previous) { 10732 const auto *NewTA = NewFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 10733 const auto *NewCPUDisp = NewFD->getAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>(); 10734 const auto *NewCPUSpec = NewFD->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>(); 10735 10736 // Mixing Multiversioning types is prohibited. 10737 if ((NewTA && NewCPUDisp) || (NewTA && NewCPUSpec) || 10738 (NewCPUDisp && NewCPUSpec)) { 10739 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_types_mixed); 10740 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10741 return true; 10742 } 10743 10744 MultiVersionKind MVType = NewFD->getMultiVersionKind(); 10745 10746 // Main isn't allowed to become a multiversion function, however it IS 10747 // permitted to have 'main' be marked with the 'target' optimization hint. 10748 if (NewFD->isMain()) { 10749 if ((MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && NewTA->isDefaultVersion()) || 10750 MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch || 10751 MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific) { 10752 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_allowed_on_main); 10753 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10754 return true; 10755 } 10756 return false; 10757 } 10758 10759 if (!OldDecl || !OldDecl->getAsFunction() || 10760 OldDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != 10761 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) { 10762 // If there's no previous declaration, AND this isn't attempting to cause 10763 // multiversioning, this isn't an error condition. 10764 if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::None) 10765 return false; 10766 return CheckMultiVersionFirstFunction(S, NewFD, MVType, NewTA); 10767 } 10768 10769 FunctionDecl *OldFD = OldDecl->getAsFunction(); 10770 10771 if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::None) 10772 return false; 10773 10774 if (OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::None) { 10775 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_required_in_redecl) 10776 << (OldFD->getMultiVersionKind() != MultiVersionKind::Target); 10777 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10778 return true; 10779 } 10780 10781 // Handle the target potentially causes multiversioning case. 10782 if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target) 10783 return CheckTargetCausesMultiVersioning(S, OldFD, NewFD, NewTA, 10784 Redeclaration, OldDecl, 10785 MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous); 10786 10787 // At this point, we have a multiversion function decl (in OldFD) AND an 10788 // appropriate attribute in the current function decl. Resolve that these are 10789 // still compatible with previous declarations. 10790 return CheckMultiVersionAdditionalDecl( 10791 S, OldFD, NewFD, MVType, NewTA, NewCPUDisp, NewCPUSpec, Redeclaration, 10792 OldDecl, MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous); 10793 } 10794 10795 /// Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 10796 /// 10797 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 10798 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 10799 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 10800 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 10801 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 10802 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 10803 /// via InstantiateDecl). 10804 /// 10805 /// \param IsMemberSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 10806 /// a member specialization (that replaces any definition provided by the 10807 /// previous declaration). 10808 /// 10809 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 10810 /// 10811 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 10812 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 10813 LookupResult &Previous, 10814 bool IsMemberSpecialization) { 10815 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 10816 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 10817 10818 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 10819 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 10820 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 10821 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10822 !Previous.isShadowed(); 10823 10824 bool Redeclaration = false; 10825 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 10826 bool MayNeedOverloadableChecks = false; 10827 10828 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 10829 // the same name, if appropriate. 10830 if (!Previous.empty()) { 10831 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 10832 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 10833 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 10834 // function to the scope. 10835 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context, NewFD)) { 10836 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 10837 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 10838 Redeclaration = true; 10839 OldDecl = Candidate; 10840 } 10841 } else { 10842 MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true; 10843 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 10844 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 10845 case Ovl_Match: 10846 Redeclaration = true; 10847 break; 10848 10849 case Ovl_NonFunction: 10850 Redeclaration = true; 10851 break; 10852 10853 case Ovl_Overload: 10854 Redeclaration = false; 10855 break; 10856 } 10857 } 10858 } 10859 10860 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 10861 if (!Redeclaration && 10862 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 10863 if (!Previous.empty()) { 10864 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 10865 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 10866 Redeclaration = true; 10867 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 10868 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 10869 10870 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 10871 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() || 10872 NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 10873 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 10874 MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true; 10875 Redeclaration = false; 10876 OldDecl = nullptr; 10877 } 10878 } 10879 } 10880 } 10881 10882 if (CheckMultiVersionFunction(*this, NewFD, Redeclaration, OldDecl, 10883 MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous)) 10884 return Redeclaration; 10885 10886 // PPC MMA non-pointer types are not allowed as function return types. 10887 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPPC64() && 10888 CheckPPCMMAType(NewFD->getReturnType(), NewFD->getLocation())) { 10889 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10890 } 10891 10892 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 10893 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 10894 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 10895 // 10896 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 10897 // definition of a static member function. 10898 // 10899 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 10900 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 10901 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 10902 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 10903 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 10904 !isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD) && !MD->getMethodQualifiers().hasConst()) { 10905 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 10906 if (OldDecl) 10907 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 10908 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 10909 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 10910 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 10911 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 10912 EPI.TypeQuals.addConst(); 10913 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 10914 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 10915 10916 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 10917 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 10918 if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) { 10919 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 10920 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 10921 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 10922 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 10923 10924 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 10925 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 10926 } 10927 } 10928 } 10929 10930 if (Redeclaration) { 10931 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 10932 // merged. 10933 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 10934 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10935 return Redeclaration; 10936 } 10937 10938 Previous.clear(); 10939 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 10940 10941 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl = 10942 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 10943 auto *OldFD = OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl(); 10944 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 10945 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 10946 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 10947 10948 // The call to MergeFunctionDecl above may have created some state in 10949 // NewTemplateDecl that needs to be merged with OldTemplateDecl before we 10950 // can add it as a redeclaration. 10951 NewTemplateDecl->mergePrevDecl(OldTemplateDecl); 10952 10953 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldFD); 10954 if (NewFD->isCXXClassMember()) { 10955 NewFD->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 10956 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 10957 } 10958 10959 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 10960 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 10961 if (IsMemberSpecialization && 10962 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 10963 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 10964 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 10965 // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted 10966 // status from the parent member template that they are specializing. 10967 if (OldFD->isDeleted()) { 10968 // FIXME: This assert will not hold in the presence of modules. 10969 assert(OldFD->getCanonicalDecl() == OldFD); 10970 // FIXME: We need an update record for this AST mutation. 10971 OldFD->setDeletedAsWritten(false); 10972 } 10973 } 10974 10975 } else { 10976 if (shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(NewFD, OldDecl)) { 10977 auto *OldFD = cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 10978 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 10979 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldFD); 10980 if (NewFD->isCXXClassMember()) 10981 NewFD->setAccess(OldFD->getAccess()); 10982 } 10983 } 10984 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && MayNeedOverloadableChecks && 10985 !NewFD->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 10986 assert((Previous.empty() || 10987 llvm::any_of(Previous, 10988 [](const NamedDecl *ND) { 10989 return ND->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 10990 })) && 10991 "Non-redecls shouldn't happen without overloadable present"); 10992 10993 auto OtherUnmarkedIter = llvm::find_if(Previous, [](const NamedDecl *ND) { 10994 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND); 10995 return FD && !FD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 10996 }); 10997 10998 if (OtherUnmarkedIter != Previous.end()) { 10999 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 11000 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_multiple_unmarked_overloads); 11001 Diag((*OtherUnmarkedIter)->getLocation(), 11002 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload) 11003 << false; 11004 11005 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 11006 } 11007 } 11008 11009 if (LangOpts.OpenMP) 11010 ActOnFinishedFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPAssumeScope(NewFD); 11011 11012 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 11013 11014 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11015 // C++-specific checks. 11016 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 11017 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 11018 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 11019 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 11020 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 11021 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 11022 11023 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 11024 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 11025 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 11026 DeclarationName Name 11027 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 11028 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 11029 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 11030 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 11031 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11032 return Redeclaration; 11033 } 11034 } 11035 } else if (auto *Guide = dyn_cast<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) { 11036 if (auto *TD = Guide->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 11037 CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(TD); 11038 11039 // A deduction guide is not on the list of entities that can be 11040 // explicitly specialized. 11041 if (Guide->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) 11042 Diag(Guide->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_deduction_guide_specialized) 11043 << /*explicit specialization*/ 1; 11044 } 11045 11046 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 11047 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 11048 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 11049 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 11050 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 11051 AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method); 11052 } 11053 if (Method->isVirtual() && NewFD->getTrailingRequiresClause()) 11054 // C++2a [class.virtual]p6 11055 // A virtual method shall not have a requires-clause. 11056 Diag(NewFD->getTrailingRequiresClause()->getBeginLoc(), 11057 diag::err_constrained_virtual_method); 11058 11059 if (Method->isStatic()) 11060 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 11061 } 11062 11063 if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) 11064 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 11065 11066 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 11067 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 11068 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 11069 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11070 return Redeclaration; 11071 } 11072 11073 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 11074 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 11075 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 11076 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11077 return Redeclaration; 11078 } 11079 11080 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 11081 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 11082 // during delayed parsing anyway. 11083 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 11084 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 11085 11086 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 11087 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 11088 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 11089 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 11090 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 11091 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 11092 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 11093 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 11094 << NewFD << R; 11095 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 11096 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 11097 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 11098 } 11099 11100 // C++1z [dcl.fct]p6: 11101 // [...] whether the function has a non-throwing exception-specification 11102 // [is] part of the function type 11103 // 11104 // This results in an ABI break between C++14 and C++17 for functions whose 11105 // declared type includes an exception-specification in a parameter or 11106 // return type. (Exception specifications on the function itself are OK in 11107 // most cases, and exception specifications are not permitted in most other 11108 // contexts where they could make it into a mangling.) 11109 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && !NewFD->getPrimaryTemplate()) { 11110 auto HasNoexcept = [&](QualType T) -> bool { 11111 // Strip off declarator chunks that could be between us and a function 11112 // type. We don't need to look far, exception specifications are very 11113 // restricted prior to C++17. 11114 if (auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 11115 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 11116 else if (T->isAnyPointerType()) 11117 T = T->getPointeeType(); 11118 else if (auto *MPT = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 11119 T = MPT->getPointeeType(); 11120 if (auto *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 11121 if (FPT->isNothrow()) 11122 return true; 11123 return false; 11124 }; 11125 11126 auto *FPT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 11127 bool AnyNoexcept = HasNoexcept(FPT->getReturnType()); 11128 for (QualType T : FPT->param_types()) 11129 AnyNoexcept |= HasNoexcept(T); 11130 if (AnyNoexcept) 11131 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 11132 diag::warn_cxx17_compat_exception_spec_in_signature) 11133 << NewFD; 11134 } 11135 11136 if (!Redeclaration && LangOpts.CUDA) 11137 checkCUDATargetOverload(NewFD, Previous); 11138 } 11139 return Redeclaration; 11140 } 11141 11142 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 11143 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 11144 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 11145 // constexpr is ill-formed. 11146 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 11147 // appear in a declaration of main. 11148 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 11149 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 11150 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 11151 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 11152 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 11153 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 11154 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 11155 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 11156 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 11157 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 11158 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 11159 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 11160 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 11161 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 11162 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 11163 } 11164 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 11165 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 11166 << FD->isConsteval() 11167 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 11168 FD->setConstexprKind(ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified); 11169 } 11170 11171 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 11172 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 11173 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 11174 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11175 return; 11176 } 11177 11178 QualType T = FD->getType(); 11179 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 11180 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 11181 11182 // Set default calling convention for main() 11183 if (FT->getCallConv() != CC_C) { 11184 FT = Context.adjustFunctionType(FT, FT->getExtInfo().withCallingConv(CC_C)); 11185 FD->setType(QualType(FT, 0)); 11186 T = Context.getCanonicalType(FD->getType()); 11187 } 11188 11189 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11190 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 11191 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 11192 // implicit-return-zero rule. 11193 11194 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 11195 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 11196 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 11197 else { 11198 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 11199 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 11200 if (RTRange.isValid()) 11201 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 11202 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 11203 } 11204 } else { 11205 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 11206 // set the flag which tells us that. 11207 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 11208 11209 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 11210 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 11211 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 11212 else { 11213 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 11214 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 11215 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 11216 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 11217 : FixItHint()); 11218 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 11219 } 11220 } 11221 11222 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 11223 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 11224 11225 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 11226 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 11227 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 11228 11229 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 11230 11231 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 11232 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 11233 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 11234 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 11235 } 11236 11237 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 11238 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 11239 // getting shifty. 11240 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 11241 HasExtraParameters = false; 11242 11243 if (HasExtraParameters) { 11244 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 11245 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 11246 nparams = 3; 11247 } 11248 11249 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 11250 // if we had some location information about types. 11251 11252 QualType CharPP = 11253 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 11254 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 11255 11256 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 11257 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 11258 11259 bool mismatch = true; 11260 11261 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 11262 mismatch = false; 11263 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 11264 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 11265 // char const ** 11266 // char const * const * 11267 // char * const * 11268 11269 QualifierCollector qs; 11270 const PointerType* PT; 11271 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 11272 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 11273 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 11274 Context.CharTy)) { 11275 qs.removeConst(); 11276 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 11277 } 11278 } 11279 11280 if (mismatch) { 11281 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 11282 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 11283 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 11284 } 11285 } 11286 11287 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11288 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 11289 } 11290 11291 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 11292 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 11293 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11294 } 11295 } 11296 11297 static bool isDefaultStdCall(FunctionDecl *FD, Sema &S) { 11298 11299 // Default calling convention for main and wmain is __cdecl 11300 if (FD->getName() == "main" || FD->getName() == "wmain") 11301 return false; 11302 11303 // Default calling convention for MinGW is __cdecl 11304 const llvm::Triple &T = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple(); 11305 if (T.isWindowsGNUEnvironment()) 11306 return false; 11307 11308 // Default calling convention for WinMain, wWinMain and DllMain 11309 // is __stdcall on 32 bit Windows 11310 if (T.isOSWindows() && T.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86) 11311 return true; 11312 11313 return false; 11314 } 11315 11316 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 11317 QualType T = FD->getType(); 11318 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 11319 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 11320 11321 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 11322 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 11323 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 11324 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 11325 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 11326 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 11327 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 11328 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 11329 11330 // Explicity specified calling conventions are applied to MSVC entry points 11331 if (!hasExplicitCallingConv(T)) { 11332 if (isDefaultStdCall(FD, *this)) { 11333 if (FT->getCallConv() != CC_X86StdCall) { 11334 FT = Context.adjustFunctionType( 11335 FT, FT->getExtInfo().withCallingConv(CC_X86StdCall)); 11336 FD->setType(QualType(FT, 0)); 11337 } 11338 } else if (FT->getCallConv() != CC_C) { 11339 FT = Context.adjustFunctionType(FT, 11340 FT->getExtInfo().withCallingConv(CC_C)); 11341 FD->setType(QualType(FT, 0)); 11342 } 11343 } 11344 11345 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 11346 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 11347 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11348 } 11349 } 11350 11351 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 11352 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 11353 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 11354 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 11355 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 11356 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 11357 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 11358 // 11359 // Regular C++ code will not end up here (exceptions: language extensions, 11360 // OpenCL C++ etc), so the constant expression rules there don't matter. 11361 if (Init->isValueDependent()) { 11362 assert(Init->containsErrors() && 11363 "Dependent code should only occur in error-recovery path."); 11364 return true; 11365 } 11366 const Expr *Culprit; 11367 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 11368 return false; 11369 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 11370 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 11371 return true; 11372 } 11373 11374 namespace { 11375 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 11376 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 11377 class SelfReferenceChecker 11378 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 11379 Sema &S; 11380 Decl *OrigDecl; 11381 bool isRecordType; 11382 bool isPODType; 11383 bool isReferenceType; 11384 11385 bool isInitList; 11386 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 11387 11388 public: 11389 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 11390 11391 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 11392 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 11393 isPODType = false; 11394 isRecordType = false; 11395 isReferenceType = false; 11396 isInitList = false; 11397 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 11398 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 11399 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 11400 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 11401 } 11402 } 11403 11404 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 11405 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 11406 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 11407 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 11408 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 11409 if (!InitList) { 11410 Visit(E); 11411 return; 11412 } 11413 11414 // Track and increment the index here. 11415 isInitList = true; 11416 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 11417 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 11418 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 11419 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 11420 } 11421 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 11422 } 11423 11424 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no further checking is needed. 11425 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 11426 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 11427 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 11428 Expr *Base = E; 11429 bool ReferenceField = false; 11430 11431 // Get the field members used. 11432 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 11433 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 11434 if (!FD) 11435 return false; 11436 Fields.push_back(FD); 11437 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 11438 ReferenceField = true; 11439 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 11440 } 11441 11442 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 11443 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 11444 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 11445 return false; 11446 11447 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 11448 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 11449 return true; 11450 11451 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 11452 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 11453 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 11454 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 11455 11456 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 11457 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 11458 // initialized, then the use is safe. 11459 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 11460 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 11461 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 11462 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 11463 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 11464 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 11465 return true; 11466 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 11467 break; 11468 } 11469 11470 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 11471 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 11472 return true; 11473 } 11474 11475 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 11476 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 11477 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 11478 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 11479 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 11480 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 11481 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 11482 return; 11483 } 11484 11485 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 11486 Visit(CO->getCond()); 11487 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 11488 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 11489 return; 11490 } 11491 11492 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 11493 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 11494 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 11495 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 11496 return; 11497 } 11498 11499 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 11500 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 11501 return; 11502 } 11503 11504 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 11505 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 11506 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 11507 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 11508 return; 11509 } 11510 } 11511 11512 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 11513 if (isInitList) { 11514 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 11515 false /*CheckReference*/)) 11516 return; 11517 } 11518 11519 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 11520 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 11521 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 11522 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 11523 return; 11524 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 11525 } 11526 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 11527 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 11528 return; 11529 } 11530 11531 Visit(E); 11532 } 11533 11534 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 11535 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 11536 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 11537 if (isReferenceType) 11538 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 11539 } 11540 11541 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 11542 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 11543 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 11544 return; 11545 } 11546 11547 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 11548 } 11549 11550 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 11551 if (isInitList) { 11552 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 11553 return; 11554 } 11555 11556 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 11557 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 11558 11559 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 11560 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 11561 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 11562 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 11563 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 11564 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 11565 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 11566 Warn = false; 11567 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 11568 } 11569 11570 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 11571 if (Warn) 11572 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 11573 return; 11574 } 11575 11576 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 11577 // Visit that expression. 11578 Visit(Base); 11579 } 11580 11581 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 11582 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 11583 11584 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 11585 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 11586 11587 Visit(Callee); 11588 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 11589 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 11590 } 11591 11592 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 11593 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 11594 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 11595 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 11596 if (!isPODType) 11597 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 11598 return; 11599 } 11600 11601 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 11602 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 11603 return; 11604 } 11605 11606 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 11607 } 11608 11609 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {} 11610 11611 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 11612 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 11613 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 11614 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 11615 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 11616 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 11617 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 11618 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 11619 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 11620 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 11621 return; 11622 } 11623 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 11624 } 11625 11626 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 11627 // Treat std::move as a use. 11628 if (E->isCallToStdMove()) { 11629 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 11630 return; 11631 } 11632 11633 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 11634 } 11635 11636 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 11637 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 11638 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 11639 Visit(E->getRHS()); 11640 return; 11641 } 11642 11643 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 11644 } 11645 11646 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 11647 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 11648 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 11649 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 11650 Visit(E->getCond()); 11651 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 11652 } 11653 11654 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 11655 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 11656 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 11657 unsigned diag; 11658 if (isReferenceType) { 11659 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 11660 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 11661 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 11662 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 11663 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 11664 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 11665 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 11666 } else { 11667 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 11668 return; 11669 } 11670 11671 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getBeginLoc(), DRE, 11672 S.PDiag(diag) 11673 << DRE->getDecl() << OrigDecl->getLocation() 11674 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 11675 } 11676 }; 11677 11678 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 11679 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 11680 bool DirectInit) { 11681 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 11682 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 11683 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 11684 return; 11685 11686 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 11687 11688 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 11689 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 11690 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 11691 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 11692 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 11693 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 11694 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 11695 return; 11696 11697 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 11698 } 11699 } // end anonymous namespace 11700 11701 namespace { 11702 // Simple wrapper to add the name of a variable or (if no variable is 11703 // available) a DeclarationName into a diagnostic. 11704 struct VarDeclOrName { 11705 VarDecl *VDecl; 11706 DeclarationName Name; 11707 11708 friend const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder & 11709 operator<<(const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, VarDeclOrName VN) { 11710 return VN.VDecl ? Diag << VN.VDecl : Diag << VN.Name; 11711 } 11712 }; 11713 } // end anonymous namespace 11714 11715 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, 11716 DeclarationName Name, QualType Type, 11717 TypeSourceInfo *TSI, 11718 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, 11719 Expr *Init) { 11720 bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl; 11721 assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) && 11722 "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization"); 11723 11724 VarDeclOrName VN{VDecl, Name}; 11725 11726 DeducedType *Deduced = Type->getContainedDeducedType(); 11727 assert(Deduced && "deduceVarTypeFromInitializer for non-deduced type"); 11728 11729 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 11730 if (!Init) { 11731 assert(VDecl && "no init for init capture deduction?"); 11732 11733 // Except for class argument deduction, and then for an initializing 11734 // declaration only, i.e. no static at class scope or extern. 11735 if (!isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced) || 11736 VDecl->hasExternalStorage() || 11737 VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 11738 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 11739 << VDecl->getDeclName() << Type; 11740 return QualType(); 11741 } 11742 } 11743 11744 ArrayRef<Expr*> DeduceInits; 11745 if (Init) 11746 DeduceInits = Init; 11747 11748 if (DirectInit) { 11749 if (auto *PL = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 11750 DeduceInits = PL->exprs(); 11751 } 11752 11753 if (isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) { 11754 assert(VDecl && "non-auto type for init capture deduction?"); 11755 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 11756 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit( 11757 VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init); 11758 // FIXME: Initialization should not be taking a mutable list of inits. 11759 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> InitsCopy(DeduceInits.begin(), DeduceInits.end()); 11760 return DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(TSI, Entity, Kind, 11761 InitsCopy); 11762 } 11763 11764 if (DirectInit) { 11765 if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) 11766 DeduceInits = IL->inits(); 11767 } 11768 11769 // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression. 11770 if (DeduceInits.empty()) { 11771 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 11772 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 11773 Diag(Init->getBeginLoc(), IsInitCapture 11774 ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 11775 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 11776 << VN << Type << Range; 11777 return QualType(); 11778 } 11779 11780 if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) { 11781 Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getBeginLoc(), 11782 IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 11783 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 11784 << VN << Type << Range; 11785 return QualType(); 11786 } 11787 11788 Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0]; 11789 if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) { 11790 Diag(Init->getBeginLoc(), IsInitCapture 11791 ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces 11792 : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 11793 << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << VN << Type << Range; 11794 return QualType(); 11795 } 11796 11797 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 11798 bool DefaultedAnyToId = false; 11799 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 11800 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) { 11801 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 11802 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 11803 return QualType(); 11804 } 11805 Init = Result.get(); 11806 DefaultedAnyToId = true; 11807 } 11808 11809 // C++ [dcl.decomp]p1: 11810 // If the assignment-expression [...] has array type A and no ref-qualifier 11811 // is present, e has type cv A 11812 if (VDecl && isa<DecompositionDecl>(VDecl) && 11813 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, Context.getAutoDeductType()) && 11814 DeduceInit->getType()->isConstantArrayType()) 11815 return Context.getQualifiedType(DeduceInit->getType(), 11816 Type.getQualifiers()); 11817 11818 QualType DeducedType; 11819 if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) { 11820 if (!IsInitCapture) 11821 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 11822 else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) 11823 Diag(Range.getBegin(), 11824 diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list) 11825 << VN 11826 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 11827 : DeduceInit->getType()) 11828 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 11829 else 11830 Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure) 11831 << VN << TSI->getType() 11832 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 11833 : DeduceInit->getType()) 11834 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 11835 } 11836 11837 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 11838 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual 11839 // checks. 11840 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 11841 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 11842 if (!inTemplateInstantiation() && !DefaultedAnyToId && !IsInitCapture && 11843 !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 11844 SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 11845 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << VN << Range; 11846 } 11847 11848 return DeducedType; 11849 } 11850 11851 bool Sema::DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit, 11852 Expr *Init) { 11853 assert(!Init || !Init->containsErrors()); 11854 QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer( 11855 VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), 11856 VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init); 11857 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 11858 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11859 return true; 11860 } 11861 11862 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 11863 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 11864 11865 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 11866 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 11867 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11868 11869 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) 11870 deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(VDecl); 11871 11872 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 11873 // the previously declared type. 11874 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 11875 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 11876 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 11877 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false); 11878 } 11879 11880 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 11881 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 11882 return VDecl->isInvalidDecl(); 11883 } 11884 11885 void Sema::checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(const Expr *Init, 11886 SourceLocation Loc) { 11887 if (auto *EWC = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 11888 Init = EWC->getSubExpr(); 11889 11890 if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Init)) 11891 Init = CE->getSubExpr(); 11892 11893 QualType InitType = Init->getType(); 11894 assert((InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() || 11895 InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) && 11896 "shouldn't be called if type doesn't have a non-trivial C struct"); 11897 if (auto *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 11898 for (auto I : ILE->inits()) { 11899 if (!I->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() && 11900 !I->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) 11901 continue; 11902 SourceLocation SL = I->getExprLoc(); 11903 checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(I, SL.isValid() ? SL : Loc); 11904 } 11905 return; 11906 } 11907 11908 if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init)) { 11909 if (InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion()) 11910 checkNonTrivialCUnion(InitType, Loc, NTCUC_DefaultInitializedObject, 11911 NTCUK_Init); 11912 } else { 11913 // Assume all other explicit initializers involving copying some existing 11914 // object. 11915 // TODO: ignore any explicit initializers where we can guarantee 11916 // copy-elision. 11917 if (InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) 11918 checkNonTrivialCUnion(InitType, Loc, NTCUC_CopyInit, NTCUK_Copy); 11919 } 11920 } 11921 11922 namespace { 11923 11924 bool shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(const FieldDecl *FD) { 11925 // Ignore unavailable fields. A field can be marked as unavailable explicitly 11926 // in the source code or implicitly by the compiler if it is in a union 11927 // defined in a system header and has non-trivial ObjC ownership 11928 // qualifications. We don't want those fields to participate in determining 11929 // whether the containing union is non-trivial. 11930 return FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>(); 11931 } 11932 11933 struct DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor 11934 : DefaultInitializedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor, 11935 void> { 11936 using Super = 11937 DefaultInitializedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor, 11938 void>; 11939 11940 DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor( 11941 QualType OrigTy, SourceLocation OrigLoc, 11942 Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, Sema &S) 11943 : OrigTy(OrigTy), OrigLoc(OrigLoc), UseContext(UseContext), S(S) {} 11944 11945 void visitWithKind(QualType::PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind PDIK, QualType QT, 11946 const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11947 if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(QT)) 11948 return this->asDerived().visit(S.Context.getBaseElementType(AT), FD, 11949 InNonTrivialUnion); 11950 return Super::visitWithKind(PDIK, QT, FD, InNonTrivialUnion); 11951 } 11952 11953 void visitARCStrong(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, 11954 bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11955 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 11956 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 11957 << 1 << 0 << QT << FD->getName(); 11958 } 11959 11960 void visitARCWeak(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11961 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 11962 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 11963 << 1 << 0 << QT << FD->getName(); 11964 } 11965 11966 void visitStruct(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11967 const RecordDecl *RD = QT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 11968 if (RD->isUnion()) { 11969 if (OrigLoc.isValid()) { 11970 bool IsUnion = false; 11971 if (auto *OrigRD = OrigTy->getAsRecordDecl()) 11972 IsUnion = OrigRD->isUnion(); 11973 S.Diag(OrigLoc, diag::err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context) 11974 << 0 << OrigTy << IsUnion << UseContext; 11975 // Reset OrigLoc so that this diagnostic is emitted only once. 11976 OrigLoc = SourceLocation(); 11977 } 11978 InNonTrivialUnion = true; 11979 } 11980 11981 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 11982 S.Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 11983 << 0 << 0 << QT.getUnqualifiedType() << ""; 11984 11985 for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields()) 11986 if (!shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD)) 11987 asDerived().visit(FD->getType(), FD, InNonTrivialUnion); 11988 } 11989 11990 void visitTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {} 11991 11992 // The non-trivial C union type or the struct/union type that contains a 11993 // non-trivial C union. 11994 QualType OrigTy; 11995 SourceLocation OrigLoc; 11996 Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext; 11997 Sema &S; 11998 }; 11999 12000 struct DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor 12001 : DestructedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor, void> { 12002 using Super = 12003 DestructedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor, void>; 12004 12005 DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor( 12006 QualType OrigTy, SourceLocation OrigLoc, 12007 Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, Sema &S) 12008 : OrigTy(OrigTy), OrigLoc(OrigLoc), UseContext(UseContext), S(S) {} 12009 12010 void visitWithKind(QualType::DestructionKind DK, QualType QT, 12011 const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 12012 if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(QT)) 12013 return this->asDerived().visit(S.Context.getBaseElementType(AT), FD, 12014 InNonTrivialUnion); 12015 return Super::visitWithKind(DK, QT, FD, InNonTrivialUnion); 12016 } 12017 12018 void visitARCStrong(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, 12019 bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 12020 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 12021 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 12022 << 1 << 1 << QT << FD->getName(); 12023 } 12024 12025 void visitARCWeak(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 12026 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 12027 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 12028 << 1 << 1 << QT << FD->getName(); 12029 } 12030 12031 void visitStruct(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 12032 const RecordDecl *RD = QT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 12033 if (RD->isUnion()) { 12034 if (OrigLoc.isValid()) { 12035 bool IsUnion = false; 12036 if (auto *OrigRD = OrigTy->getAsRecordDecl()) 12037 IsUnion = OrigRD->isUnion(); 12038 S.Diag(OrigLoc, diag::err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context) 12039 << 1 << OrigTy << IsUnion << UseContext; 12040 // Reset OrigLoc so that this diagnostic is emitted only once. 12041 OrigLoc = SourceLocation(); 12042 } 12043 InNonTrivialUnion = true; 12044 } 12045 12046 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 12047 S.Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 12048 << 0 << 1 << QT.getUnqualifiedType() << ""; 12049 12050 for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields()) 12051 if (!shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD)) 12052 asDerived().visit(FD->getType(), FD, InNonTrivialUnion); 12053 } 12054 12055 void visitTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {} 12056 void visitCXXDestructor(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, 12057 bool InNonTrivialUnion) {} 12058 12059 // The non-trivial C union type or the struct/union type that contains a 12060 // non-trivial C union. 12061 QualType OrigTy; 12062 SourceLocation OrigLoc; 12063 Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext; 12064 Sema &S; 12065 }; 12066 12067 struct DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor 12068 : CopiedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor, false, void> { 12069 using Super = CopiedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor, false, void>; 12070 12071 DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor(QualType OrigTy, SourceLocation OrigLoc, 12072 Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, 12073 Sema &S) 12074 : OrigTy(OrigTy), OrigLoc(OrigLoc), UseContext(UseContext), S(S) {} 12075 12076 void visitWithKind(QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK, QualType QT, 12077 const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 12078 if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(QT)) 12079 return this->asDerived().visit(S.Context.getBaseElementType(AT), FD, 12080 InNonTrivialUnion); 12081 return Super::visitWithKind(PCK, QT, FD, InNonTrivialUnion); 12082 } 12083 12084 void visitARCStrong(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, 12085 bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 12086 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 12087 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 12088 << 1 << 2 << QT << FD->getName(); 12089 } 12090 12091 void visitARCWeak(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 12092 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 12093 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 12094 << 1 << 2 << QT << FD->getName(); 12095 } 12096 12097 void visitStruct(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 12098 const RecordDecl *RD = QT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 12099 if (RD->isUnion()) { 12100 if (OrigLoc.isValid()) { 12101 bool IsUnion = false; 12102 if (auto *OrigRD = OrigTy->getAsRecordDecl()) 12103 IsUnion = OrigRD->isUnion(); 12104 S.Diag(OrigLoc, diag::err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context) 12105 << 2 << OrigTy << IsUnion << UseContext; 12106 // Reset OrigLoc so that this diagnostic is emitted only once. 12107 OrigLoc = SourceLocation(); 12108 } 12109 InNonTrivialUnion = true; 12110 } 12111 12112 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 12113 S.Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 12114 << 0 << 2 << QT.getUnqualifiedType() << ""; 12115 12116 for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields()) 12117 if (!shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD)) 12118 asDerived().visit(FD->getType(), FD, InNonTrivialUnion); 12119 } 12120 12121 void preVisit(QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK, QualType QT, 12122 const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {} 12123 void visitTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {} 12124 void visitVolatileTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, 12125 bool InNonTrivialUnion) {} 12126 12127 // The non-trivial C union type or the struct/union type that contains a 12128 // non-trivial C union. 12129 QualType OrigTy; 12130 SourceLocation OrigLoc; 12131 Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext; 12132 Sema &S; 12133 }; 12134 12135 } // namespace 12136 12137 void Sema::checkNonTrivialCUnion(QualType QT, SourceLocation Loc, 12138 NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, 12139 unsigned NonTrivialKind) { 12140 assert((QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() || 12141 QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() || 12142 QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) && 12143 "shouldn't be called if type doesn't have a non-trivial C union"); 12144 12145 if ((NonTrivialKind & NTCUK_Init) && 12146 QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion()) 12147 DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor(QT, Loc, UseContext, *this) 12148 .visit(QT, nullptr, false); 12149 if ((NonTrivialKind & NTCUK_Destruct) && 12150 QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion()) 12151 DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor(QT, Loc, UseContext, *this) 12152 .visit(QT, nullptr, false); 12153 if ((NonTrivialKind & NTCUK_Copy) && QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) 12154 DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor(QT, Loc, UseContext, *this) 12155 .visit(QT, nullptr, false); 12156 } 12157 12158 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 12159 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 12160 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 12161 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) { 12162 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 12163 // the initializer. 12164 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 12165 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 12166 return; 12167 } 12168 12169 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 12170 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 12171 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 12172 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 12173 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 12174 return; 12175 } 12176 12177 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 12178 if (!VDecl) { 12179 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 12180 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 12181 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12182 return; 12183 } 12184 12185 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 12186 if (VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 12187 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 12188 // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a 12189 // TypoExpr. 12190 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 12191 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 12192 // There are unresolved typos in Init, just drop them. 12193 // FIXME: improve the recovery strategy to preserve the Init. 12194 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12195 return; 12196 } 12197 if (Res.get()->containsErrors()) { 12198 // Invalidate the decl as we don't know the type for recovery-expr yet. 12199 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12200 VDecl->setInit(Res.get()); 12201 return; 12202 } 12203 Init = Res.get(); 12204 12205 if (DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VDecl, DirectInit, Init)) 12206 return; 12207 } 12208 12209 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 12210 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 12211 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 12212 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12213 return; 12214 } 12215 12216 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 12217 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 12218 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 12219 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12220 return; 12221 } 12222 12223 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 12224 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 12225 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 12226 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 12227 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 12228 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 12229 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 12230 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 12231 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 12232 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12233 return; 12234 } 12235 12236 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 12237 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 12238 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12239 AbstractVariableType)) 12240 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12241 } 12242 12243 // If adding the initializer will turn this declaration into a definition, 12244 // and we already have a definition for this variable, diagnose or otherwise 12245 // handle the situation. 12246 if (VarDecl *Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) 12247 if (Def != VDecl && 12248 (!VDecl->isStaticDataMember() || VDecl->isOutOfLine()) && 12249 !VDecl->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() && 12250 checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, VDecl)) 12251 return; 12252 12253 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12254 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 12255 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 12256 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 12257 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 12258 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 12259 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 12260 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 12261 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 12262 // 12263 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 12264 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 12265 // declaration with an initializer. 12266 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 12267 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 12268 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 12269 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 12270 diag::note_previous_initializer) 12271 << 0; 12272 return; 12273 } 12274 12275 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 12276 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 12277 12278 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 12279 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12280 return; 12281 } 12282 } 12283 12284 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 12285 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 12286 if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 12287 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 12288 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12289 return; 12290 } 12291 12292 // The LoaderUninitialized attribute acts as a definition (of undef). 12293 if (VDecl->hasAttr<LoaderUninitializedAttr>()) { 12294 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_loader_uninitialized_cant_init); 12295 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12296 return; 12297 } 12298 12299 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 12300 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 12301 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 12302 12303 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 12304 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 12305 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 12306 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 12307 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 12308 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 12309 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12310 return; 12311 } 12312 Init = Result.get(); 12313 } 12314 12315 // Perform the initialization. 12316 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 12317 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 12318 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 12319 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit( 12320 VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init); 12321 12322 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 12323 if (CXXDirectInit) 12324 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 12325 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 12326 12327 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 12328 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 12329 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 12330 Args[Idx], VDecl, /*RecoverUncorrectedTypos=*/true, 12331 [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 12332 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 12333 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 12334 }); 12335 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 12336 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12337 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 12338 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 12339 } 12340 } 12341 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 12342 return; 12343 12344 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, 12345 /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false, 12346 /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false); 12347 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 12348 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 12349 // If the provied initializer fails to initialize the var decl, 12350 // we attach a recovery expr for better recovery. 12351 auto RecoveryExpr = 12352 CreateRecoveryExpr(Init->getBeginLoc(), Init->getEndLoc(), Args); 12353 if (RecoveryExpr.get()) 12354 VDecl->setInit(RecoveryExpr.get()); 12355 return; 12356 } 12357 12358 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 12359 } 12360 12361 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 12362 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 12363 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 12364 // This is undefined behavior in C++, but valid in C. 12365 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12366 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 12367 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) 12368 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 12369 12370 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 12371 // completed by the initializer. For example: 12372 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 12373 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 12374 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 12375 VDecl->setType(DclT); 12376 12377 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 12378 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 12379 12380 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 12381 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 12382 12383 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 12384 // Although this code can still have problems: 12385 // id x = self.weakProp; 12386 // id y = self.weakProp; 12387 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 12388 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 12389 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 12390 if (FunctionScopeInfo *FSI = getCurFunction()) 12391 if ((VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong || 12392 VDecl->getType().isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(Context)) && 12393 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 12394 Init->getBeginLoc())) 12395 FSI->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 12396 } 12397 12398 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 12399 // 12400 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 12401 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 12402 // full-expression. For instance, in: 12403 // 12404 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 12405 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 12406 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 12407 // 12408 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 12409 ExprResult Result = 12410 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 12411 /*DiscardedValue*/ false, VDecl->isConstexpr()); 12412 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 12413 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12414 return; 12415 } 12416 Init = Result.get(); 12417 12418 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 12419 VDecl->setInit(Init); 12420 12421 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 12422 // Don't check the initializer if the declaration is malformed. 12423 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 12424 // do nothing 12425 12426 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5.3: __constant locals must be constant-initialized. 12427 // This is true even in C++ for OpenCL. 12428 } else if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 12429 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 12430 12431 // Otherwise, C++ does not restrict the initializer. 12432 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12433 // do nothing 12434 12435 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 12436 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 12437 } else if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 12438 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 12439 12440 // C89 is stricter than C99 for aggregate initializers. 12441 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 12442 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 12443 // constant expressions. 12444 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 12445 isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 12446 const Expr *Culprit; 12447 if (!Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) { 12448 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 12449 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 12450 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 12451 } 12452 } 12453 12454 if (auto *E = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 12455 if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) 12456 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 12457 BE->getBlockDecl()->setCanAvoidCopyToHeap(); 12458 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() && 12459 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 12460 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 12461 // 12462 // struct S { 12463 // static const int value = 17; 12464 // }; 12465 12466 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 12467 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 12468 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 12469 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 12470 // 12471 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 12472 // If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral 12473 // or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 12474 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause 12475 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 12476 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 12477 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 12478 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 12479 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 12480 12481 // Do nothing on dependent types. 12482 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 12483 12484 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 12485 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 12486 // type. 12487 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 12488 12489 // Require constness. 12490 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 12491 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 12492 << Init->getSourceRange(); 12493 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12494 12495 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 12496 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 12497 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 12498 SourceLocation Loc; 12499 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 12500 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 12501 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 12502 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 12503 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 12504 ; // Nothing to check. 12505 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 12506 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 12507 else if (Init->getType()->isScopedEnumeralType() && 12508 Init->isCXX11ConstantExpr(Context)) 12509 ; // Ok, it is a scoped-enum constant expression. 12510 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 12511 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 12512 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 12513 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 12514 << Init->getSourceRange(); 12515 } else { 12516 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 12517 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 12518 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 12519 << Init->getSourceRange(); 12520 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12521 } 12522 12523 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 12524 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 12525 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 12526 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 12527 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 12528 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 12529 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 12530 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 12531 Diag(VDecl->getBeginLoc(), 12532 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 12533 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getBeginLoc(), "constexpr "); 12534 } else { 12535 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 12536 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 12537 12538 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 12539 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 12540 << Init->getSourceRange(); 12541 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12542 } 12543 } 12544 12545 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 12546 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 12547 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 12548 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 12549 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getBeginLoc(), "constexpr "); 12550 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 12551 12552 } else { 12553 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 12554 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 12555 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12556 } 12557 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 12558 // In C, extern is typically used to avoid tentative definitions when 12559 // declaring variables in headers, but adding an intializer makes it a 12560 // definition. This is somewhat confusing, so GCC and Clang both warn on it. 12561 // In C++, extern is often used to give implictly static const variables 12562 // external linkage, so don't warn in that case. If selectany is present, 12563 // this might be header code intended for C and C++ inclusion, so apply the 12564 // C++ rules. 12565 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 12566 ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->hasAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) || 12567 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()) && 12568 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->isExternC()) && 12569 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 12570 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 12571 12572 // In Microsoft C++ mode, a const variable defined in namespace scope has 12573 // external linkage by default if the variable is declared with 12574 // __declspec(dllexport). 12575 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() && 12576 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->getType().isConstQualified() && 12577 VDecl->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>() && VDecl->getDefinition()) 12578 VDecl->setStorageClass(SC_Extern); 12579 12580 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 12581 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 12582 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 12583 } 12584 12585 QualType InitType = Init->getType(); 12586 if (!InitType.isNull() && 12587 (InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() || 12588 InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())) 12589 checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(Init, Init->getExprLoc()); 12590 12591 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 12592 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 12593 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 12594 // 12595 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 12596 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 12597 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 12598 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 12599 // special case code. 12600 12601 // C++ 8.5p11: 12602 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 12603 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 12604 // class type. 12605 if (CXXDirectInit) { 12606 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 12607 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 12608 } else if (DirectInit) { 12609 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 12610 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 12611 } 12612 12613 if (LangOpts.OpenMP && VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) 12614 DeclsToCheckForDeferredDiags.insert(VDecl); 12615 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 12616 } 12617 12618 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 12619 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 12620 /// of sanity. 12621 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 12622 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 12623 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 12624 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 12625 12626 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 12627 if (!VD) return; 12628 12629 // Bindings are not usable if we can't make sense of the initializer. 12630 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) 12631 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) 12632 BD->setInvalidDecl(); 12633 12634 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 12635 if (VD->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 12636 D->setInvalidDecl(); 12637 return; 12638 } 12639 12640 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 12641 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 12642 12643 // Require a complete type. 12644 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 12645 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 12646 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 12647 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 12648 return; 12649 } 12650 12651 // Require a non-abstract type. 12652 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 12653 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12654 AbstractVariableType)) { 12655 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 12656 return; 12657 } 12658 12659 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 12660 // though. 12661 } 12662 12663 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl) { 12664 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 12665 if (!RealDecl) 12666 return; 12667 12668 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 12669 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 12670 12671 // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that an initializer is mandatory. 12672 if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(RealDecl)) { 12673 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_requires_init) << Var; 12674 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12675 return; 12676 } 12677 12678 if (Type->isUndeducedType() && 12679 DeduceVariableDeclarationType(Var, false, nullptr)) 12680 return; 12681 12682 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 12683 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 12684 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 12685 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 12686 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 12687 // member. 12688 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 12689 !Var->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition()) { 12690 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) { 12691 // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always 12692 // a definition there. 12693 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && 12694 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 12695 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 12696 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 12697 << Var; 12698 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12699 return; 12700 } 12701 } else { 12702 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 12703 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12704 return; 12705 } 12706 } 12707 12708 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 12709 // be initialized. 12710 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 12711 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 12712 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 12713 bool HasConstExprDefaultConstructor = false; 12714 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = Var->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 12715 for (auto *Ctor : RD->ctors()) { 12716 if (Ctor->isConstexpr() && Ctor->getNumParams() == 0 && 12717 Ctor->getMethodQualifiers().getAddressSpace() == 12718 LangAS::opencl_constant) { 12719 HasConstExprDefaultConstructor = true; 12720 } 12721 } 12722 } 12723 if (!HasConstExprDefaultConstructor) { 12724 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 12725 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12726 return; 12727 } 12728 } 12729 12730 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && RealDecl->hasAttr<LoaderUninitializedAttr>()) { 12731 if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) { 12732 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_loader_uninitialized_extern_decl) 12733 << Var; 12734 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12735 return; 12736 } 12737 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Var->getType(), 12738 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 12739 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12740 return; 12741 } 12742 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = Var->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 12743 if (!RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) { 12744 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_loader_uninitialized_trivial_ctor); 12745 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12746 return; 12747 } 12748 } 12749 // The declaration is unitialized, no need for further checks. 12750 return; 12751 } 12752 12753 VarDecl::DefinitionKind DefKind = Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 12754 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && DefKind != VarDecl::DeclarationOnly && 12755 Var->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion()) 12756 checkNonTrivialCUnion(Var->getType(), Var->getLocation(), 12757 NTCUC_DefaultInitializedObject, NTCUK_Init); 12758 12759 12760 switch (DefKind) { 12761 case VarDecl::Definition: 12762 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 12763 break; 12764 12765 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 12766 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 12767 // a declaration. 12768 // 12769 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; 12770 12771 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 12772 // It's only a declaration. 12773 12774 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 12775 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 12776 // object shall be complete. 12777 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 12778 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 12779 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 12780 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 12781 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12782 12783 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 12784 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 12785 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 12786 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12787 AbstractVariableType)) 12788 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12789 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 12790 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 12791 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 12792 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 12793 } 12794 12795 if (Context.getTargetInfo().allowDebugInfoForExternalRef() && 12796 !Var->isInvalidDecl() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12797 ExternalDeclarations.push_back(Var); 12798 12799 return; 12800 12801 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 12802 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 12803 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 12804 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 12805 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 12806 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 12807 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 12808 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 12809 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 12810 if (RequireCompleteSizedType( 12811 Var->getLocation(), ArrayT->getElementType(), 12812 diag::err_array_incomplete_or_sizeless_type)) 12813 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12814 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 12815 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 12816 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 12817 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 12818 // NOTE: code such as the following 12819 // static struct s; 12820 // struct s { int a; }; 12821 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 12822 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 12823 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 12824 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 12825 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 12826 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 12827 } 12828 } 12829 12830 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 12831 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 12832 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 12833 return; 12834 } 12835 12836 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 12837 // definitions with incomplete array type. 12838 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 12839 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 12840 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 12841 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12842 return; 12843 } 12844 12845 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 12846 // definitions with reference type. 12847 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 12848 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 12849 << Var << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 12850 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12851 return; 12852 } 12853 12854 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 12855 // variable with dependent type. 12856 if (Type->isDependentType()) 12857 return; 12858 12859 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 12860 return; 12861 12862 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 12863 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 12864 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 12865 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 12866 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12867 return; 12868 } 12869 } else { 12870 return; 12871 } 12872 12873 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 12874 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 12875 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12876 AbstractVariableType)) { 12877 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12878 return; 12879 } 12880 12881 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 12882 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 12883 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 12884 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 12885 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 12886 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 12887 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 12888 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 12889 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 12890 // types and is declared without an initializer. 12891 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 12892 if (const RecordType *Record 12893 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12894 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 12895 // Mark the function (if we're in one) for further checking even if the 12896 // looser rules of C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can 12897 // diagnose incompatibilities with C++98. 12898 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 12899 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 12900 } 12901 } 12902 // In OpenCL, we can't initialize objects in the __local address space, 12903 // even implicitly, so don't synthesize an implicit initializer. 12904 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && 12905 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) 12906 return; 12907 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 12908 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 12909 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 12910 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 12911 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 12912 // type shall have a user-declared default 12913 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 12914 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 12915 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 12916 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 12917 // program is ill-formed. 12918 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 12919 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 12920 // default-initialized; [...]. 12921 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 12922 InitializationKind Kind 12923 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 12924 12925 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 12926 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 12927 12928 if (Init.get()) { 12929 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 12930 // This is important for template substitution. 12931 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 12932 } else if (Init.isInvalid()) { 12933 // If default-init fails, attach a recovery-expr initializer to track 12934 // that initialization was attempted and failed. 12935 auto RecoveryExpr = 12936 CreateRecoveryExpr(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation(), {}); 12937 if (RecoveryExpr.get()) 12938 Var->setInit(RecoveryExpr.get()); 12939 } 12940 12941 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 12942 } 12943 } 12944 12945 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 12946 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it. 12947 if (!D) 12948 return; 12949 12950 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 12951 if (!VD) { 12952 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 12953 D->setInvalidDecl(); 12954 return; 12955 } 12956 12957 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 12958 12959 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 12960 int Error = -1; 12961 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 12962 case SC_None: 12963 break; 12964 case SC_Extern: 12965 Error = 0; 12966 break; 12967 case SC_Static: 12968 Error = 1; 12969 break; 12970 case SC_PrivateExtern: 12971 Error = 2; 12972 break; 12973 case SC_Auto: 12974 Error = 3; 12975 break; 12976 case SC_Register: 12977 Error = 4; 12978 break; 12979 } 12980 12981 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier con't. 12982 switch (VD->getTSCSpec()) { 12983 case TSCS_thread_local: 12984 Error = 6; 12985 break; 12986 case TSCS___thread: 12987 case TSCS__Thread_local: 12988 case TSCS_unspecified: 12989 break; 12990 } 12991 12992 if (Error != -1) { 12993 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 12994 << VD << Error; 12995 D->setInvalidDecl(); 12996 } 12997 } 12998 12999 StmtResult 13000 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 13001 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 13002 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 13003 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 13004 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 13005 // A range-based for statement of the form 13006 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 13007 // is equivalent to 13008 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 13009 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 13010 13011 const char *PrevSpec; 13012 unsigned DiagID; 13013 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 13014 getPrintingPolicy()); 13015 13016 Declarator D(DS, DeclaratorContext::ForInit); 13017 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 13018 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 13019 13020 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/ false), 13021 IdentLoc); 13022 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 13023 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 13024 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 13025 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 13026 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 13027 } 13028 13029 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 13030 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 13031 13032 MaybeAddCUDAConstantAttr(var); 13033 13034 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 13035 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an 13036 // initialiser 13037 if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() && 13038 !var->hasInit()) { 13039 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 13040 << 1 /*Init*/; 13041 var->setInvalidDecl(); 13042 return; 13043 } 13044 } 13045 13046 // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 13047 // local retaining variable. 13048 if (getLangOpts().ObjC && 13049 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 13050 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 13051 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 13052 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 13053 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 13054 break; 13055 13056 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 13057 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 13058 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 13059 break; 13060 } 13061 } 13062 13063 if (var->hasLocalStorage() && 13064 var->getType().isDestructedType() == QualType::DK_nontrivial_c_struct) 13065 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 13066 13067 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 13068 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 13069 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 13070 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 13071 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 13072 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 13073 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 13074 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 13075 !var->isInline() && !var->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 13076 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(var) && 13077 !isTemplateInstantiation(var->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) && 13078 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 13079 var->getLocation())) { 13080 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 13081 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 13082 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 13083 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 13084 13085 if (!prev) { 13086 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 13087 Diag(var->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::note_static_for_internal_linkage) 13088 << /* variable */ 0; 13089 } 13090 } 13091 13092 // Cache the result of checking for constant initialization. 13093 Optional<bool> CacheHasConstInit; 13094 const Expr *CacheCulprit = nullptr; 13095 auto checkConstInit = [&]() mutable { 13096 if (!CacheHasConstInit) 13097 CacheHasConstInit = var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 13098 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &CacheCulprit); 13099 return *CacheHasConstInit; 13100 }; 13101 13102 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 13103 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 13104 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 13105 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 13106 // have a non-trivial destructor. 13107 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 13108 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 13109 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 13110 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit()) { 13111 if (!checkConstInit()) { 13112 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 13113 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 13114 // initialization. 13115 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 13116 Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 13117 << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange(); 13118 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 13119 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 13120 } 13121 } 13122 } 13123 13124 13125 if (!var->getType()->isStructureType() && var->hasInit() && 13126 isa<InitListExpr>(var->getInit())) { 13127 const auto *ILE = cast<InitListExpr>(var->getInit()); 13128 unsigned NumInits = ILE->getNumInits(); 13129 if (NumInits > 2) 13130 for (unsigned I = 0; I < NumInits; ++I) { 13131 const auto *Init = ILE->getInit(I); 13132 if (!Init) 13133 break; 13134 const auto *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Init->IgnoreImpCasts()); 13135 if (!SL) 13136 break; 13137 13138 unsigned NumConcat = SL->getNumConcatenated(); 13139 // Diagnose missing comma in string array initialization. 13140 // Do not warn when all the elements in the initializer are concatenated 13141 // together. Do not warn for macros too. 13142 if (NumConcat == 2 && !SL->getBeginLoc().isMacroID()) { 13143 bool OnlyOneMissingComma = true; 13144 for (unsigned J = I + 1; J < NumInits; ++J) { 13145 const auto *Init = ILE->getInit(J); 13146 if (!Init) 13147 break; 13148 const auto *SLJ = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Init->IgnoreImpCasts()); 13149 if (!SLJ || SLJ->getNumConcatenated() > 1) { 13150 OnlyOneMissingComma = false; 13151 break; 13152 } 13153 } 13154 13155 if (OnlyOneMissingComma) { 13156 SmallVector<FixItHint, 1> Hints; 13157 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumConcat - 1; ++i) 13158 Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 13159 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(SL->getStrTokenLoc(i)), ",")); 13160 13161 Diag(SL->getStrTokenLoc(1), 13162 diag::warn_concatenated_literal_array_init) 13163 << Hints; 13164 Diag(SL->getBeginLoc(), 13165 diag::note_concatenated_string_literal_silence); 13166 } 13167 // In any case, stop now. 13168 break; 13169 } 13170 } 13171 } 13172 13173 13174 QualType type = var->getType(); 13175 13176 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 13177 getCurFunction()->addByrefBlockVar(var); 13178 13179 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 13180 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 13181 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 13182 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 13183 bool HasConstInit = true; 13184 13185 // Check whether the initializer is sufficiently constant. 13186 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !type->isDependentType() && Init && 13187 !Init->isValueDependent() && 13188 (GlobalStorage || var->isConstexpr() || 13189 var->mightBeUsableInConstantExpressions(Context))) { 13190 // If this variable might have a constant initializer or might be usable in 13191 // constant expressions, check whether or not it actually is now. We can't 13192 // do this lazily, because the result might depend on things that change 13193 // later, such as which constexpr functions happen to be defined. 13194 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 13195 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 13196 // Prior to C++11, in contexts where a constant initializer is required, 13197 // the set of valid constant initializers is described by syntactic rules 13198 // in [expr.const]p2-6. 13199 // FIXME: Stricter checking for these rules would be useful for constinit / 13200 // -Wglobal-constructors. 13201 HasConstInit = checkConstInit(); 13202 13203 // Compute and cache the constant value, and remember that we have a 13204 // constant initializer. 13205 if (HasConstInit) { 13206 (void)var->checkForConstantInitialization(Notes); 13207 Notes.clear(); 13208 } else if (CacheCulprit) { 13209 Notes.emplace_back(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), 13210 PDiag(diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr)); 13211 Notes.back().second << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange(); 13212 } 13213 } else { 13214 // Evaluate the initializer to see if it's a constant initializer. 13215 HasConstInit = var->checkForConstantInitialization(Notes); 13216 } 13217 13218 if (HasConstInit) { 13219 // FIXME: Consider replacing the initializer with a ConstantExpr. 13220 } else if (var->isConstexpr()) { 13221 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 13222 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 13223 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 13224 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 13225 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 13226 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 13227 Notes.clear(); 13228 } 13229 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 13230 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 13231 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 13232 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 13233 } else if (GlobalStorage && var->hasAttr<ConstInitAttr>()) { 13234 auto *Attr = var->getAttr<ConstInitAttr>(); 13235 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_require_constant_init_failed) 13236 << Init->getSourceRange(); 13237 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_required_constant_init_here) 13238 << Attr->getRange() << Attr->isConstinit(); 13239 for (auto &it : Notes) 13240 Diag(it.first, it.second); 13241 } else if (IsGlobal && 13242 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 13243 var->getLocation())) { 13244 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 13245 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 13246 // warned about them. 13247 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 13248 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) { 13249 // checkConstInit() here permits trivial default initialization even in 13250 // C++11 onwards, where such an initializer is not a constant initializer 13251 // but nonetheless doesn't require a global constructor. 13252 if (!checkConstInit()) 13253 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 13254 << Init->getSourceRange(); 13255 } 13256 } 13257 } 13258 13259 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 13260 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 13261 !inTemplateInstantiation()) { 13262 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 13263 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Read; 13264 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) { 13265 if (HasConstInit) 13266 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 13267 else { 13268 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 13269 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 13270 } 13271 } else if (var->hasInit() && HasConstInit) { 13272 Stack = &DataSegStack; 13273 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 13274 } else { 13275 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 13276 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 13277 } 13278 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 13279 if (SA->getSyntax() == AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Declspec) 13280 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Implicit; 13281 UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var); 13282 } else if (Stack->CurrentValue) { 13283 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Implicit; 13284 auto SectionName = Stack->CurrentValue->getString(); 13285 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 13286 Context, SectionName, Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation, 13287 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate)); 13288 if (UnifySection(SectionName, SectionFlags, var)) 13289 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 13290 } 13291 13292 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 13293 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 13294 // attribute. 13295 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 13296 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 13297 CurInitSegLoc, 13298 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma)); 13299 } 13300 13301 // All the following checks are C++ only. 13302 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13303 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the 13304 // current module. 13305 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 13306 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 13307 return; 13308 } 13309 13310 // Require the destructor. 13311 if (!type->isDependentType()) 13312 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 13313 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 13314 13315 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the current 13316 // module. 13317 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 13318 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 13319 13320 // Build the bindings if this is a structured binding declaration. 13321 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(var)) 13322 CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DD); 13323 } 13324 13325 /// Check if VD needs to be dllexport/dllimport due to being in a 13326 /// dllexport/import function. 13327 void Sema::CheckStaticLocalForDllExport(VarDecl *VD) { 13328 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 13329 13330 auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 13331 13332 // Find outermost function when VD is in lambda function. 13333 while (FD && !getDLLAttr(FD) && 13334 !FD->hasAttr<DLLExportStaticLocalAttr>() && 13335 !FD->hasAttr<DLLImportStaticLocalAttr>()) { 13336 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(FD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 13337 } 13338 13339 if (!FD) 13340 return; 13341 13342 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 13343 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 13344 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 13345 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 13346 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 13347 } else if (Attr *A = FD->getAttr<DLLExportStaticLocalAttr>()) { 13348 auto *NewAttr = DLLExportAttr::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), *A); 13349 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 13350 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 13351 13352 // Export this function to enforce exporting this static variable even 13353 // if it is not used in this compilation unit. 13354 if (!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) 13355 FD->addAttr(NewAttr); 13356 13357 } else if (Attr *A = FD->getAttr<DLLImportStaticLocalAttr>()) { 13358 auto *NewAttr = DLLImportAttr::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), *A); 13359 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 13360 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 13361 } 13362 } 13363 13364 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 13365 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 13366 void Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 13367 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 13368 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 13369 13370 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 13371 if (!VD) 13372 return; 13373 13374 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section bss|data|rodata' is active 13375 if (VD->hasGlobalStorage() && VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 13376 !inTemplateInstantiation() && !VD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 13377 if (PragmaClangBSSSection.Valid) 13378 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangBSSSectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 13379 Context, PragmaClangBSSSection.SectionName, 13380 PragmaClangBSSSection.PragmaLocation, 13381 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma)); 13382 if (PragmaClangDataSection.Valid) 13383 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangDataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 13384 Context, PragmaClangDataSection.SectionName, 13385 PragmaClangDataSection.PragmaLocation, 13386 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma)); 13387 if (PragmaClangRodataSection.Valid) 13388 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangRodataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 13389 Context, PragmaClangRodataSection.SectionName, 13390 PragmaClangRodataSection.PragmaLocation, 13391 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma)); 13392 if (PragmaClangRelroSection.Valid) 13393 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangRelroSectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 13394 Context, PragmaClangRelroSection.SectionName, 13395 PragmaClangRelroSection.PragmaLocation, 13396 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma)); 13397 } 13398 13399 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(ThisDecl)) { 13400 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) { 13401 FinalizeDeclaration(BD); 13402 } 13403 } 13404 13405 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 13406 13407 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 13408 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 13409 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 13410 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 13411 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 13412 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 13413 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !VD->hasDependentAlignment()) { 13414 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 13415 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 13416 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 13417 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 13418 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 13419 } 13420 } 13421 } 13422 13423 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) 13424 CheckStaticLocalForDllExport(VD); 13425 13426 // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables. 13427 // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA 13428 // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__ 13429 // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows 13430 // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables. 13431 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 13432 checkAllowedCUDAInitializer(VD); 13433 13434 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 13435 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 13436 13437 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 13438 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 13439 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 13440 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 13441 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 13442 // with a warning. 13443 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 13444 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 13445 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 13446 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 13447 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 13448 13449 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 13450 IsClassTemplateMember 13451 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 13452 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 13453 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 13454 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 13455 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 13456 } 13457 } 13458 13459 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 13460 // isn't exported with the variable. 13461 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 13462 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 13463 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 13464 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 13465 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 13466 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 13467 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 13468 } else { 13469 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 13470 << DLLAttr; 13471 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 13472 } 13473 } 13474 13475 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 13476 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 13477 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored_on_non_definition) 13478 << Attr; 13479 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 13480 } 13481 } 13482 if (RetainAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<RetainAttr>()) { 13483 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 13484 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored_on_non_definition) 13485 << Attr; 13486 VD->dropAttr<RetainAttr>(); 13487 } 13488 } 13489 13490 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 13491 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 13492 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 13493 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 13494 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 13495 13496 // FIXME: Warn on unused var template partial specializations. 13497 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 13498 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 13499 13500 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 13501 // tag values. 13502 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 13503 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 13504 return; 13505 13506 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 13507 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 13508 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 13509 continue; 13510 } 13511 Optional<llvm::APSInt> MagicValueInt; 13512 if (!(MagicValueInt = MagicValueExpr->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context))) { 13513 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 13514 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 13515 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 13516 continue; 13517 } 13518 if (MagicValueInt->getActiveBits() > 64) { 13519 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 13520 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 13521 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 13522 continue; 13523 } 13524 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt->getZExtValue(); 13525 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 13526 MagicValue, 13527 I->getMatchingCType(), 13528 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 13529 I->getMustBeNull()); 13530 } 13531 } 13532 13533 static bool hasDeducedAuto(DeclaratorDecl *DD) { 13534 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DD); 13535 return VD && !VD->getType()->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType(); 13536 } 13537 13538 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 13539 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 13540 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 13541 13542 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 13543 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 13544 13545 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 13546 DecompositionDecl *FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 13547 bool DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = false; 13548 DeclaratorDecl *FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = nullptr; 13549 bool DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = false; 13550 13551 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13552 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 13553 // For declarators, there are some additional syntactic-ish checks we need 13554 // to perform. 13555 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) { 13556 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 13557 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 13558 if (!FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup) 13559 FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D); 13560 if (!FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && DS.hasAutoTypeSpec() && 13561 !hasDeducedAuto(DD)) 13562 FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = DD; 13563 13564 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup != DD) { 13565 // A decomposition declaration cannot be combined with any other 13566 // declaration in the same group. 13567 if (FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && !DiagnosedMultipleDecomps) { 13568 Diag(FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup->getLocation(), 13569 diag::err_decomp_decl_not_alone) 13570 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange() 13571 << DD->getSourceRange(); 13572 DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = true; 13573 } 13574 13575 // A declarator that uses 'auto' in any way other than to declare a 13576 // variable with a deduced type cannot be combined with any other 13577 // declarator in the same group. 13578 if (FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && !DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto) { 13579 Diag(FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getLocation(), 13580 diag::err_auto_non_deduced_not_alone) 13581 << FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getType() 13582 ->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() 13583 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange() 13584 << DD->getSourceRange(); 13585 DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = true; 13586 } 13587 } 13588 } 13589 13590 Decls.push_back(D); 13591 } 13592 } 13593 13594 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 13595 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 13596 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 13597 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && 13598 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13599 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 13600 } 13601 } 13602 13603 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls); 13604 } 13605 13606 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 13607 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 13608 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 13609 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 13610 // C++14 [dcl.spec.auto]p7: (DR1347) 13611 // If the type that replaces the placeholder type is not the same in each 13612 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 13613 if (Group.size() > 1) { 13614 QualType Deduced; 13615 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 13616 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13617 VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i]); 13618 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) 13619 break; 13620 DeducedType *DT = D->getType()->getContainedDeducedType(); 13621 if (!DT || DT->getDeducedType().isNull()) 13622 continue; 13623 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 13624 Deduced = DT->getDeducedType(); 13625 DeducedDecl = D; 13626 } else if (!Context.hasSameType(DT->getDeducedType(), Deduced)) { 13627 auto *AT = dyn_cast<AutoType>(DT); 13628 auto Dia = Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 13629 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 13630 << (AT ? (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() : 3) << Deduced 13631 << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() << DT->getDeducedType() 13632 << D->getDeclName(); 13633 if (DeducedDecl->hasInit()) 13634 Dia << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 13635 if (D->getInit()) 13636 Dia << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 13637 D->setInvalidDecl(); 13638 break; 13639 } 13640 } 13641 } 13642 13643 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 13644 13645 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 13646 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 13647 } 13648 13649 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 13650 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 13651 } 13652 13653 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 13654 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 13655 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 13656 return; 13657 13658 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 13659 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 13660 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 13661 Group[0]->getLocation())) 13662 return; 13663 13664 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 13665 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 13666 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 13667 // additional declaration references: 13668 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 13669 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 13670 // 'struct S *pS;' 13671 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 13672 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 13673 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 13674 Group = Group.slice(1); 13675 } 13676 } 13677 13678 // FIMXE: We assume every Decl in the group is in the same file. 13679 // This is false when preprocessor constructs the group from decls in 13680 // different files (e. g. macros or #include). 13681 Context.attachCommentsToJustParsedDecls(Group, &getPreprocessor()); 13682 } 13683 13684 /// Common checks for a parameter-declaration that should apply to both function 13685 /// parameters and non-type template parameters. 13686 void Sema::CheckFunctionOrTemplateParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 13687 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 13688 // parameter. 13689 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13690 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 13691 13692 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 13693 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 13694 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 13695 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 13696 } 13697 13698 // [dcl.meaning]p1: An unqualified-id occurring in a declarator-id shall be a 13699 // simple identifier except [...irrelevant cases...]. 13700 switch (D.getName().getKind()) { 13701 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier: 13702 break; 13703 13704 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 13705 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId: 13706 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 13707 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName: 13708 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName: 13709 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 13710 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName: 13711 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 13712 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 13713 break; 13714 13715 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId: 13716 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: 13717 // GetNameForDeclarator would not produce a useful name in this case. 13718 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name_template_id); 13719 break; 13720 } 13721 } 13722 13723 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 13724 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 13725 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 13726 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 13727 13728 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 13729 13730 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 13731 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 13732 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 13733 SC = SC_Register; 13734 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 13735 // In C++17, it is not allowed, but we tolerate it as an extension. 13736 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 13737 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 13738 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 13739 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 13740 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 13741 } 13742 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13743 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 13744 SC = SC_Auto; 13745 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 13746 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 13747 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 13748 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 13749 } 13750 13751 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 13752 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 13753 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 13754 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 13755 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 13756 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; 13757 if (DS.hasConstexprSpecifier()) 13758 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 13759 << 0 << static_cast<int>(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier()); 13760 13761 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 13762 13763 CheckFunctionOrTemplateParamDeclarator(S, D); 13764 13765 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13766 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 13767 13768 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 13769 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13770 if (II) { 13771 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 13772 ForVisibleRedeclaration); 13773 LookupName(R, S); 13774 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 13775 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 13776 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13777 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13778 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 13779 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13780 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13781 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 13782 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 13783 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13784 13785 // Recover by removing the name 13786 II = nullptr; 13787 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 13788 D.setInvalidType(true); 13789 } 13790 } 13791 } 13792 13793 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 13794 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 13795 // looking like class members in C++. 13796 ParmVarDecl *New = 13797 CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), D.getBeginLoc(), 13798 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, parmDeclType, TInfo, SC); 13799 13800 if (D.isInvalidType()) 13801 New->setInvalidDecl(); 13802 13803 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 13804 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 13805 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 13806 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 13807 13808 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 13809 S->AddDecl(New); 13810 if (II) 13811 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 13812 13813 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 13814 13815 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13816 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 13817 << 1 << New << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 13818 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 13819 13820 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 13821 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 13822 } 13823 13824 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) 13825 deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(New); 13826 13827 return New; 13828 } 13829 13830 /// Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 13831 /// typedef. 13832 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 13833 SourceLocation Loc, 13834 QualType T) { 13835 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 13836 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 13837 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 13838 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 13839 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 13840 SC_None, nullptr); 13841 Param->setImplicit(); 13842 return Param; 13843 } 13844 13845 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) { 13846 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 13847 // will already have done so in the template itself. 13848 if (inTemplateInstantiation()) 13849 return; 13850 13851 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 13852 if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() && 13853 !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 13854 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 13855 << Parameter->getDeclName(); 13856 } 13857 } 13858 } 13859 13860 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue( 13861 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) { 13862 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 13863 return; 13864 13865 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 13866 // threshold. 13867 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 13868 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 13869 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 13870 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) << D << Size; 13871 } 13872 13873 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 13874 // threshold. 13875 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 13876 QualType T = Parameter->getType(); 13877 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 13878 continue; 13879 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 13880 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 13881 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 13882 << Parameter << Size; 13883 } 13884 } 13885 13886 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 13887 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 13888 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 13889 StorageClass SC) { 13890 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 13891 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 13892 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 13893 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 13894 13895 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 13896 13897 // Special cases for arrays: 13898 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 13899 // - otherwise, it's an error 13900 if (T->isArrayType()) { 13901 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 13902 if (DelayedDiagnostics.shouldDelayDiagnostics()) 13903 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 13904 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 13905 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 13906 else 13907 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership) 13908 << TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 13909 } 13910 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 13911 } else { 13912 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 13913 } 13914 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 13915 } 13916 13917 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 13918 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 13919 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 13920 13921 // Make a note if we created a new pack in the scope of a lambda, so that 13922 // we know that references to that pack must also be expanded within the 13923 // lambda scope. 13924 if (New->isParameterPack()) 13925 if (auto *LSI = getEnclosingLambda()) 13926 LSI->LocalPacks.push_back(New); 13927 13928 if (New->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() || 13929 New->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) 13930 checkNonTrivialCUnion(New->getType(), New->getLocation(), 13931 NTCUC_FunctionParam, NTCUK_Destruct|NTCUK_Copy); 13932 13933 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 13934 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 13935 // the class has been completely parsed. 13936 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 13937 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13938 AbstractParamType)) 13939 New->setInvalidDecl(); 13940 13941 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 13942 // passed by reference. 13943 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 13944 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = 13945 getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getEndLoc()); 13946 Diag(NameLoc, 13947 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 13948 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 13949 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 13950 New->setType(T); 13951 } 13952 13953 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 13954 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 13955 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 13956 // an address space. 13957 if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default && 13958 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 13959 // to be qualified with an address space. 13960 !(getLangOpts().OpenCL && 13961 (T->isArrayType() || T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_private))) { 13962 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 13963 New->setInvalidDecl(); 13964 } 13965 13966 // PPC MMA non-pointer types are not allowed as function argument types. 13967 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPPC64() && 13968 CheckPPCMMAType(New->getOriginalType(), New->getLocation())) { 13969 New->setInvalidDecl(); 13970 } 13971 13972 return New; 13973 } 13974 13975 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 13976 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 13977 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 13978 13979 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 13980 // for a K&R function. 13981 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 13982 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 13983 --i; 13984 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 13985 SmallString<256> Code; 13986 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 13987 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 13988 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 13989 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 13990 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 13991 13992 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 13993 // type. 13994 AttributeFactory attrs; 13995 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 13996 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 13997 unsigned DiagID; // unused 13998 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 13999 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 14000 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 14001 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 14002 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 14003 Declarator ParamD(DS, DeclaratorContext::KNRTypeList); 14004 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 14005 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 14006 } 14007 } 14008 } 14009 } 14010 14011 Decl * 14012 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 14013 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 14014 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 14015 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 14016 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 14017 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 14018 14019 // Check if we are in an `omp begin/end declare variant` scope. If we are, and 14020 // we define a non-templated function definition, we will create a declaration 14021 // instead (=BaseFD), and emit the definition with a mangled name afterwards. 14022 // The base function declaration will have the equivalent of an `omp declare 14023 // variant` annotation which specifies the mangled definition as a 14024 // specialization function under the OpenMP context defined as part of the 14025 // `omp begin declare variant`. 14026 SmallVector<FunctionDecl *, 4> Bases; 14027 if (LangOpts.OpenMP && isInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope()) 14028 ActOnStartOfFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope( 14029 ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists, Bases); 14030 14031 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FunctionDefinitionKind::Definition); 14032 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 14033 Decl *Dcl = ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 14034 14035 if (!Bases.empty()) 14036 ActOnFinishedFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope(Dcl, Bases); 14037 14038 return Dcl; 14039 } 14040 14041 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) { 14042 Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D); 14043 } 14044 14045 static bool 14046 ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 14047 const FunctionDecl *&PossiblePrototype) { 14048 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 14049 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 14050 return false; 14051 14052 // Or declarations that aren't global. 14053 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 14054 return false; 14055 14056 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 14057 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 14058 return false; 14059 14060 // Don't warn about 'main'. 14061 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 14062 if (IdentifierInfo *II = FD->getIdentifier()) 14063 if (II->isStr("main") || II->isStr("efi_main")) 14064 return false; 14065 14066 // Don't warn about inline functions. 14067 if (FD->isInlined()) 14068 return false; 14069 14070 // Don't warn about function templates. 14071 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 14072 return false; 14073 14074 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 14075 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 14076 return false; 14077 14078 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 14079 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 14080 return false; 14081 14082 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 14083 if (FD->isDeleted()) 14084 return false; 14085 14086 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 14087 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 14088 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 14089 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 14090 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 14091 continue; 14092 14093 PossiblePrototype = Prev; 14094 return Prev->getType()->isFunctionNoProtoType(); 14095 } 14096 14097 return true; 14098 } 14099 14100 void 14101 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 14102 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 14103 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 14104 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 14105 if (!Definition && 14106 !FD->isDefined(Definition, /*CheckForPendingFriendDefinition*/ true)) 14107 return; 14108 14109 if (Definition->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 14110 if (FunctionDecl *OrigDef = Definition->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) { 14111 if (FunctionDecl *OrigFD = FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) { 14112 // A merged copy of the same function, instantiated as a member of 14113 // the same class, is OK. 14114 if (declaresSameEntity(OrigFD, OrigDef) && 14115 declaresSameEntity(cast<Decl>(Definition->getLexicalDeclContext()), 14116 cast<Decl>(FD->getLexicalDeclContext()))) 14117 return; 14118 } 14119 } 14120 } 14121 14122 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 14123 return; 14124 14125 // Don't emit an error when this is redefinition of a typo-corrected 14126 // definition. 14127 if (TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.count(Definition)) 14128 return; 14129 14130 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 14131 // a template, skip the new definition. 14132 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 14133 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 14134 Definition->isInlined() || 14135 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 14136 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 14137 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 14138 SkipBody->Previous = const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition); 14139 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 14140 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD); 14141 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition)); 14142 return; 14143 } 14144 14145 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 14146 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 14147 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 14148 << FD << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 14149 else 14150 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD; 14151 14152 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14153 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14154 } 14155 14156 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 14157 Sema &S) { 14158 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 14159 14160 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 14161 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 14162 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 14163 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 14164 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 14165 14166 if (LCD == LCD_None) 14167 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 14168 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 14169 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 14170 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 14171 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 14172 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 14173 14174 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 14175 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 14176 14177 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 14178 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 14179 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 14180 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 14181 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 14182 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 14183 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 14184 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 14185 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 14186 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 14187 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 14188 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 14189 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 14190 I->getType(), /*Invalid*/false); 14191 14192 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 14193 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), I->getType(), 14194 C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis); 14195 } else { 14196 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getCapturedVLAType(), 14197 I->getType()); 14198 } 14199 ++I; 14200 } 14201 } 14202 14203 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 14204 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 14205 if (!D) { 14206 // Parsing the function declaration failed in some way. Push on a fake scope 14207 // anyway so we can try to parse the function body. 14208 PushFunctionScope(); 14209 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExprEvalContexts.back().Context); 14210 return D; 14211 } 14212 14213 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 14214 14215 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 14216 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 14217 else 14218 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 14219 14220 // Do not push if it is a lambda because one is already pushed when building 14221 // the lambda in ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(). 14222 if (!isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) 14223 PushExpressionEvaluationContext( 14224 FD->isConsteval() ? ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated 14225 : ExprEvalContexts.back().Context); 14226 14227 // Check for defining attributes before the check for redefinition. 14228 if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 14229 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 0; 14230 FD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 14231 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14232 } 14233 if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<IFuncAttr>()) { 14234 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 1; 14235 FD->dropAttr<IFuncAttr>(); 14236 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14237 } 14238 14239 if (auto *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) { 14240 if (Ctor->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization && 14241 Ctor->isDefaultConstructor() && 14242 Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 14243 // If this is an MS ABI dllexport default constructor, instantiate any 14244 // default arguments. 14245 InstantiateDefaultCtorDefaultArgs(Ctor); 14246 } 14247 } 14248 14249 // See if this is a redefinition. If 'will have body' (or similar) is already 14250 // set, then these checks were already performed when it was set. 14251 if (!FD->willHaveBody() && !FD->isLateTemplateParsed() && 14252 !FD->isThisDeclarationInstantiatedFromAFriendDefinition()) { 14253 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 14254 14255 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 14256 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 14257 return D; 14258 } 14259 14260 // Mark this function as "will have a body eventually". This lets users to 14261 // call e.g. isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible while we're still parsing 14262 // this function. 14263 FD->setWillHaveBody(); 14264 14265 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 14266 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 14267 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 14268 // LambdaScopeInfo. 14269 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 14270 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 14271 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 14272 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 14273 // have the LSI properly restored. 14274 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 14275 assert(inTemplateInstantiation() && 14276 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 14277 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 14278 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 14279 } else { 14280 // Enter a new function scope 14281 PushFunctionScope(); 14282 } 14283 14284 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 14285 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 14286 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 14287 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 14288 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 14289 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14290 } 14291 } 14292 14293 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 14294 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 14295 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 14296 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 14297 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 14298 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 14299 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 14300 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14301 14302 if (FnBodyScope) 14303 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 14304 14305 // Check the validity of our function parameters 14306 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(), 14307 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 14308 14309 // Add non-parameter declarations already in the function to the current 14310 // scope. 14311 if (FnBodyScope) { 14312 for (Decl *NPD : FD->decls()) { 14313 auto *NonParmDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(NPD); 14314 if (!NonParmDecl) 14315 continue; 14316 assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(NonParmDecl) && 14317 "parameters should not be in newly created FD yet"); 14318 14319 // If the decl has a name, make it accessible in the current scope. 14320 if (NonParmDecl->getDeclName()) 14321 PushOnScopeChains(NonParmDecl, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 14322 14323 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 14324 // accessible in this scope. 14325 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(NonParmDecl)) { 14326 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 14327 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 14328 } 14329 } 14330 } 14331 14332 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 14333 for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) { 14334 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 14335 14336 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 14337 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 14338 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 14339 14340 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 14341 } 14342 } 14343 14344 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 14345 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 14346 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 14347 14348 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 14349 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 14350 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 14351 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 14352 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 14353 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14354 return D; 14355 } 14356 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 14357 // a function template). 14358 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 14359 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 14360 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 14361 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 14362 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 14363 14364 return D; 14365 } 14366 14367 /// Given the set of return statements within a function body, 14368 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 14369 /// optimization. 14370 /// 14371 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 14372 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 14373 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 14374 /// use the named return value optimization. 14375 /// 14376 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 14377 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 14378 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 14379 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 14380 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 14381 14382 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 14383 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 14384 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 14385 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 14386 } 14387 } 14388 } 14389 14390 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 14391 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 14392 if (D.getDeclSpec().hasConstexprSpecifier()) 14393 return false; 14394 14395 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 14396 // return type (yet). 14397 if (D.getDeclSpec().hasAutoTypeSpec()) { 14398 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 14399 // we can still delay parsing it. 14400 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 14401 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 14402 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 14403 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 14404 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 14405 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 14406 } 14407 } 14408 return false; 14409 } 14410 14411 return true; 14412 } 14413 14414 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 14415 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 14416 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 14417 // rest of the file. 14418 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 14419 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 14420 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) { 14421 if (FD->isConstexpr()) 14422 return false; 14423 // We can't simply call Type::isUndeducedType here, because inside template 14424 // auto can be deduced to a dependent type, which is not considered 14425 // "undeduced". 14426 if (FD->getReturnType()->getContainedDeducedType()) 14427 return false; 14428 } 14429 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 14430 } 14431 14432 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 14433 if (!Decl) 14434 return nullptr; 14435 if (FunctionDecl *FD = Decl->getAsFunction()) 14436 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 14437 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 14438 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 14439 return Decl; 14440 } 14441 14442 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 14443 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 14444 } 14445 14446 /// RAII object that pops an ExpressionEvaluationContext when exiting a function 14447 /// body. 14448 class ExitFunctionBodyRAII { 14449 public: 14450 ExitFunctionBodyRAII(Sema &S, bool IsLambda) : S(S), IsLambda(IsLambda) {} 14451 ~ExitFunctionBodyRAII() { 14452 if (!IsLambda) 14453 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 14454 } 14455 14456 private: 14457 Sema &S; 14458 bool IsLambda = false; 14459 }; 14460 14461 static void diagnoseImplicitlyRetainedSelf(Sema &S) { 14462 llvm::DenseMap<const BlockDecl *, bool> EscapeInfo; 14463 14464 auto IsOrNestedInEscapingBlock = [&](const BlockDecl *BD) { 14465 if (EscapeInfo.count(BD)) 14466 return EscapeInfo[BD]; 14467 14468 bool R = false; 14469 const BlockDecl *CurBD = BD; 14470 14471 do { 14472 R = !CurBD->doesNotEscape(); 14473 if (R) 14474 break; 14475 CurBD = CurBD->getParent()->getInnermostBlockDecl(); 14476 } while (CurBD); 14477 14478 return EscapeInfo[BD] = R; 14479 }; 14480 14481 // If the location where 'self' is implicitly retained is inside a escaping 14482 // block, emit a diagnostic. 14483 for (const std::pair<SourceLocation, const BlockDecl *> &P : 14484 S.ImplicitlyRetainedSelfLocs) 14485 if (IsOrNestedInEscapingBlock(P.second)) 14486 S.Diag(P.first, diag::warn_implicitly_retains_self) 14487 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(P.first, "self->"); 14488 } 14489 14490 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 14491 bool IsInstantiation) { 14492 FunctionScopeInfo *FSI = getCurFunction(); 14493 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 14494 14495 if (FSI->UsesFPIntrin && FD && !FD->hasAttr<StrictFPAttr>()) 14496 FD->addAttr(StrictFPAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 14497 14498 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 14499 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 14500 14501 if (getLangOpts().Coroutines && FSI->isCoroutine()) 14502 CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body); 14503 14504 // Do not call PopExpressionEvaluationContext() if it is a lambda because one 14505 // is already popped when finishing the lambda in BuildLambdaExpr(). This is 14506 // meant to pop the context added in ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(). 14507 ExitFunctionBodyRAII ExitRAII(*this, isLambdaCallOperator(FD)); 14508 14509 if (FD) { 14510 FD->setBody(Body); 14511 FD->setWillHaveBody(false); 14512 14513 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 14514 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() && 14515 FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 14516 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 14517 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 14518 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 14519 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 14520 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 14521 << FD->getReturnType(); 14522 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14523 } else { 14524 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 14525 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 14526 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 14527 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 14528 } 14529 } 14530 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 14531 // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call 14532 // operators because we don't support return type deduction. 14533 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 14534 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 14535 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 14536 14537 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 14538 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 14539 // [the deduced type is] the type void 14540 QualType RetType = 14541 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 14542 14543 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 14544 const auto *Proto = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 14545 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 14546 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 14547 } 14548 } 14549 14550 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 14551 // don't complain about missing return statements. 14552 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 14553 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 14554 14555 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 14556 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 14557 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && !FD->isOutOfLine()) 14558 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 14559 14560 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 14561 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 14562 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted() && !FD->hasSkippedBody()) 14563 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters()); 14564 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(), 14565 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 14566 14567 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 14568 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 14569 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 14570 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 14571 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 14572 14573 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 14574 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 14575 // to deduce an implicit return type. 14576 if (FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 14577 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !FD->isDependentContext())) 14578 computeNRVO(Body, FSI); 14579 } 14580 14581 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 14582 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 14583 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 14584 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 14585 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 14586 const FunctionDecl *PossiblePrototype = nullptr; 14587 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossiblePrototype)) { 14588 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 14589 14590 if (PossiblePrototype) { 14591 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 14592 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 14593 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = PossiblePrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 14594 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 14595 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 14596 Diag(PossiblePrototype->getLocation(), 14597 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 14598 << (FD->getNumParams() != 0) 14599 << (FD->getNumParams() == 0 14600 ? FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void") 14601 : FixItHint{}); 14602 } 14603 } else { 14604 // Returns true if the token beginning at this Loc is `const`. 14605 auto isLocAtConst = [&](SourceLocation Loc, const SourceManager &SM, 14606 const LangOptions &LangOpts) { 14607 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LocInfo = SM.getDecomposedLoc(Loc); 14608 if (LocInfo.first.isInvalid()) 14609 return false; 14610 14611 bool Invalid = false; 14612 StringRef Buffer = SM.getBufferData(LocInfo.first, &Invalid); 14613 if (Invalid) 14614 return false; 14615 14616 if (LocInfo.second > Buffer.size()) 14617 return false; 14618 14619 const char *LexStart = Buffer.data() + LocInfo.second; 14620 StringRef StartTok(LexStart, Buffer.size() - LocInfo.second); 14621 14622 return StartTok.consume_front("const") && 14623 (StartTok.empty() || isWhitespace(StartTok[0]) || 14624 StartTok.startswith("/*") || StartTok.startswith("//")); 14625 }; 14626 14627 auto findBeginLoc = [&]() { 14628 // If the return type has `const` qualifier, we want to insert 14629 // `static` before `const` (and not before the typename). 14630 if ((FD->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() && 14631 FD->getReturnType()->getPointeeType().isConstQualified()) || 14632 FD->getReturnType().isConstQualified()) { 14633 // But only do this if we can determine where the `const` is. 14634 14635 if (isLocAtConst(FD->getBeginLoc(), getSourceManager(), 14636 getLangOpts())) 14637 14638 return FD->getBeginLoc(); 14639 } 14640 return FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 14641 }; 14642 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::note_static_for_internal_linkage) 14643 << /* function */ 1 14644 << (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_None 14645 ? FixItHint::CreateInsertion(findBeginLoc(), "static ") 14646 : FixItHint{}); 14647 } 14648 14649 // GNU warning -Wstrict-prototypes 14650 // Warn if K&R function is defined without a previous declaration. 14651 // This warning is issued only if the definition itself does not provide 14652 // a prototype. Only K&R definitions do not provide a prototype. 14653 if (!FD->hasWrittenPrototype()) { 14654 TypeSourceInfo *TI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 14655 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 14656 FunctionTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAsAdjusted<FunctionTypeLoc>(); 14657 Diag(FTL.getLParenLoc(), diag::warn_strict_prototypes) << 2; 14658 } 14659 } 14660 14661 // Warn on CPUDispatch with an actual body. 14662 if (FD->isMultiVersion() && FD->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>() && Body) 14663 if (const auto *CmpndBody = dyn_cast<CompoundStmt>(Body)) 14664 if (!CmpndBody->body_empty()) 14665 Diag(CmpndBody->body_front()->getBeginLoc(), 14666 diag::warn_dispatch_body_ignored); 14667 14668 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 14669 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 14670 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 14671 MD->isVirtual() && 14672 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 14673 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 14674 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 14675 if (FD->isInlined() && 14676 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 14677 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 14678 14679 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 14680 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 14681 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 14682 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 14683 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 14684 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 14685 } else { 14686 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 14687 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 14688 } 14689 } 14690 } 14691 14692 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 14693 "Function parsing confused"); 14694 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 14695 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 14696 MD->setBody(Body); 14697 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 14698 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(), 14699 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 14700 14701 if (Body) 14702 computeNRVO(Body, FSI); 14703 } 14704 if (FSI->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 14705 Diag(MD->getEndLoc(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 14706 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 14707 FSI->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 14708 } 14709 if (FSI->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 14710 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 14711 bool isDesignated = 14712 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 14713 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 14714 (void)isDesignated; 14715 14716 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 14717 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 14718 if (!IFace) 14719 return false; 14720 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 14721 if (!SuperD) 14722 return false; 14723 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 14724 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 14725 }; 14726 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 14727 // of NSObject. 14728 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 14729 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 14730 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 14731 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 14732 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 14733 } 14734 FSI->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 14735 } 14736 if (FSI->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 14737 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 14738 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 14739 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 14740 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 14741 FSI->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 14742 } 14743 14744 diagnoseImplicitlyRetainedSelf(*this); 14745 } else { 14746 // Parsing the function declaration failed in some way. Pop the fake scope 14747 // we pushed on. 14748 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 14749 return nullptr; 14750 } 14751 14752 if (Body && FSI->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations) 14753 DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(dcl); 14754 14755 assert(!FSI->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 14756 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 14757 "handled in the block above."); 14758 14759 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 14760 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 14761 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 14762 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 14763 // Verify this. 14764 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 14765 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 14766 14767 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 14768 if (FSI->NeedsScopeChecking() && 14769 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 14770 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 14771 14772 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 14773 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 14774 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 14775 14776 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 14777 Destructor->getParent()); 14778 } 14779 14780 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 14781 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 14782 // deletion in some later function. 14783 if (hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() || 14784 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 14785 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 14786 } 14787 if (!hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 14788 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 14789 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 14790 // enabled. 14791 ActivePolicy = &WP; 14792 } 14793 14794 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 14795 !CheckConstexprFunctionDefinition(FD, CheckConstexprKind::Diagnose)) 14796 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14797 14798 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 14799 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 14800 // Allow local register variables without initializer as they don't 14801 // require prologue. 14802 bool RegisterVariables = false; 14803 if (auto *DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) { 14804 for (const auto *Decl : DS->decls()) { 14805 if (const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) { 14806 RegisterVariables = 14807 Var->hasAttr<AsmLabelAttr>() && !Var->hasInit(); 14808 if (!RegisterVariables) 14809 break; 14810 } 14811 } 14812 } 14813 if (RegisterVariables) 14814 continue; 14815 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 14816 Diag(S->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 14817 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 14818 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14819 break; 14820 } 14821 } 14822 } 14823 14824 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 14825 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 14826 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 14827 assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 14828 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 14829 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 14830 } 14831 14832 if (!IsInstantiation) 14833 PopDeclContext(); 14834 14835 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 14836 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 14837 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 14838 // deletion in some later function. 14839 if (hasUncompilableErrorOccurred()) { 14840 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 14841 } 14842 14843 if (FD && (LangOpts.OpenMP || LangOpts.CUDA || LangOpts.SYCLIsDevice)) { 14844 auto ES = getEmissionStatus(FD); 14845 if (ES == Sema::FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted || 14846 ES == Sema::FunctionEmissionStatus::Unknown) 14847 DeclsToCheckForDeferredDiags.insert(FD); 14848 } 14849 14850 return dcl; 14851 } 14852 14853 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 14854 /// relevant Decl. 14855 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 14856 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 14857 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 14858 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 14859 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 14860 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs); 14861 14862 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 14863 if (Method->isStatic()) 14864 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 14865 } 14866 14867 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 14868 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 14869 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 14870 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 14871 // Find the scope in which the identifier is injected and the corresponding 14872 // DeclContext. 14873 // FIXME: C89 does not say what happens if there is no enclosing block scope. 14874 // In that case, we inject the declaration into the translation unit scope 14875 // instead. 14876 Scope *BlockScope = S; 14877 while (!BlockScope->isCompoundStmtScope() && BlockScope->getParent()) 14878 BlockScope = BlockScope->getParent(); 14879 14880 Scope *ContextScope = BlockScope; 14881 while (!ContextScope->getEntity()) 14882 ContextScope = ContextScope->getParent(); 14883 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, ContextScope->getEntity()); 14884 14885 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 14886 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 14887 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 14888 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 14889 NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II); 14890 if (ExternCPrev) { 14891 // We still need to inject the function into the enclosing block scope so 14892 // that later (non-call) uses can see it. 14893 PushOnScopeChains(ExternCPrev, BlockScope, /*AddToContext*/false); 14894 14895 // C89 footnote 38: 14896 // If in fact it is not defined as having type "function returning int", 14897 // the behavior is undefined. 14898 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(ExternCPrev) || 14899 !Context.typesAreCompatible( 14900 cast<FunctionDecl>(ExternCPrev)->getType(), 14901 Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Context.IntTy))) { 14902 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_use_out_of_scope_declaration) 14903 << ExternCPrev << !getLangOpts().C99; 14904 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 14905 return ExternCPrev; 14906 } 14907 } 14908 14909 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 14910 unsigned diag_id; 14911 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 14912 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 14913 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.u - Implicit function declaration is not supported. 14914 else if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) 14915 diag_id = diag::err_opencl_implicit_function_decl; 14916 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 14917 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 14918 else 14919 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 14920 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 14921 14922 // If we found a prior declaration of this function, don't bother building 14923 // another one. We've already pushed that one into scope, so there's nothing 14924 // more to do. 14925 if (ExternCPrev) 14926 return ExternCPrev; 14927 14928 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 14929 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 14930 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 14931 TypoCorrection Corrected; 14932 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> CCC{}; 14933 if (S && (Corrected = 14934 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, 14935 S, nullptr, CCC, CTK_NonError))) 14936 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 14937 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 14938 } 14939 14940 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 14941 const char *Dummy; 14942 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 14943 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 14944 unsigned DiagID; 14945 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 14946 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 14947 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 14948 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 14949 SourceLocation NoLoc; 14950 Declarator D(DS, DeclaratorContext::Block); 14951 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 14952 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 14953 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 14954 /*Params=*/nullptr, 14955 /*NumParams=*/0, 14956 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 14957 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 14958 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 14959 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 14960 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, EST_None, 14961 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 14962 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 14963 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 14964 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 14965 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 14966 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 14967 /*DeclsInPrototype=*/None, Loc, 14968 Loc, D), 14969 std::move(DS.getAttributes()), SourceLocation()); 14970 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 14971 14972 // Insert this function into the enclosing block scope. 14973 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(BlockScope, D)); 14974 FD->setImplicit(); 14975 14976 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 14977 14978 return FD; 14979 } 14980 14981 /// If this function is a C++ replaceable global allocation function 14982 /// (C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation], C++2a [new.delete]), 14983 /// adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on the standard. 14984 /// 14985 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 14986 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 14987 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributesForReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction( 14988 FunctionDecl *FD) { 14989 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 14990 return; 14991 14992 if (FD->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_New && 14993 FD->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_New) 14994 return; 14995 14996 Optional<unsigned> AlignmentParam; 14997 bool IsNothrow = false; 14998 if (!FD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction(&AlignmentParam, &IsNothrow)) 14999 return; 15000 15001 // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p4: 15002 // An allocation function that has a non-throwing exception specification 15003 // indicates failure by returning a null pointer value. Any other allocation 15004 // function never returns a null pointer value and indicates failure only by 15005 // throwing an exception [...] 15006 if (!IsNothrow && !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsNonNullAttr>()) 15007 FD->addAttr(ReturnsNonNullAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 15008 15009 // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p2: 15010 // An allocation function attempts to allocate the requested amount of 15011 // storage. [...] If the request succeeds, the value returned by a 15012 // replaceable allocation function is a [...] pointer value p0 different 15013 // from any previously returned value p1 [...] 15014 // 15015 // However, this particular information is being added in codegen, 15016 // because there is an opt-out switch for it (-fno-assume-sane-operator-new) 15017 15018 // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p2: 15019 // An allocation function attempts to allocate the requested amount of 15020 // storage. If it is successful, it returns the address of the start of a 15021 // block of storage whose length in bytes is at least as large as the 15022 // requested size. 15023 if (!FD->hasAttr<AllocSizeAttr>()) { 15024 FD->addAttr(AllocSizeAttr::CreateImplicit( 15025 Context, /*ElemSizeParam=*/ParamIdx(1, FD), 15026 /*NumElemsParam=*/ParamIdx(), FD->getLocation())); 15027 } 15028 15029 // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p3: 15030 // For an allocation function [...], the pointer returned on a successful 15031 // call shall represent the address of storage that is aligned as follows: 15032 // (3.1) If the allocation function takes an argument of type 15033 // std::align_val_t, the storage will have the alignment 15034 // specified by the value of this argument. 15035 if (AlignmentParam.hasValue() && !FD->hasAttr<AllocAlignAttr>()) { 15036 FD->addAttr(AllocAlignAttr::CreateImplicit( 15037 Context, ParamIdx(AlignmentParam.getValue(), FD), FD->getLocation())); 15038 } 15039 15040 // FIXME: 15041 // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p3: 15042 // For an allocation function [...], the pointer returned on a successful 15043 // call shall represent the address of storage that is aligned as follows: 15044 // (3.2) Otherwise, if the allocation function is named operator new[], 15045 // the storage is aligned for any object that does not have 15046 // new-extended alignment ([basic.align]) and is no larger than the 15047 // requested size. 15048 // (3.3) Otherwise, the storage is aligned for any object that does not 15049 // have new-extended alignment and is of the requested size. 15050 } 15051 15052 /// Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 15053 /// the declaration of this function. 15054 /// 15055 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 15056 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 15057 /// like NSLog or printf. 15058 /// 15059 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 15060 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 15061 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 15062 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 15063 return; 15064 15065 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 15066 // actual attributes. 15067 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 15068 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 15069 unsigned FormatIdx; 15070 bool HasVAListArg; 15071 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 15072 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 15073 const char *fmt = "printf"; 15074 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 15075 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 15076 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 15077 fmt = "NSString"; 15078 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 15079 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 15080 FormatIdx+1, 15081 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 15082 FD->getLocation())); 15083 } 15084 } 15085 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 15086 HasVAListArg)) { 15087 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 15088 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 15089 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 15090 FormatIdx+1, 15091 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 15092 FD->getLocation())); 15093 } 15094 15095 // Handle automatically recognized callbacks. 15096 SmallVector<int, 4> Encoding; 15097 if (!FD->hasAttr<CallbackAttr>() && 15098 Context.BuiltinInfo.performsCallback(BuiltinID, Encoding)) 15099 FD->addAttr(CallbackAttr::CreateImplicit( 15100 Context, Encoding.data(), Encoding.size(), FD->getLocation())); 15101 15102 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only thing 15103 // preventing the function from being const. This allows IRgen to use LLVM 15104 // intrinsics for such functions. 15105 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>() && 15106 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) 15107 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 15108 15109 // We make "fma" on some platforms const because we know it does not set 15110 // errno in those environments even though it could set errno based on the 15111 // C standard. 15112 const llvm::Triple &Trip = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple(); 15113 if ((Trip.isGNUEnvironment() || Trip.isAndroid() || Trip.isOSMSVCRT()) && 15114 !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) { 15115 switch (BuiltinID) { 15116 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fma: 15117 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmaf: 15118 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmal: 15119 case Builtin::BIfma: 15120 case Builtin::BIfmaf: 15121 case Builtin::BIfmal: 15122 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 15123 break; 15124 default: 15125 break; 15126 } 15127 } 15128 15129 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 15130 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 15131 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 15132 FD->getLocation())); 15133 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 15134 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 15135 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>()) 15136 FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 15137 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 15138 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 15139 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && 15140 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { 15141 // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode 15142 // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host 15143 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__. 15144 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != 15145 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) 15146 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 15147 else 15148 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 15149 } 15150 15151 // Add known guaranteed alignment for allocation functions. 15152 switch (BuiltinID) { 15153 case Builtin::BIaligned_alloc: 15154 if (!FD->hasAttr<AllocAlignAttr>()) 15155 FD->addAttr(AllocAlignAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, ParamIdx(1, FD), 15156 FD->getLocation())); 15157 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; 15158 case Builtin::BIcalloc: 15159 case Builtin::BImalloc: 15160 case Builtin::BImemalign: 15161 case Builtin::BIrealloc: 15162 case Builtin::BIstrdup: 15163 case Builtin::BIstrndup: { 15164 if (!FD->hasAttr<AssumeAlignedAttr>()) { 15165 unsigned NewAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getNewAlign() / 15166 Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 15167 IntegerLiteral *Alignment = IntegerLiteral::Create( 15168 Context, Context.MakeIntValue(NewAlign, Context.UnsignedIntTy), 15169 Context.UnsignedIntTy, FD->getLocation()); 15170 FD->addAttr(AssumeAlignedAttr::CreateImplicit( 15171 Context, Alignment, /*Offset=*/nullptr, FD->getLocation())); 15172 } 15173 break; 15174 } 15175 default: 15176 break; 15177 } 15178 } 15179 15180 AddKnownFunctionAttributesForReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction(FD); 15181 15182 // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot 15183 // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come 15184 // across. 15185 if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind && 15186 FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) { 15187 const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 15188 if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) 15189 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 15190 } 15191 15192 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 15193 if (!Name) 15194 return; 15195 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 15196 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 15197 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 15198 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 15199 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 15200 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 15201 // about. 15202 } else 15203 return; 15204 15205 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 15206 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 15207 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 15208 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 15209 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 15210 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 15211 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 15212 FD->getLocation())); 15213 } 15214 15215 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 15216 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 15217 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 15218 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 15219 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, ParamIdx(1, FD), 15220 FD->getLocation())); 15221 } 15222 } 15223 15224 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 15225 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 15226 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 15227 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 15228 15229 if (!TInfo) { 15230 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 15231 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 15232 } 15233 15234 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 15235 TypedefDecl *NewTD = 15236 TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, D.getBeginLoc(), 15237 D.getIdentifierLoc(), D.getIdentifier(), TInfo); 15238 15239 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 15240 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 15241 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 15242 return NewTD; 15243 } 15244 15245 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 15246 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 15247 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 15248 << 2 << NewTD 15249 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 15250 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 15251 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 15252 else 15253 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 15254 } 15255 15256 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 15257 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 15258 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 15259 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 15260 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 15261 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 15262 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 15263 case TST_enum: 15264 case TST_struct: 15265 case TST_interface: 15266 case TST_union: 15267 case TST_class: { 15268 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 15269 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 15270 break; 15271 } 15272 15273 default: 15274 break; 15275 } 15276 15277 return NewTD; 15278 } 15279 15280 /// Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 15281 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 15282 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 15283 QualType T = TI->getType(); 15284 15285 if (T->isDependentType()) 15286 return false; 15287 15288 // This doesn't use 'isIntegralType' despite the error message mentioning 15289 // integral type because isIntegralType would also allow enum types in C. 15290 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 15291 if (BT->isInteger()) 15292 return false; 15293 15294 if (T->isExtIntType()) 15295 return false; 15296 15297 return Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 15298 } 15299 15300 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 15301 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 15302 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 15303 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, bool IsFixed, 15304 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 15305 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 15306 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 15307 << Prev->isScoped(); 15308 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 15309 return true; 15310 } 15311 15312 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 15313 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 15314 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 15315 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 15316 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 15317 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 15318 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 15319 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 15320 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 15321 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 15322 return true; 15323 } 15324 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 15325 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 15326 << Prev->isFixed(); 15327 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 15328 return true; 15329 } 15330 15331 return false; 15332 } 15333 15334 /// Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 15335 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 15336 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 15337 /// 15338 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 15339 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 15340 switch (Tag) { 15341 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 15342 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 15343 case TTK_Class: return 2; 15344 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 15345 } 15346 } 15347 15348 /// Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 15349 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 15350 /// 15351 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 15352 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 15353 { 15354 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 15355 } 15356 15357 Sema::NonTagKind Sema::getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *PrevDecl, 15358 TagTypeKind TTK) { 15359 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15360 return NTK_Typedef; 15361 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15362 return NTK_TypeAlias; 15363 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15364 return NTK_Template; 15365 else if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15366 return NTK_TypeAliasTemplate; 15367 else if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15368 return NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument; 15369 switch (TTK) { 15370 case TTK_Struct: 15371 case TTK_Interface: 15372 case TTK_Class: 15373 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? NTK_NonClass : NTK_NonStruct; 15374 case TTK_Union: 15375 return NTK_NonUnion; 15376 case TTK_Enum: 15377 return NTK_NonEnum; 15378 } 15379 llvm_unreachable("invalid TTK"); 15380 } 15381 15382 /// Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 15383 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 15384 /// 15385 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 15386 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 15387 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 15388 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 15389 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 15390 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 15391 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 15392 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 15393 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 15394 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 15395 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 15396 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 15397 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 15398 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 15399 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 15400 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 15401 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 15402 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 15403 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 15404 if (OldTag != NewTag && 15405 !(isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))) 15406 return false; 15407 15408 // Tags are compatible, but we might still want to warn on mismatched tags. 15409 // Non-class tags can't be mismatched at this point. 15410 if (!isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 15411 return true; 15412 15413 // Declarations for which -Wmismatched-tags is disabled are entirely ignored 15414 // by our warning analysis. We don't want to warn about mismatches with (eg) 15415 // declarations in system headers that are designed to be specialized, but if 15416 // a user asks us to warn, we should warn if their code contains mismatched 15417 // declarations. 15418 auto IsIgnoredLoc = [&](SourceLocation Loc) { 15419 return getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch, 15420 Loc); 15421 }; 15422 if (IsIgnoredLoc(NewTagLoc)) 15423 return true; 15424 15425 auto IsIgnored = [&](const TagDecl *Tag) { 15426 return IsIgnoredLoc(Tag->getLocation()); 15427 }; 15428 while (IsIgnored(Previous)) { 15429 Previous = Previous->getPreviousDecl(); 15430 if (!Previous) 15431 return true; 15432 OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 15433 } 15434 15435 bool isTemplate = false; 15436 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 15437 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 15438 15439 if (inTemplateInstantiation()) { 15440 if (OldTag != NewTag) { 15441 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 15442 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 15443 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 15444 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 15445 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 15446 // FIXME: Note previous location? 15447 } 15448 return true; 15449 } 15450 15451 if (isDefinition) { 15452 // On definitions, check all previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 15453 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 15454 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 15455 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 15456 return true; 15457 } 15458 15459 bool previousMismatch = false; 15460 for (const TagDecl *I : Previous->redecls()) { 15461 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 15462 // Ignore previous declarations for which the warning was disabled. 15463 if (IsIgnored(I)) 15464 continue; 15465 15466 if (!previousMismatch) { 15467 previousMismatch = true; 15468 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 15469 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 15470 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 15471 } 15472 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 15473 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 15474 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 15475 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 15476 } 15477 } 15478 return true; 15479 } 15480 15481 // Identify the prevailing tag kind: this is the kind of the definition (if 15482 // there is a non-ignored definition), or otherwise the kind of the prior 15483 // (non-ignored) declaration. 15484 const TagDecl *PrevDef = Previous->getDefinition(); 15485 if (PrevDef && IsIgnored(PrevDef)) 15486 PrevDef = nullptr; 15487 const TagDecl *Redecl = PrevDef ? PrevDef : Previous; 15488 if (Redecl->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 15489 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 15490 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 15491 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 15492 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 15493 15494 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 15495 if (PrevDef) { 15496 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 15497 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 15498 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 15499 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 15500 } 15501 } 15502 15503 return true; 15504 } 15505 15506 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 15507 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 15508 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 15509 /// namespace N { 15510 /// struct X; 15511 /// namespace M { 15512 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 15513 /// } 15514 /// } 15515 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 15516 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 15517 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 15518 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 15519 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 15520 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 15521 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 15522 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 15523 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 15524 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 15525 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 15526 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 15527 return FixItHint(); 15528 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 15529 Namespaces.push_back(II); 15530 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 15531 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 15532 if (Lookup == Namespace) 15533 break; 15534 } 15535 15536 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 15537 // build an NNS. 15538 SmallString<64> Insertion; 15539 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 15540 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 15541 OS << "::"; 15542 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 15543 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 15544 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 15545 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 15546 } 15547 15548 /// Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 15549 /// be redeclared with an unqualified name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 15550 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 15551 /// using-declaration). 15552 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 15553 DeclContext *NewDC) { 15554 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 15555 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 15556 15557 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 15558 return true; 15559 15560 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 15561 // encloses the other). 15562 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 15563 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 15564 return true; 15565 15566 return false; 15567 } 15568 15569 /// This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 15570 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 15571 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 15572 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 15573 /// 15574 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 15575 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 15576 /// 15577 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 15578 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 15579 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 15580 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 15581 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 15582 const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs, AccessSpecifier AS, 15583 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 15584 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 15585 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 15586 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 15587 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType, 15588 bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool IsTemplateParamOrArg, 15589 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 15590 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 15591 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 15592 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 15593 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 15594 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 15595 15596 OwnedDecl = false; 15597 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 15598 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 15599 15600 // FIXME: Check member specializations more carefully. 15601 bool isMemberSpecialization = false; 15602 bool Invalid = false; 15603 15604 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 15605 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 15606 // for non-C++ cases. 15607 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 15608 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 15609 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 15610 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 15611 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 15612 TUK == TUK_Friend, isMemberSpecialization, Invalid)) { 15613 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 15614 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 15615 return nullptr; 15616 } 15617 15618 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 15619 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 15620 // be a member of another template). 15621 15622 if (Invalid) 15623 return nullptr; 15624 15625 OwnedDecl = false; 15626 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate( 15627 S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, SS, Name, NameLoc, Attrs, TemplateParams, 15628 AS, ModulePrivateLoc, 15629 /*FriendLoc*/ SourceLocation(), TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1, 15630 TemplateParameterLists.data(), SkipBody); 15631 return Result.get(); 15632 } else { 15633 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 15634 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 15635 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 15636 isMemberSpecialization = true; 15637 } 15638 } 15639 15640 if (!TemplateParameterLists.empty() && isMemberSpecialization && 15641 CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParameterLists.back())) 15642 return nullptr; 15643 } 15644 15645 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 15646 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 15647 // redeclaration. 15648 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 15649 bool IsFixed = !UnderlyingType.isUnset() || ScopedEnum; 15650 15651 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 15652 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) { 15653 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 15654 // type, default to int. 15655 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 15656 } else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 15657 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 15658 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 15659 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 15660 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 15661 EnumUnderlying = TI; 15662 15663 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 15664 // Recover by falling back to int. 15665 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 15666 15667 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 15668 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 15669 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 15670 15671 } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isWindowsMSVCEnvironment()) { 15672 // For MSVC ABI compatibility, unfixed enums must use an underlying type 15673 // of 'int'. However, if this is an unfixed forward declaration, don't set 15674 // the underlying type unless the user enables -fms-compatibility. This 15675 // makes unfixed forward declared enums incomplete and is more conforming. 15676 if (TUK == TUK_Definition || getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 15677 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 15678 } 15679 } 15680 15681 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 15682 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 15683 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 15684 bool isStdAlignValT = false; 15685 15686 RedeclarationKind Redecl = forRedeclarationInCurContext(); 15687 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 15688 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 15689 15690 /// Create a new tag decl in C/ObjC. Since the ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C 15691 /// implemented asks for structural equivalence checking, the returned decl 15692 /// here is passed back to the parser, allowing the tag body to be parsed. 15693 auto createTagFromNewDecl = [&]() -> TagDecl * { 15694 assert(!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "not meant for C++ usage"); 15695 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 15696 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 15697 // keyword. 15698 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 15699 TagDecl *New = nullptr; 15700 15701 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 15702 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, nullptr, 15703 ScopedEnum, ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, IsFixed); 15704 // If this is an undefined enum, bail. 15705 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) 15706 return nullptr; 15707 if (EnumUnderlying) { 15708 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 15709 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo *>()) 15710 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 15711 else 15712 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type *>(), 0)); 15713 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 15714 } 15715 } else { // struct/union 15716 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 15717 nullptr); 15718 } 15719 15720 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 15721 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked 15722 // when the ASTContext lays out the structure. 15723 // 15724 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 15725 // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is 15726 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 15727 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 15728 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 15729 // parsing of the struct). 15730 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip)) { 15731 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 15732 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 15733 } 15734 } 15735 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 15736 return New; 15737 }; 15738 15739 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 15740 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 15741 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 15742 15743 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 15744 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 15745 Name = nullptr; 15746 goto CreateNewDecl; 15747 } 15748 15749 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 15750 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 15751 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 15752 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 15753 if (!DC) { 15754 IsDependent = true; 15755 return nullptr; 15756 } 15757 } else { 15758 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 15759 if (!DC) { 15760 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 15761 << SS.getRange(); 15762 return nullptr; 15763 } 15764 } 15765 15766 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 15767 return nullptr; 15768 15769 SearchDC = DC; 15770 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 15771 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 15772 15773 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 15774 return nullptr; 15775 15776 if (Previous.empty()) { 15777 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 15778 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 15779 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 15780 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 15781 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 15782 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 15783 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 15784 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 15785 IsDependent = true; 15786 return nullptr; 15787 } 15788 15789 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 15790 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 15791 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 15792 Name = nullptr; 15793 Invalid = true; 15794 goto CreateNewDecl; 15795 } 15796 } else if (Name) { 15797 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 15798 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 15799 // name different from T: 15800 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 15801 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 15802 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 15803 return nullptr; 15804 15805 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 15806 // declaration or definition. 15807 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 15808 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 15809 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 15810 LookupName(Previous, S); 15811 15812 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 15813 // by types using'ed into this scope. 15814 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 15815 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 15816 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 15817 while (F.hasNext()) { 15818 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 15819 if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 15820 SearchDC->getRedeclContext())) 15821 F.erase(); 15822 } 15823 F.done(); 15824 } 15825 15826 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 15827 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 15828 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 15829 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 15830 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 15831 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 15832 // 15833 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 15834 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 15835 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 15836 // 15837 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 15838 // semantic context? 15839 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 15840 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 15841 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 15842 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 15843 while (F.hasNext()) { 15844 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 15845 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 15846 if (DC->isFileContext() && 15847 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 15848 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 15849 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 15850 else 15851 F.erase(); 15852 } 15853 } 15854 F.done(); 15855 15856 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 15857 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 15858 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 15859 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 15860 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 15861 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 15862 } 15863 } 15864 15865 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 15866 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 15867 return nullptr; 15868 15869 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 15870 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 15871 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 15872 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 15873 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 15874 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 15875 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 15876 } 15877 } 15878 15879 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 15880 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 15881 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 15882 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 15883 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 15884 Previous.clear(); 15885 } 15886 15887 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 15888 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace())) { 15889 if (Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 15890 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 15891 isStdBadAlloc = true; 15892 15893 // If std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 15894 // name lookup), fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 15895 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 15896 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) 15897 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 15898 } else if (Name->isStr("align_val_t")) { 15899 isStdAlignValT = true; 15900 if (Previous.empty() && StdAlignValT) 15901 Previous.addDecl(getStdAlignValT()); 15902 } 15903 } 15904 15905 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 15906 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 15907 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 15908 // there's a shadow friend decl. 15909 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 15910 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || IsTemplateParamOrArg)) { 15911 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 15912 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 15913 15914 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || IsTemplateParamOrArg) { 15915 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 15916 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 15917 // 15918 // class-key identifier 15919 // 15920 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 15921 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 15922 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 15923 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 15924 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 15925 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 15926 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 15927 // declaration. 15928 // 15929 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 15930 // C structs and unions. 15931 // 15932 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 15933 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 15934 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 15935 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 15936 // 15937 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 15938 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 15939 // 15940 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 15941 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 15942 // lexical context, 15943 SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC); 15944 15945 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 15946 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 15947 } else { 15948 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 15949 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 15950 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 15951 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 15952 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 15953 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 15954 } 15955 15956 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 15957 // diagnose some problems. 15958 // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a 15959 // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a 15960 // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier. In C that is not correct 15961 // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup. 15962 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15963 // FIXME: This can perform qualified lookups into function contexts, 15964 // which are meaningless. 15965 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(forRedeclarationInCurContext()); 15966 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 15967 } else { 15968 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(forRedeclarationInCurContext()); 15969 LookupName(Previous, S); 15970 } 15971 } 15972 15973 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 15974 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 15975 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 15976 15977 if (!Previous.empty()) { 15978 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 15979 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 15980 15981 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 15982 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 15983 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 15984 // in C++. 15985 // 15986 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 15987 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 15988 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 15989 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 15990 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15991 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 15992 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 15993 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 15994 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 15995 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 15996 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 15997 PrevDecl = Tag; 15998 Previous.clear(); 15999 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 16000 Previous.resolveKind(); 16001 } 16002 } 16003 } 16004 } 16005 16006 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 16007 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 16008 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 16009 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 16010 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 16011 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 16012 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isMemberSpecialization) && 16013 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 16014 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 16015 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 16016 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 16017 diag::note_using_decl_target); 16018 Diag(Shadow->getIntroducer()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 16019 << 0; 16020 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 16021 Previous.clear(); 16022 goto CreateNewDecl; 16023 } 16024 } 16025 16026 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 16027 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 16028 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 16029 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 16030 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 16031 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 16032 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) { 16033 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 16034 // struct or something similar. 16035 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 16036 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 16037 Name)) { 16038 bool SafeToContinue 16039 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 16040 Kind != TTK_Enum); 16041 if (SafeToContinue) 16042 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 16043 << Name 16044 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 16045 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 16046 else 16047 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 16048 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 16049 16050 if (SafeToContinue) 16051 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 16052 else { 16053 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 16054 Name = nullptr; 16055 Previous.clear(); 16056 Invalid = true; 16057 } 16058 } 16059 16060 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 16061 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 16062 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) 16063 return PrevTagDecl; 16064 16065 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 16066 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 16067 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 16068 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 16069 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 16070 16071 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 16072 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 16073 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 16074 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 16075 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, 16076 IsFixed, PrevEnum)) 16077 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 16078 } 16079 16080 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 16081 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 16082 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 16083 // and then later defined. 16084 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 16085 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 16086 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 16087 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 16088 } 16089 16090 if (!Invalid) { 16091 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 16092 // we have attributes. 16093 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 16094 if (!Attrs.empty()) { 16095 // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new 16096 // declaration to hold them. 16097 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference && 16098 (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() == 16099 Decl::FOK_Undeclared || 16100 PrevDecl->getOwningModule() != getCurrentModule()) && 16101 SS.isEmpty()) { 16102 // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but 16103 // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes 16104 // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module. 16105 // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if 16106 // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior 16107 // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same 16108 // scope where we would have injected a declaration. 16109 if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext() 16110 ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 16111 return PrevTagDecl; 16112 // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in 16113 // that scope. 16114 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 16115 } else { 16116 return PrevTagDecl; 16117 } 16118 } 16119 16120 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 16121 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 16122 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 16123 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 16124 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 16125 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 16126 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 16127 if (isMemberSpecialization) { 16128 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 16129 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 16130 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 16131 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 16132 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 16133 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 16134 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 16135 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 16136 } 16137 16138 // Note that clang allows ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C, i.e., do 16139 // not keep more that one definition around (merge them). However, 16140 // ensure the decl passes the structural compatibility check in 16141 // C11 6.2.7/1 (or 6.1.2.6/1 in C89). 16142 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 16143 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 16144 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 16145 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 16146 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 16147 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 16148 // use it in place of this one. 16149 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 16150 // Postpone making the old definition visible until after we 16151 // complete parsing the new one and do the structural 16152 // comparison. 16153 SkipBody->CheckSameAsPrevious = true; 16154 SkipBody->New = createTagFromNewDecl(); 16155 SkipBody->Previous = Def; 16156 return Def; 16157 } else { 16158 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 16159 SkipBody->Previous = Def; 16160 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden); 16161 // Carry on and handle it like a normal definition. We'll 16162 // skip starting the definitiion later. 16163 } 16164 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 16165 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 16166 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 16167 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 16168 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 16169 else 16170 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 16171 notePreviousDefinition(Def, 16172 NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc); 16173 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 16174 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 16175 // references get the previous definition. 16176 Name = nullptr; 16177 Previous.clear(); 16178 Invalid = true; 16179 } 16180 } else { 16181 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 16182 // about a nested redefinition. 16183 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 16184 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 16185 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 16186 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 16187 diag::note_previous_definition); 16188 Name = nullptr; 16189 Previous.clear(); 16190 Invalid = true; 16191 } 16192 } 16193 16194 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 16195 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 16196 } 16197 16198 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 16199 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 16200 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 16201 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 16202 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 16203 AS = AS_none; 16204 } 16205 } 16206 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 16207 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 16208 16209 } else { 16210 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 16211 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 16212 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 16213 // have distinct types. 16214 Previous.clear(); 16215 } 16216 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 16217 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 16218 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 16219 16220 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 16221 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 16222 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 16223 } else { 16224 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 16225 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 16226 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 16227 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 16228 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 16229 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); 16230 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << PrevDecl << NTK 16231 << Kind; 16232 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 16233 Invalid = true; 16234 16235 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 16236 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 16237 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) { 16238 // do nothing 16239 16240 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 16241 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 16242 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); 16243 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << NTK; 16244 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 16245 Invalid = true; 16246 16247 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 16248 // case here. 16249 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 16250 unsigned Kind = 0; 16251 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 16252 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 16253 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 16254 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 16255 Invalid = true; 16256 16257 // Otherwise, diagnose. 16258 } else { 16259 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 16260 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 16261 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 16262 notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, NameLoc); 16263 Name = nullptr; 16264 Invalid = true; 16265 } 16266 16267 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 16268 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 16269 Previous.clear(); 16270 } 16271 } 16272 16273 CreateNewDecl: 16274 16275 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 16276 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 16277 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 16278 16279 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 16280 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 16281 // keyword. 16282 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 16283 16284 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 16285 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 16286 // PrevDecl. 16287 TagDecl *New; 16288 16289 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 16290 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 16291 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 16292 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 16293 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 16294 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, IsFixed); 16295 16296 if (isStdAlignValT && (!StdAlignValT || getStdAlignValT()->isImplicit())) 16297 StdAlignValT = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 16298 16299 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 16300 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 16301 TagDecl *Def; 16302 if (IsFixed && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 16303 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 16304 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 16305 } 16306 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 16307 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 16308 << New; 16309 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 16310 } else { 16311 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 16312 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 16313 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 16314 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 16315 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 16316 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 16317 } 16318 } 16319 16320 if (EnumUnderlying) { 16321 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 16322 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 16323 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 16324 else 16325 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 16326 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 16327 assert(ED->isComplete() && "enum with type should be complete"); 16328 } 16329 } else { 16330 // struct/union/class 16331 16332 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 16333 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 16334 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 16335 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 16336 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 16337 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 16338 16339 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 16340 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 16341 } else 16342 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 16343 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 16344 } 16345 16346 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 16347 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 16348 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && (IsTypeSpecifier || IsTemplateParamOrArg) && 16349 TUK == TUK_Definition) { 16350 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 16351 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 16352 Invalid = true; 16353 } 16354 16355 if (!Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK == TUK_Definition && 16356 DC->getDeclKind() == Decl::Enum) { 16357 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_enum) 16358 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 16359 Invalid = true; 16360 } 16361 16362 // Maybe add qualifier info. 16363 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 16364 if (SS.isSet()) { 16365 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 16366 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. 16367 if ((TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 16368 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc, 16369 isMemberSpecialization)) 16370 Invalid = true; 16371 16372 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 16373 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 16374 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 16375 } 16376 } 16377 else 16378 Invalid = true; 16379 } 16380 16381 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 16382 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 16383 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 16384 // 16385 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 16386 // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is 16387 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 16388 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 16389 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 16390 // parsing of the struct). 16391 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip)) { 16392 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 16393 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 16394 } 16395 } 16396 16397 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 16398 if (isMemberSpecialization) 16399 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 16400 << 2 16401 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 16402 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 16403 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 16404 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 16405 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 16406 New->setModulePrivate(); 16407 } 16408 16409 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 16410 // check the specialization. 16411 if (isMemberSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 16412 Invalid = true; 16413 16414 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 16415 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 16416 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 16417 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 16418 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 16419 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 16420 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 16421 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 16422 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 16423 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 16424 << Name; 16425 Invalid = true; 16426 } 16427 } else if (!PrevDecl) { 16428 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 16429 } 16430 } 16431 16432 if (Invalid) 16433 New->setInvalidDecl(); 16434 16435 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 16436 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 16437 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 16438 16439 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 16440 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 16441 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 16442 // the tag name visible. 16443 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 16444 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 16445 16446 // Set the access specifier. 16447 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 16448 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 16449 16450 if (PrevDecl) 16451 CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, PrevDecl); 16452 16453 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip)) 16454 New->startDefinition(); 16455 16456 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attrs); 16457 AddPragmaAttributes(S, New); 16458 16459 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 16460 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 16461 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 16462 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 16463 if (PrevDecl) 16464 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 16465 16466 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 16467 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 16468 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 16469 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 16470 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 16471 } else if (Name) { 16472 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 16473 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, true); 16474 } else { 16475 CurContext->addDecl(New); 16476 } 16477 16478 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 16479 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 16480 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 16481 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 16482 II->isStr("FILE")) 16483 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 16484 16485 if (PrevDecl) 16486 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 16487 16488 if (auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New)) 16489 inferGslOwnerPointerAttribute(CXXRD); 16490 16491 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 16492 // record. 16493 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 16494 16495 if (isMemberSpecialization && !New->isInvalidDecl()) 16496 CompleteMemberSpecialization(New, Previous); 16497 16498 OwnedDecl = true; 16499 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 16500 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 16501 if (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 16502 if (New->isBeingDefined()) 16503 if (auto RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) 16504 RD->completeDefinition(); 16505 return nullptr; 16506 } else if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) { 16507 return SkipBody->Previous; 16508 } else { 16509 return New; 16510 } 16511 } 16512 16513 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 16514 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 16515 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 16516 16517 // Enter the tag context. 16518 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 16519 16520 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 16521 16522 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 16523 // record. 16524 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 16525 } 16526 16527 bool Sema::ActOnDuplicateDefinition(DeclSpec &DS, Decl *Prev, 16528 SkipBodyInfo &SkipBody) { 16529 if (!hasStructuralCompatLayout(Prev, SkipBody.New)) 16530 return false; 16531 16532 // Make the previous decl visible. 16533 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(SkipBody.Previous); 16534 return true; 16535 } 16536 16537 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 16538 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 16539 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 16540 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 16541 assert(OCD->getLexicalParent() == CurContext && 16542 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 16543 CurContext = OCD; 16544 return IDecl; 16545 } 16546 16547 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 16548 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 16549 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 16550 bool IsAbstract, 16551 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 16552 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 16553 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 16554 16555 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 16556 16557 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 16558 return; 16559 16560 if (IsAbstract) 16561 Record->markAbstract(); 16562 16563 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) { 16564 Record->addAttr(FinalAttr::Create( 16565 Context, FinalLoc, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Keyword, 16566 static_cast<FinalAttr::Spelling>(IsFinalSpelledSealed))); 16567 } 16568 // C++ [class]p2: 16569 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 16570 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 16571 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 16572 // as if it were a public member name. 16573 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName = CXXRecordDecl::Create( 16574 Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, Record->getBeginLoc(), 16575 Record->getLocation(), Record->getIdentifier(), 16576 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 16577 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 16578 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 16579 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 16580 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 16581 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 16582 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 16583 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 16584 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 16585 "Broken injected-class-name"); 16586 } 16587 16588 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 16589 SourceRange BraceRange) { 16590 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 16591 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 16592 Tag->setBraceRange(BraceRange); 16593 16594 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 16595 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 16596 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 16597 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 16598 RD->completeDefinition(); 16599 } 16600 16601 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 16602 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 16603 } 16604 16605 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 16606 PopDeclContext(); 16607 16608 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 16609 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 16610 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 16611 16612 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 16613 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 16614 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 16615 16616 // Clangs implementation of #pragma align(packed) differs in bitfield layout 16617 // from XLs and instead matches the XL #pragma pack(1) behavior. 16618 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSAIX() && 16619 AlignPackStack.hasValue()) { 16620 AlignPackInfo APInfo = AlignPackStack.CurrentValue; 16621 // Only diagnose #pragma align(packed). 16622 if (!APInfo.IsAlignAttr() || APInfo.getAlignMode() != AlignPackInfo::Packed) 16623 return; 16624 const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 16625 if (!RD) 16626 return; 16627 // Only warn if there is at least 1 bitfield member. 16628 if (llvm::any_of(RD->fields(), 16629 [](const FieldDecl *FD) { return FD->isBitField(); })) 16630 Diag(BraceRange.getBegin(), diag::warn_pragma_align_not_xl_compatible); 16631 } 16632 } 16633 16634 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 16635 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 16636 PopDeclContext(); 16637 } 16638 16639 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 16640 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 16641 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 16642 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 16643 } 16644 16645 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 16646 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 16647 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 16648 } 16649 16650 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 16651 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 16652 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 16653 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 16654 16655 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 16656 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 16657 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 16658 RD->completeDefinition(); 16659 } 16660 16661 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 16662 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 16663 // the FieldCollector. 16664 16665 PopDeclContext(); 16666 } 16667 16668 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 16669 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 16670 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 16671 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 16672 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 16673 assert(BitWidth); 16674 if (BitWidth->containsErrors()) 16675 return ExprError(); 16676 16677 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 16678 if (ZeroWidth) 16679 *ZeroWidth = true; 16680 16681 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 16682 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 16683 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 16684 // Handle incomplete and sizeless types with a specific error. 16685 if (RequireCompleteSizedType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, 16686 diag::err_field_incomplete_or_sizeless)) 16687 return ExprError(); 16688 if (FieldName) 16689 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 16690 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 16691 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 16692 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 16693 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 16694 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 16695 return ExprError(); 16696 16697 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 16698 // it now. 16699 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 16700 return BitWidth; 16701 16702 llvm::APSInt Value; 16703 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value, AllowFold); 16704 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 16705 return ICE; 16706 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 16707 16708 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 16709 *ZeroWidth = false; 16710 16711 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 16712 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 16713 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 16714 16715 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 16716 if (FieldName) 16717 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 16718 << FieldName << toString(Value, 10); 16719 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 16720 << toString(Value, 10); 16721 } 16722 16723 // The size of the bit-field must not exceed our maximum permitted object 16724 // size. 16725 if (Value.getActiveBits() > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 16726 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_too_wide) 16727 << !FieldName << FieldName << toString(Value, 10); 16728 } 16729 16730 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 16731 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 16732 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); 16733 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); 16734 16735 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield 16736 // ABI. 16737 bool CStdConstraintViolation = 16738 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 16739 bool MSBitfieldViolation = 16740 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && 16741 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); 16742 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { 16743 unsigned DiagWidth = 16744 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; 16745 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 16746 << (bool)FieldName << FieldName << toString(Value, 10) 16747 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; 16748 } 16749 16750 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all 16751 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than 16752 // 'bool'. 16753 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType() && FieldName) { 16754 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 16755 << FieldName << toString(Value, 10) 16756 << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 16757 } 16758 } 16759 16760 return BitWidth; 16761 } 16762 16763 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 16764 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 16765 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 16766 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 16767 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 16768 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 16769 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 16770 return Res; 16771 } 16772 16773 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 16774 /// 16775 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 16776 SourceLocation DeclStart, 16777 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 16778 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 16779 AccessSpecifier AS) { 16780 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 16781 const DecompositionDeclarator &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 16782 Diag(Decomp.getLSquareLoc(), diag::err_decomp_decl_context) 16783 << Decomp.getSourceRange(); 16784 return nullptr; 16785 } 16786 16787 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 16788 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 16789 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 16790 16791 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 16792 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 16793 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 16794 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 16795 16796 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 16797 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 16798 D.setInvalidType(); 16799 T = Context.IntTy; 16800 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 16801 } 16802 } 16803 16804 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 16805 16806 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 16807 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 16808 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; 16809 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 16810 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 16811 diag::err_invalid_thread) 16812 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 16813 16814 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 16815 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 16816 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 16817 ForVisibleRedeclaration); 16818 LookupName(Previous, S); 16819 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 16820 case LookupResult::Found: 16821 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 16822 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 16823 break; 16824 16825 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 16826 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 16827 break; 16828 16829 case LookupResult::NotFound: 16830 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 16831 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 16832 break; 16833 } 16834 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 16835 16836 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 16837 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 16838 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 16839 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 16840 PrevDecl = nullptr; 16841 } 16842 16843 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 16844 PrevDecl = nullptr; 16845 16846 bool Mutable 16847 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 16848 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getBeginLoc(); 16849 FieldDecl *NewFD 16850 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 16851 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 16852 16853 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 16854 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 16855 16856 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 16857 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 16858 16859 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 16860 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 16861 // with the same name in the same scope. 16862 } else if (II) { 16863 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 16864 } else 16865 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 16866 16867 return NewFD; 16868 } 16869 16870 /// Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 16871 /// 16872 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 16873 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 16874 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 16875 /// created. 16876 /// 16877 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 16878 /// 16879 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 16880 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 16881 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 16882 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 16883 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 16884 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 16885 SourceLocation TSSL, 16886 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 16887 Declarator *D) { 16888 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 16889 bool InvalidDecl = false; 16890 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 16891 16892 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 16893 // marking this declaration as invalid. 16894 if (T.isNull() || T->containsErrors()) { 16895 InvalidDecl = true; 16896 T = Context.IntTy; 16897 } 16898 16899 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 16900 if (!EltTy->isDependentType() && !EltTy->containsErrors()) { 16901 if (RequireCompleteSizedType(Loc, EltTy, 16902 diag::err_field_incomplete_or_sizeless)) { 16903 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 16904 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 16905 InvalidDecl = true; 16906 } else { 16907 NamedDecl *Def; 16908 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 16909 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 16910 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 16911 InvalidDecl = true; 16912 } 16913 } 16914 } 16915 16916 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address space 16917 if (T.hasAddressSpace() || T->isDependentAddressSpaceType() || 16918 T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->isDependentAddressSpaceType()) { 16919 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 16920 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 16921 InvalidDecl = true; 16922 } 16923 16924 if (LangOpts.OpenCL) { 16925 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be 16926 // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types. 16927 if (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() || T->isSamplerT() || 16928 T->isBlockPointerType()) { 16929 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T; 16930 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 16931 InvalidDecl = true; 16932 } 16933 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported, unless Clang extension 16934 // is enabled. 16935 if (BitWidth && !getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption( 16936 "__cl_clang_bitfields", LangOpts)) { 16937 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 16938 InvalidDecl = true; 16939 } 16940 } 16941 16942 // Anonymous bit-fields cannot be cv-qualified (CWG 2229). 16943 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !II && BitWidth && 16944 T.hasQualifiers()) { 16945 InvalidDecl = true; 16946 Diag(Loc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_qualifiers); 16947 } 16948 16949 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 16950 // than a variably modified type. 16951 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 16952 if (!tryToFixVariablyModifiedVarType( 16953 TInfo, T, Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size)) 16954 InvalidDecl = true; 16955 } 16956 16957 // Fields can not have abstract class types 16958 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 16959 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 16960 AbstractFieldType)) 16961 InvalidDecl = true; 16962 16963 bool ZeroWidth = false; 16964 if (InvalidDecl) 16965 BitWidth = nullptr; 16966 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 16967 if (BitWidth) { 16968 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 16969 &ZeroWidth).get(); 16970 if (!BitWidth) { 16971 InvalidDecl = true; 16972 BitWidth = nullptr; 16973 ZeroWidth = false; 16974 } 16975 } 16976 16977 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 16978 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 16979 unsigned DiagID = 0; 16980 if (T->isReferenceType()) 16981 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 16982 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 16983 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 16984 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 16985 16986 if (DiagID) { 16987 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 16988 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 16989 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 16990 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 16991 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 16992 Mutable = false; 16993 InvalidDecl = true; 16994 } 16995 } 16996 } 16997 16998 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 16999 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 17000 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 17001 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 17002 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 17003 17004 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 17005 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 17006 if (InvalidDecl) 17007 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 17008 17009 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 17010 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 17011 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 17012 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 17013 } 17014 17015 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 17016 if (Record->isUnion()) { 17017 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 17018 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 17019 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 17020 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 17021 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 17022 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 17023 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 17024 // objects. 17025 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 17026 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 17027 } 17028 } 17029 17030 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 17031 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 17032 // enabled. 17033 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 17034 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 17035 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 17036 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 17037 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 17038 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 17039 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 17040 } 17041 } 17042 } 17043 17044 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 17045 // representation, not a parser representation. 17046 if (D) { 17047 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 17048 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 17049 17050 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 17051 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 17052 } 17053 17054 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 17055 // retainable type. 17056 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 17057 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 17058 17059 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 17060 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 17061 17062 // PPC MMA non-pointer types are not allowed as field types. 17063 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPPC64() && 17064 CheckPPCMMAType(T, NewFD->getLocation())) 17065 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 17066 17067 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 17068 return NewFD; 17069 } 17070 17071 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 17072 assert(FD); 17073 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 17074 17075 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 17076 return false; 17077 17078 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 17079 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 17080 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 17081 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 17082 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 17083 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 17084 // copy constructors. 17085 17086 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 17087 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 17088 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 17089 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 17090 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 17091 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 17092 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 17093 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 17094 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 17095 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 17096 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 17097 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 17098 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 17099 member = CXXDestructor; 17100 17101 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 17102 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 17103 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 17104 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 17105 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 17106 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 17107 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 17108 // members unavailable. 17109 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 17110 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 17111 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 17112 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 17113 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc)); 17114 return false; 17115 } 17116 } 17117 17118 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 17119 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 17120 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 17121 << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 17122 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 17123 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 17124 } 17125 } 17126 } 17127 17128 return false; 17129 } 17130 17131 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 17132 /// AST enum value. 17133 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 17134 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 17135 switch (ivarVisibility) { 17136 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 17137 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 17138 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 17139 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 17140 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 17141 } 17142 } 17143 17144 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 17145 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 17146 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 17147 SourceLocation DeclStart, 17148 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 17149 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 17150 17151 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 17152 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 17153 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 17154 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 17155 17156 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 17157 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 17158 17159 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 17160 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 17161 17162 if (BitWidth) { 17163 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 17164 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 17165 if (!BitWidth) 17166 D.setInvalidType(); 17167 } else { 17168 // Not a bitfield. 17169 17170 // validate II. 17171 17172 } 17173 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 17174 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 17175 D.setInvalidType(); 17176 } 17177 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 17178 // than a variably modified type. 17179 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 17180 if (!tryToFixVariablyModifiedVarType( 17181 TInfo, T, Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size)) 17182 D.setInvalidType(); 17183 } 17184 17185 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 17186 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 17187 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 17188 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 17189 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 17190 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 17191 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 17192 return nullptr; 17193 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 17194 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 17195 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 17196 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 17197 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 17198 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 17199 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 17200 } 17201 else 17202 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 17203 } else { 17204 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 17205 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 17206 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 17207 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 17208 return nullptr; 17209 } 17210 } 17211 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 17212 } 17213 17214 // Construct the decl. 17215 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 17216 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 17217 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 17218 17219 if (II) { 17220 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 17221 ForVisibleRedeclaration); 17222 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 17223 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 17224 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 17225 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 17226 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 17227 } 17228 } 17229 17230 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 17231 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 17232 17233 if (D.isInvalidType()) 17234 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 17235 17236 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 17237 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 17238 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 17239 17240 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 17241 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 17242 17243 if (II) { 17244 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 17245 // these to the interface. 17246 S->AddDecl(NewID); 17247 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 17248 } 17249 17250 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 17251 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 17252 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 17253 17254 return NewID; 17255 } 17256 17257 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 17258 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 17259 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 17260 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 17261 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 17262 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 17263 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 17264 return; 17265 17266 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 17267 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 17268 17269 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->isZeroLengthBitField(Context)) 17270 return; 17271 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 17272 if (!ID) { 17273 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 17274 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 17275 return; 17276 } 17277 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 17278 else 17279 return; 17280 } 17281 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 17282 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 17283 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 17284 17285 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 17286 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 17287 Context.CharTy, 17288 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 17289 DeclLoc), 17290 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 17291 true); 17292 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 17293 } 17294 17295 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 17296 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 17297 SourceLocation RBrac, 17298 const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) { 17299 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 17300 17301 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 17302 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 17303 // it will now change. 17304 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 17305 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 17306 switch (DC->getKind()) { 17307 default: break; 17308 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 17309 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 17310 break; 17311 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 17312 Context. 17313 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 17314 break; 17315 } 17316 } 17317 17318 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 17319 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 17320 17321 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 17322 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 17323 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 17324 if (Record) { 17325 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 17326 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 17327 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 17328 ++NumNamedMembers; 17329 } 17330 } 17331 17332 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 17333 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 17334 17335 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 17336 i != end; ++i) { 17337 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 17338 17339 // Get the type for the field. 17340 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 17341 17342 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 17343 // Remember all fields written by the user. 17344 RecFields.push_back(FD); 17345 } 17346 17347 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 17348 // diagnostics about it. 17349 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 17350 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 17351 continue; 17352 } 17353 17354 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 17355 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 17356 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 17357 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 17358 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 17359 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 17360 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 17361 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 17362 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 17363 // array. 17364 bool IsLastField = (i + 1 == Fields.end()); 17365 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 17366 // Field declared as a function. 17367 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 17368 << FD->getDeclName(); 17369 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 17370 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 17371 continue; 17372 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && 17373 (Record || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl))) { 17374 if (Record) { 17375 // Flexible array member. 17376 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 17377 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 17378 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 17379 unsigned DiagID = 0; 17380 if (!Record->isUnion() && !IsLastField) { 17381 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_not_at_end) 17382 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType() << Record->getTagKind(); 17383 Diag((*(i + 1))->getLocation(), diag::note_next_field_declaration); 17384 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 17385 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 17386 continue; 17387 } else if (Record->isUnion()) 17388 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 17389 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 17390 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 17391 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 17392 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 17393 else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) 17394 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 17395 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 17396 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 17397 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 17398 : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate; 17399 17400 if (DiagID) 17401 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 17402 << Record->getTagKind(); 17403 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 17404 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 17405 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 17406 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 17407 // of the type. 17408 if (CXXRecord && CXXRecord->getNumVBases() != 0) 17409 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 17410 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 17411 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 17412 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 17413 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 17414 17415 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 17416 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 17417 // 17418 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 17419 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 17420 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 17421 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 17422 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 17423 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 17424 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 17425 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 17426 continue; 17427 } 17428 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 17429 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 17430 } else { 17431 // In ObjCContainerDecl ivars with incomplete array type are accepted, 17432 // unless they are followed by another ivar. That check is done 17433 // elsewhere, after synthesized ivars are known. 17434 } 17435 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 17436 RequireCompleteSizedType( 17437 FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 17438 diag::err_field_incomplete_or_sizeless)) { 17439 // Incomplete type 17440 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 17441 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 17442 continue; 17443 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 17444 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 17445 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 17446 // flexible array member. 17447 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 17448 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 17449 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 17450 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 17451 // structures. 17452 if (!IsLastField) 17453 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 17454 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 17455 else { 17456 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 17457 // other structs as an extension. 17458 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 17459 << FD->getDeclName(); 17460 } 17461 } 17462 } 17463 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 17464 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 17465 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 17466 AbstractIvarType)) { 17467 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 17468 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 17469 } 17470 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 17471 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 17472 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 17473 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 17474 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 17475 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 17476 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 17477 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 17478 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 17479 FD->setType(T); 17480 } else if (Record && Record->isUnion() && 17481 FD->getType().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() && 17482 getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(FD->getLocation()) && 17483 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>() && 17484 (FD->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong || 17485 !Context.hasDirectOwnershipQualifier(FD->getType()))) { 17486 // For backward compatibility, fields of C unions declared in system 17487 // headers that have non-trivial ObjC ownership qualifications are marked 17488 // as unavailable unless the qualifier is explicit and __strong. This can 17489 // break ABI compatibility between programs compiled with ARC and MRR, but 17490 // is a better option than rejecting programs using those unions under 17491 // ARC. 17492 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit( 17493 Context, "", UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, 17494 FD->getLocation())); 17495 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC && 17496 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && Record && 17497 !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 17498 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 17499 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 17500 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 17501 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 17502 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 17503 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 17504 BaseType->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 17505 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 17506 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 17507 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 17508 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 17509 } 17510 } 17511 17512 if (Record && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 17513 !shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD)) { 17514 QualType FT = FD->getType(); 17515 if (FT.isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize()) { 17516 Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize(true); 17517 if (FT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() || 17518 Record->isUnion()) 17519 Record->setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(true); 17520 } 17521 QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK = FT.isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy(); 17522 if (PCK != QualType::PCK_Trivial && PCK != QualType::PCK_VolatileTrivial) { 17523 Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy(true); 17524 if (FT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() || Record->isUnion()) 17525 Record->setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(true); 17526 } 17527 if (FT.isDestructedType()) { 17528 Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestroy(true); 17529 Record->setParamDestroyedInCallee(true); 17530 if (FT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() || Record->isUnion()) 17531 Record->setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(true); 17532 } 17533 17534 if (const auto *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>()) { 17535 if (RT->getDecl()->getArgPassingRestrictions() == 17536 RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs) 17537 Record->setArgPassingRestrictions(RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs); 17538 } else if (FT.getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) 17539 Record->setArgPassingRestrictions(RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs); 17540 } 17541 17542 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 17543 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 17544 // Keep track of the number of named members. 17545 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 17546 ++NumNamedMembers; 17547 } 17548 17549 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 17550 if (Record) { 17551 bool Completed = false; 17552 if (CXXRecord) { 17553 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 17554 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 17555 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 17556 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 17557 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 17558 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 17559 } 17560 17561 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 17562 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 17563 17564 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 17565 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 17566 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 17567 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 17568 // problem now. 17569 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 17570 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 17571 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 17572 17573 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 17574 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 17575 M != MEnd; ++M) { 17576 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 17577 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 17578 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 17579 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 17580 "Virtual function without overriding functions?"); 17581 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 17582 continue; 17583 17584 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 17585 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 17586 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 17587 // program is ill-formed. 17588 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 17589 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 17590 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 17591 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 17592 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 17593 OM = SO->second.begin(), 17594 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 17595 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 17596 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 17597 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 17598 17599 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 17600 } 17601 } 17602 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 17603 Completed = true; 17604 } 17605 } 17606 } 17607 } 17608 17609 if (!Completed) 17610 Record->completeDefinition(); 17611 17612 // Handle attributes before checking the layout. 17613 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attrs); 17614 17615 // We may have deferred checking for a deleted destructor. Check now. 17616 if (CXXRecord) { 17617 auto *Dtor = CXXRecord->getDestructor(); 17618 if (Dtor && Dtor->isImplicit() && 17619 ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Dtor, CXXDestructor)) { 17620 CXXRecord->setImplicitDestructorIsDeleted(); 17621 SetDeclDeleted(Dtor, CXXRecord->getLocation()); 17622 } 17623 } 17624 17625 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 17626 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 17627 17628 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 17629 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 17630 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 17631 IA->getInheritanceModel()); 17632 } 17633 17634 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 17635 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 17636 // compatibility problems. 17637 bool CheckForZeroSize; 17638 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 17639 CheckForZeroSize = true; 17640 } else { 17641 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 17642 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 17643 CheckForZeroSize = 17644 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 17645 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && !inTemplateInstantiation() && 17646 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 17647 } 17648 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 17649 bool ZeroSize = true; 17650 bool IsEmpty = true; 17651 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 17652 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 17653 E = Record->field_end(); 17654 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 17655 IsEmpty = false; 17656 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 17657 if (!I->isZeroLengthBitField(Context)) 17658 ZeroSize = false; 17659 } else { 17660 ++NonBitFields; 17661 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 17662 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 17663 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 17664 ZeroSize = false; 17665 } 17666 } 17667 17668 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 17669 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 17670 // extern "C" block. 17671 if (ZeroSize) { 17672 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 17673 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 17674 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 17675 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 17676 } 17677 17678 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 17679 // but are accepted by GCC. 17680 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 17681 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 17682 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 17683 << Record->isUnion(); 17684 } 17685 } 17686 } else { 17687 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 17688 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 17689 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 17690 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 17691 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 17692 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 17693 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 17694 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 17695 } 17696 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 17697 // duplicates. 17698 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 17699 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 17700 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 17701 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 17702 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 17703 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 17704 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 17705 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 17706 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 17707 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 17708 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 17709 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 17710 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 17711 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 17712 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 17713 // reported as errors elsewhere. 17714 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 17715 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 17716 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 17717 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 17718 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 17719 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 17720 if (IDecl) { 17721 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 17722 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 17723 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 17724 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 17725 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 17726 continue; 17727 } 17728 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 17729 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 17730 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 17731 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 17732 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 17733 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 17734 continue; 17735 } 17736 } 17737 } 17738 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 17739 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 17740 } 17741 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 17742 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 17743 } 17744 } 17745 } 17746 17747 /// Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 17748 /// the given type T. 17749 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 17750 llvm::APSInt &Value, 17751 QualType T) { 17752 assert((T->isIntegralType(Context) || T->isEnumeralType()) && 17753 "Integral type required!"); 17754 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 17755 17756 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 17757 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 17758 --BitWidth; 17759 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 17760 } 17761 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 17762 } 17763 17764 // Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 17765 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 17766 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 17767 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 17768 // enum checking below. 17769 assert((T->isIntegralType(Context) || 17770 T->isEnumeralType()) && "Integral type required!"); 17771 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 17772 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 17773 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 17774 }; 17775 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 17776 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 17777 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 17778 }; 17779 17780 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 17781 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 17782 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 17783 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 17784 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 17785 return Types[I]; 17786 17787 return QualType(); 17788 } 17789 17790 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 17791 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 17792 SourceLocation IdLoc, 17793 IdentifierInfo *Id, 17794 Expr *Val) { 17795 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 17796 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 17797 QualType EltTy; 17798 17799 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 17800 Val = nullptr; 17801 17802 if (Val) 17803 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 17804 17805 if (Val) { 17806 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 17807 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 17808 else { 17809 // FIXME: We don't allow folding in C++11 mode for an enum with a fixed 17810 // underlying type, but do allow it in all other contexts. 17811 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed()) { 17812 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 17813 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 17814 // constant expression of the underlying type. 17815 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 17816 ExprResult Converted = 17817 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 17818 CCEK_Enumerator); 17819 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 17820 Val = nullptr; 17821 else 17822 Val = Converted.get(); 17823 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 17824 !(Val = 17825 VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal, AllowFold) 17826 .get())) { 17827 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 17828 } else { 17829 if (Enum->isComplete()) { 17830 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 17831 17832 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 17833 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 17834 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 17835 // expression checking. 17836 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 17837 if (Context.getTargetInfo() 17838 .getTriple() 17839 .isWindowsMSVCEnvironment()) { 17840 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 17841 } else { 17842 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 17843 } 17844 } 17845 17846 // Cast to the underlying type. 17847 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, 17848 EltTy->isBooleanType() ? CK_IntegralToBoolean 17849 : CK_IntegralCast) 17850 .get(); 17851 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 17852 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 17853 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 17854 // is the type of its initializing value: 17855 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 17856 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 17857 EltTy = Val->getType(); 17858 } else { 17859 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 17860 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 17861 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 17862 // representable as an int. 17863 17864 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 17865 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 17866 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 17867 << toString(EnumVal, 10) << Val->getSourceRange() 17868 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 17869 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 17870 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 17871 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 17872 } 17873 EltTy = Val->getType(); 17874 } 17875 } 17876 } 17877 } 17878 17879 if (!Val) { 17880 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 17881 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 17882 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 17883 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 17884 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 17885 // is the type of its initializing value: 17886 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 17887 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 17888 // 17889 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 17890 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 17891 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 17892 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 17893 } 17894 else { 17895 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 17896 } 17897 } else { 17898 // Assign the last value + 1. 17899 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 17900 ++EnumVal; 17901 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 17902 17903 // Check for overflow on increment. 17904 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 17905 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 17906 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 17907 // is the type of its initializing value: 17908 // 17909 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 17910 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 17911 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 17912 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 17913 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 17914 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 17915 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 17916 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 17917 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 17918 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 17919 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 17920 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 17921 ++EnumVal; 17922 if (Enum->isFixed()) 17923 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 17924 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 17925 << toString(EnumVal, 10) 17926 << EltTy; 17927 else 17928 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 17929 << toString(EnumVal, 10); 17930 } else { 17931 EltTy = T; 17932 } 17933 17934 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 17935 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 17936 // value, then increment. 17937 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 17938 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 17939 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 17940 ++EnumVal; 17941 17942 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 17943 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 17944 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 17945 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 17946 // integral type. 17947 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 17948 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 17949 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 17950 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 17951 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 17952 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 17953 << toString(EnumVal, 10) << 1; 17954 } 17955 } 17956 } 17957 17958 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 17959 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 17960 // enumerator's type. 17961 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 17962 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 17963 } 17964 17965 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 17966 Val, EnumVal); 17967 } 17968 17969 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 17970 SourceLocation IILoc) { 17971 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 17972 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 17973 return SkipBodyInfo(); 17974 17975 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 17976 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 17977 // skip the body. 17978 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 17979 forRedeclarationInCurContext()); 17980 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 17981 if (!PrevECD) 17982 return SkipBodyInfo(); 17983 17984 EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()); 17985 NamedDecl *Hidden; 17986 if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) { 17987 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 17988 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 17989 return Skip; 17990 } 17991 17992 return SkipBodyInfo(); 17993 } 17994 17995 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 17996 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 17997 const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs, 17998 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 17999 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 18000 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 18001 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 18002 18003 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 18004 // we find one that is. 18005 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 18006 18007 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 18008 // scope. 18009 LookupResult R(*this, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, ForVisibleRedeclaration); 18010 LookupName(R, S); 18011 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 18012 18013 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 18014 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 18015 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 18016 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 18017 PrevDecl = nullptr; 18018 } 18019 18020 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 18021 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 18022 // different from T: 18023 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 18024 // enumerated type 18025 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 18026 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 18027 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 18028 18029 EnumConstantDecl *New = 18030 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 18031 if (!New) 18032 return nullptr; 18033 18034 if (PrevDecl) { 18035 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && isa<ValueDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 18036 // Check for other kinds of shadowing not already handled. 18037 CheckShadow(New, PrevDecl, R); 18038 } 18039 18040 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 18041 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 18042 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 18043 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 18044 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 18045 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 18046 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 18047 else 18048 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 18049 notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, IdLoc); 18050 return nullptr; 18051 } 18052 } 18053 18054 // Process attributes. 18055 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attrs); 18056 AddPragmaAttributes(S, New); 18057 18058 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 18059 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 18060 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 18061 18062 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 18063 18064 return New; 18065 } 18066 18067 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 18068 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 18069 // Element2 = Element1 18070 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 18071 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 18072 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 18073 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 18074 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 18075 if (!InitExpr) 18076 return true; 18077 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 18078 18079 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 18080 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 18081 return true; 18082 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 18083 if (!IL) 18084 return true; 18085 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 18086 return true; 18087 18088 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 18089 } 18090 18091 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 18092 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 18093 if (!DRE) 18094 return true; 18095 18096 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 18097 if (!EnumConstant) 18098 return true; 18099 18100 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 18101 Enum) 18102 return true; 18103 18104 return false; 18105 } 18106 18107 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 18108 // a previous element has already been set to. 18109 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 18110 EnumDecl *Enum, QualType EnumType) { 18111 // Avoid anonymous enums 18112 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 18113 return; 18114 18115 // Only check for small enums. 18116 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 18117 return; 18118 18119 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 18120 return; 18121 18122 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 18123 typedef SmallVector<std::unique_ptr<ECDVector>, 3> DuplicatesVector; 18124 18125 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 18126 18127 // DenseMaps cannot contain the all ones int64_t value, so use unordered_map. 18128 typedef std::unordered_map<int64_t, DeclOrVector> ValueToVectorMap; 18129 18130 // Use int64_t as a key to avoid needing special handling for map keys. 18131 auto EnumConstantToKey = [](const EnumConstantDecl *D) { 18132 llvm::APSInt Val = D->getInitVal(); 18133 return Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(); 18134 }; 18135 18136 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 18137 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 18138 18139 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 18140 // an initializer. 18141 for (auto *Element : Elements) { 18142 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Element); 18143 18144 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 18145 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 18146 if (!ECD) { 18147 return; 18148 } 18149 18150 // Constants with initalizers are handled in the next loop. 18151 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 18152 continue; 18153 18154 // Duplicate values are handled in the next loop. 18155 EnumMap.insert({EnumConstantToKey(ECD), ECD}); 18156 } 18157 18158 if (EnumMap.size() == 0) 18159 return; 18160 18161 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 18162 for (auto *Element : Elements) { 18163 // The last loop returned if any constant was null. 18164 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Element); 18165 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 18166 continue; 18167 18168 auto Iter = EnumMap.find(EnumConstantToKey(ECD)); 18169 if (Iter == EnumMap.end()) 18170 continue; 18171 18172 DeclOrVector& Entry = Iter->second; 18173 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 18174 // Ensure constants are different. 18175 if (D == ECD) 18176 continue; 18177 18178 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 18179 auto Vec = std::make_unique<ECDVector>(); 18180 Vec->push_back(D); 18181 Vec->push_back(ECD); 18182 18183 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 18184 Entry = Vec.get(); 18185 18186 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 18187 // diagnostics. 18188 DupVector.emplace_back(std::move(Vec)); 18189 continue; 18190 } 18191 18192 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 18193 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 18194 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 18195 continue; 18196 18197 Vec->push_back(ECD); 18198 } 18199 18200 // Emit diagnostics. 18201 for (const auto &Vec : DupVector) { 18202 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 18203 18204 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 18205 auto *FirstECD = Vec->front(); 18206 S.Diag(FirstECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 18207 << FirstECD << toString(FirstECD->getInitVal(), 10) 18208 << FirstECD->getSourceRange(); 18209 18210 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 18211 // the same value. 18212 for (auto *ECD : llvm::make_range(Vec->begin() + 1, Vec->end())) 18213 S.Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 18214 << ECD << toString(ECD->getInitVal(), 10) 18215 << ECD->getSourceRange(); 18216 } 18217 } 18218 18219 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 18220 bool AllowMask) const { 18221 assert(ED->isClosedFlag() && "looking for value in non-flag or open enum"); 18222 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); 18223 18224 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); 18225 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; 18226 18227 if (R.second) { 18228 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { 18229 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); 18230 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. 18231 if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) 18232 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; 18233 } 18234 } 18235 18236 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 18237 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 18238 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 18239 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 18240 // 18241 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 18242 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 18243 // likely a logic error. 18244 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); 18245 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); 18246 } 18247 18248 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange, 18249 Decl *EnumDeclX, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, Scope *S, 18250 const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) { 18251 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 18252 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 18253 18254 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attrs); 18255 18256 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 18257 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 18258 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 18259 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 18260 if (!ECD) continue; 18261 18262 ECD->setType(EnumType); 18263 } 18264 18265 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 18266 return; 18267 } 18268 18269 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 18270 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 18271 // emit a warning. 18272 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 18273 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 18274 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 18275 18276 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 18277 // reverse the list. 18278 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 18279 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 18280 18281 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 18282 bool AllElementsInt = true; 18283 18284 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 18285 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 18286 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 18287 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 18288 18289 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 18290 18291 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 18292 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 18293 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 18294 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 18295 else 18296 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 18297 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 18298 18299 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very common). 18300 if (AllElementsInt) 18301 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 18302 } 18303 18304 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 18305 QualType BestType; 18306 unsigned BestWidth; 18307 18308 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 18309 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 18310 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 18311 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 18312 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 18313 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 18314 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 18315 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 18316 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 18317 QualType BestPromotionType; 18318 18319 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 18320 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 18321 // enum definitions. 18322 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 18323 Packed = true; 18324 18325 // If the enum already has a type because it is fixed or dictated by the 18326 // target, promote that type instead of analyzing the enumerators. 18327 if (Enum->isComplete()) { 18328 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 18329 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 18330 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 18331 else 18332 BestPromotionType = BestType; 18333 18334 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 18335 } 18336 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 18337 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 18338 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 18339 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 18340 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 18341 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 18342 BestWidth = CharWidth; 18343 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 18344 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 18345 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 18346 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 18347 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 18348 BestType = Context.IntTy; 18349 BestWidth = IntWidth; 18350 } else { 18351 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 18352 18353 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 18354 BestType = Context.LongTy; 18355 } else { 18356 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 18357 18358 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 18359 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 18360 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 18361 } 18362 } 18363 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 18364 } else { 18365 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 18366 // all of the enumerator values. 18367 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 18368 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 18369 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 18370 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 18371 BestWidth = CharWidth; 18372 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 18373 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 18374 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 18375 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 18376 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 18377 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 18378 BestWidth = IntWidth; 18379 BestPromotionType 18380 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 18381 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 18382 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 18383 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 18384 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 18385 BestPromotionType 18386 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 18387 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 18388 } else { 18389 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 18390 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 18391 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 18392 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 18393 BestPromotionType 18394 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 18395 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 18396 } 18397 } 18398 18399 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 18400 // the type of the enum if needed. 18401 for (auto *D : Elements) { 18402 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 18403 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 18404 18405 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 18406 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 18407 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 18408 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 18409 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 18410 18411 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 18412 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 18413 18414 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 18415 // the enum decl type. 18416 QualType NewTy; 18417 unsigned NewWidth; 18418 bool NewSign; 18419 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 18420 !Enum->isFixed() && 18421 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 18422 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 18423 NewWidth = IntWidth; 18424 NewSign = true; 18425 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 18426 // Already the right type! 18427 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 18428 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 18429 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 18430 // enumeration. 18431 ECD->setType(EnumType); 18432 continue; 18433 } else { 18434 NewTy = BestType; 18435 NewWidth = BestWidth; 18436 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 18437 } 18438 18439 // Adjust the APSInt value. 18440 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 18441 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 18442 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 18443 18444 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 18445 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 18446 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 18447 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create( 18448 Context, NewTy, CK_IntegralCast, ECD->getInitExpr(), 18449 /*base paths*/ nullptr, VK_PRValue, FPOptionsOverride())); 18450 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 18451 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 18452 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 18453 // enumeration. 18454 ECD->setType(EnumType); 18455 else 18456 ECD->setType(NewTy); 18457 } 18458 18459 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 18460 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 18461 18462 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 18463 18464 if (Enum->isClosedFlag()) { 18465 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 18466 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 18467 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 18468 18469 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 18470 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && 18471 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 18472 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 18473 << ECD << Enum; 18474 } 18475 } 18476 18477 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 18478 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 18479 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 18480 } 18481 18482 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 18483 SourceLocation StartLoc, 18484 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 18485 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 18486 18487 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 18488 AsmString, StartLoc, 18489 EndLoc); 18490 CurContext->addDecl(New); 18491 return New; 18492 } 18493 18494 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 18495 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 18496 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 18497 SourceLocation NameLoc, 18498 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 18499 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 18500 LookupOrdinaryName); 18501 AttributeCommonInfo Info(AliasName, SourceRange(AliasNameLoc), 18502 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma); 18503 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit( 18504 Context, AliasName->getName(), /*LiteralLabel=*/true, Info); 18505 18506 // If a declaration that: 18507 // 1) declares a function or a variable 18508 // 2) has external linkage 18509 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 18510 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 18511 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 18512 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 18513 else 18514 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 18515 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 18516 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 18517 } else 18518 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 18519 } 18520 18521 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 18522 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 18523 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 18524 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 18525 18526 if (PrevDecl) { 18527 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma)); 18528 } else { 18529 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 18530 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 18531 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 18532 } 18533 } 18534 18535 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 18536 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 18537 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 18538 SourceLocation NameLoc, 18539 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 18540 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 18541 LookupOrdinaryName); 18542 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 18543 18544 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 18545 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 18546 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 18547 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 18548 } else { 18549 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 18550 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 18551 } 18552 } 18553 18554 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 18555 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 18556 } 18557 18558 Sema::FunctionEmissionStatus Sema::getEmissionStatus(FunctionDecl *FD, 18559 bool Final) { 18560 assert(FD && "Expected non-null FunctionDecl"); 18561 18562 // SYCL functions can be template, so we check if they have appropriate 18563 // attribute prior to checking if it is a template. 18564 if (LangOpts.SYCLIsDevice && FD->hasAttr<SYCLKernelAttr>()) 18565 return FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted; 18566 18567 // Templates are emitted when they're instantiated. 18568 if (FD->isDependentContext()) 18569 return FunctionEmissionStatus::TemplateDiscarded; 18570 18571 // Check whether this function is an externally visible definition. 18572 auto IsEmittedForExternalSymbol = [this, FD]() { 18573 // We have to check the GVA linkage of the function's *definition* -- if we 18574 // only have a declaration, we don't know whether or not the function will 18575 // be emitted, because (say) the definition could include "inline". 18576 FunctionDecl *Def = FD->getDefinition(); 18577 18578 return Def && !isDiscardableGVALinkage( 18579 getASTContext().GetGVALinkageForFunction(Def)); 18580 }; 18581 18582 if (LangOpts.OpenMPIsDevice) { 18583 // In OpenMP device mode we will not emit host only functions, or functions 18584 // we don't need due to their linkage. 18585 Optional<OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DevTypeTy> DevTy = 18586 OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::getDeviceType(FD->getCanonicalDecl()); 18587 // DevTy may be changed later by 18588 // #pragma omp declare target to(*) device_type(*). 18589 // Therefore DevTy having no value does not imply host. The emission status 18590 // will be checked again at the end of compilation unit with Final = true. 18591 if (DevTy.hasValue()) 18592 if (*DevTy == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DT_Host) 18593 return FunctionEmissionStatus::OMPDiscarded; 18594 // If we have an explicit value for the device type, or we are in a target 18595 // declare context, we need to emit all extern and used symbols. 18596 if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext() || DevTy.hasValue()) 18597 if (IsEmittedForExternalSymbol()) 18598 return FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted; 18599 // Device mode only emits what it must, if it wasn't tagged yet and needed, 18600 // we'll omit it. 18601 if (Final) 18602 return FunctionEmissionStatus::OMPDiscarded; 18603 } else if (LangOpts.OpenMP > 45) { 18604 // In OpenMP host compilation prior to 5.0 everything was an emitted host 18605 // function. In 5.0, no_host was introduced which might cause a function to 18606 // be ommitted. 18607 Optional<OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DevTypeTy> DevTy = 18608 OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::getDeviceType(FD->getCanonicalDecl()); 18609 if (DevTy.hasValue()) 18610 if (*DevTy == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DT_NoHost) 18611 return FunctionEmissionStatus::OMPDiscarded; 18612 } 18613 18614 if (Final && LangOpts.OpenMP && !LangOpts.CUDA) 18615 return FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted; 18616 18617 if (LangOpts.CUDA) { 18618 // When compiling for device, host functions are never emitted. Similarly, 18619 // when compiling for host, device and global functions are never emitted. 18620 // (Technically, we do emit a host-side stub for global functions, but this 18621 // doesn't count for our purposes here.) 18622 Sema::CUDAFunctionTarget T = IdentifyCUDATarget(FD); 18623 if (LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice && T == Sema::CFT_Host) 18624 return FunctionEmissionStatus::CUDADiscarded; 18625 if (!LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice && 18626 (T == Sema::CFT_Device || T == Sema::CFT_Global)) 18627 return FunctionEmissionStatus::CUDADiscarded; 18628 18629 if (IsEmittedForExternalSymbol()) 18630 return FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted; 18631 } 18632 18633 // Otherwise, the function is known-emitted if it's in our set of 18634 // known-emitted functions. 18635 return FunctionEmissionStatus::Unknown; 18636 } 18637 18638 bool Sema::shouldIgnoreInHostDeviceCheck(FunctionDecl *Callee) { 18639 // Host-side references to a __global__ function refer to the stub, so the 18640 // function itself is never emitted and therefore should not be marked. 18641 // If we have host fn calls kernel fn calls host+device, the HD function 18642 // does not get instantiated on the host. We model this by omitting at the 18643 // call to the kernel from the callgraph. This ensures that, when compiling 18644 // for host, only HD functions actually called from the host get marked as 18645 // known-emitted. 18646 return LangOpts.CUDA && !LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice && 18647 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee) == CFT_Global; 18648 } 18649